Foundational Chinese: Mandarin for Novices and Intermediates!

1. Introduction: This course is for beginners. It uses lectures, short plays, interactive exercises, and cultural tips to help learners build a fundamental capability of oral Chinese and real life situations. It includes topics as follows. Common phrase, greetings, number, family, time, week and date, hobby, daily activity after course, practice after the course. There are two other practice sessions where students can practice both sentence structure and listening. After the course, you will be able to make up your own sentences and improve in listening as well. 2. Lesson 1 A- Greetings and self-introduction: Today we're going to learn about basic gratings in Chinese. We can go over some basic grammars and basic vocabularies as well. The first one it means, but one thing that is different from English in Chinese is only singular. It wouldn't refer for the second person term and it's for the multiple people we only use it is referring to U is only one person. It doesn't mean like you guys. Next one, how it means good well or nice. You can use how in different situations you can use as an adjective, it means you're physically well or something is good. You can also use how as an adverb means. You can use how in front of adjective. You also can use by itself means, okay, good. When you to give someone a confirmative response. You can also use how. How. This word is a very versatile word, but ehow is hello. How. When we greet people we just say how literally means you. Good. But you see there are two third tone characters. If we put them together, we change the first one into second tone. We rise it up, make the flow better. Instead of say how, we just say rise up to and then goes down. Goes back up. We say me, hello. How? Okay. Next one saying how are you? We say Nima, Nima, yes and no question. A lot of times we say question indicator. Normally we use it at the end of a sentence, is only used for yes and no question. Ni literally means, are you good? Are you good? That's the way we say how are you in Chinese Nima. To answer this question, we say how you see. If we have three third tones together, we can just change the middle one In the second tone, you can say how to make the flow better. I mean how means good literally means I very good. Now, based of the translation you already know in Chinese, we don't really use in front of adjective that's very different from English. I am very good in Chinese, we only just say I very good. When you have a subject adjective structure, we don't really use to be in the middle all. If I say I'm not doing very well, you can say how war is bo negation, that's a negative. You can use a bull in front of either an adjective or you can use it in front of verb to put a sentence into negative B. How it means I'm not doing good. Maybe the person is sick or doesn't feel well. You can say whoa. How? Next one, Nina. It means how about you? Is also a question which is a yes and no question question. None is more open question. Normally we use non after a noun or pronoun is, how about something. But this one. Normally we use under the circumstances, someone already asked you a question instead of repeat the same question again, you just say you. How about you? Nina? Nina. You can say I also. Good. Yes. It means also or two. But we don't really put year at the end of the sentence because a year is adverb, we put it after the subject in front of either an adjective or in front of verb. If I say good, I can say how. I'm also very good. All the add verb, you can put it after the subject in front of either a or adjective. Yeah, also. All right, next one. That's the common way when we use to ask someone's name. We say summa is you, Io is be called or named after. Sham means what? This means you are called what? You are named after. What? A Io, this word means y, shot very loud. But you can also use using in terms of like introduce someone's name is called something or it's named after something. You see the left part a square that's indicate a mouth. Certain common parts of Chinese characters we call it the radical, especially if the character has left and right structure. Normally the left part, that's what we call radical, because the radical left part indicate the meaning of the character. Well, the part, the main part of the character indicate the sound of the character, the left part indicate the meaning, the part indicate the sound. Every time you see a square on the left hand side of a character, then you know something has to do either with the mouth or speech or something like mouth related is because. Or if you say, oh he shouted very loud or the dog barks, the tiger roars, You can all use this word. Next one, that's the question word we use a lot in the daily conversation is what. Depends on the context. You can use in different tones indicate different meanings. For example, if you say something and I didn't hear you, I can just say, what did you say? I say something ridiculous. You can say a lot of times we use in front of a noun when we say, oh, what color do you like? What pizza do you like? Same with English, we use in front of no. It means what kind of something? What, what movies, what chair do you want, et cetera. You, she front? No. It means what kind of something? More complete way to ask someone's name, we can say she means. Share. Spoken colloquial is a noun. It means name. Mean by itself means character means together, means name. Literally means you are called by name, you are named after. What is a noun is compared with share. For more complete way to ask the question one more time, you see this one also have this square structure in the character. Because you call someone name, you use the mouth to call someone name. One of the most common mistakes that people made is confused with me is a well, means is a noun. Let's think something like you guys have to keep in mind to answer that question. You can say plus your name, Nia, What's your name? You can answer this question either with your first name or your full name. Either way works, I can say Ruth, you can use the subject name. It's like the person's name is such and such. This J is really hard to pronounce it. You put teeth together and put the tongue right next to the teeth. You can feel like your teeth is vibrating. It's saying. And then a is Ruth. Okay. Next one is no. We say boo. You can use it by itself, means you give someone a negative um respond. Or you can also use as like a negative add verb. So you can use either in front of a verb or adjective to put a sentence into negative. It can mean no or not. Yeah, boo for example, if I say, my name is No, Ruth. I can say Ruth. You see, normally if you use boo in front of another fourth tone, you will change the boo into second tone. Again to make the sentence smoother the rhythm better. Instead of boy, we actually say boy. But this is the only rule works with a bull. It doesn't necessarily work with other characters. My name is No, Ruth, We say Ruth if you're using in front of another fourth tone. Instead of keep the original fourth tone, the bull is actually changes from the down tone to rising tone. I say Baruth. All right, Next one. This one is the sentence we used to ask someone's last name. Family name is Sing this word you can use as a verb or now if you use a noun is just like a last name or family name. But if you sing as a verb is name your surname after something. It's like what's your surname? We will say Singh's. The same structure with Nia. Instead of using Tiao for either first or full name, we actually switch it to sing, we use for last name or surname. But you see the structure basically the same. That's why a lot of times I recommend people who just started to learn Chinese, just memorizing some basic sentence structures. And you can swap different words and it will make your life so much easier. Ni what's your surname? More formal way to ask someone's last name. You can also say this sentence Normally we're using very formal, maybe business setting. Like you met someone really important or you want to show respect to for the very first time you use them. This sentence to ask their last names is Q by itself means expensive. Honorable is last name literally means what's Your Honor last name? What does that mean? It's like you ask someone's last name, well, you can give someone compliment saying, oh, you must come from this prodigious rich family, so we have a very rich last name. It's like, oh, what's your rich last name? Basically it's give someone compliment saying, oh, you must have come from very prestigious background, something. Then when we look at this character, the b is expensive. Then the bottom part, you see this character, it means the sea shell is pronounced as a bay. It means a sea shell because in the old times, people use the seashell to trade and use as money. Last name, I'm going to mention again the last name. The left part is woman radical, the right part is so means give birth to. In order to pass down generation like your last name, your family name, a woman have to give birth to the children. That's why singing that's a more formal way to just say Singh. One of customs or courtesy in China, especially in a business world. A lot of times when you meet your client or like acquaintances at work, a lot of times we don't really know their first name that's really different from Western world. We know them by their last name. When you first meet someone, you can just say, oh, what's your last name? And we just go by them by last name. Sometimes we don't even ask their first name. It's like it's too personal. Yeah, This is something like, it is different. This question, we can say single, my last name is Lee. All you need to do is you use the subject shin plus your last name or the person's last name. Sh use as a verb. My last name is Lee. All the next common phrase we use all the time is she. It means means as. Literally means please ask. You can use the chin in front of a verb. Means please do something. When you give some order or demand, you want to soft the tongeteragee in front of a question or a. So it sounds like more polite with 181. Next one. So is to be one thing like you have to keep in mind is that Chinese, we don't really change the as of the time tense or the person in Chinese is R or words all the same. In Chinese, we don't use English. We add something to the verb and then change something into something else. What we do is we add actual words or add something else before or after the verb in order to change the tense later on. We're going to mention a little bit more about it. But one thing about this shot we don't use low, which is normally we use after. The verb indicates something happening in the past. For example, if I say low. It means I asked. A lot of times we use law after a verb indicate something already happening in the past. But sure is exception. We don't use law after sure to indicate something happening in the past. But what we can do is we can add a past phrase like yesterday he was 18 years old. Something, We don't add anything to it. Sure. It is our words, but sure also means yes. Correct. When you say yes to question, you can also use the ship by itself. A lot of times we say it's asking, excuse me, You are the person expecting you to fill in the question, fill in and can feed them with your answer. You are who, who are you? It's like that one. Okay. Next one is first shun a person that's a Mr. but can also means band. In the traditional Chinese society, the man will do everything first. That would be the Mr. husband. In the old times. You can also call your teacher as well, like multiple meanings. All right, so let's practice some sentences. The first one is sure, it means R is the person's last name. One thing you can tell here, we put our last name in front of the Mr. or Miss you put the surname first then the title later is a yes, no question. Are you Mr. Lee? Are you Mr. Lee? You see a lot of times when you do yes or no question, what you can do. You can say the sentence in a positive way and then put them in the end to turn into a question. You can start with saying, you are Mr. Lee and the like, are you Mr. Lee? It's like work like that. Okay. Next one, sh, it means miss or young lady. Little means older sister. Together means miss or young lady. Same thing. If you say Miss Lee, you put the last name first, you say. But normally is more common in the southern part of China. The funny thing is in the northern part of China actually means a prostitute. A lot of girls don't like to be called, that's why. All right is Miss you are called Schumer means by one name is Miss. What's your name? By itself it means which. If you use a N in front of a noun or a measure word, normally it means which, For example, which one is yours or something. But if you use nothing afterwards, you use Na in front of what do we say? Make it more casual. Clouse front, it means aware. If you use n or n by itself, it means Okay, so let's go over some examples. It means country, it means country. Okay, so if you look at this, characters are very funny. So three lines and you can connect them. This word, it means king. The top part is heaven. The middle part means the earth land, or the people. And then the bottom part, it means the land, the soil, the Earth, The line connecting them together, It means the king, the person like control, then the people, the land, it means the king. If you add one dot here that in the old times the king normally wear a bar of jade which carved their names on and to indicate, oh, that's for Medorial family. This one, this character is, means jade. Normally people wear the jade around the belt. This word means a jade or something precious. The square around it means the boundary, set up boundaries. And then around something precious together, that's a country. It means country. It means a person or people. You see how it looks like a person walking the a lot of times we use this phrase to ask someone's nationality is, is R Nash country person? It's saying which country are you from? You see here it means which is the noun, country person. Okay, next one. That's China, it means middle and or central is country. That's the country, China, that's a Chinese person. If I say I'm a Chinese person on and then when you talk about the person from the nationality, like talk about a person's nationality, what you can do is you can just use the country placigen. It means the person from that country, uh, means I'm a Chinese person. You see if after the subject is a noun, then you can use the shoe. And you have to use the shoe in front of the noun. But the only exception in Chinese is we do subject adjective. That's why that's all. All right, make war is a US or America by itself means beautiful. Litter is America, it means a beautiful country. Uh huh, it's a United States. Make is someone from the US. Makan, it means I'm American. Every time to nationalities you do the country's name, That's it. All right. There are another way to say I'm from certain countries. Let's start from the words from. Lie is it's a verb. A lot of times we say come in, come in. Come here. You can also say lie, lie, come here, lie. A lot of times we say, oh, where are you from? You can say shaken, but that one is only used for asking someone's nationality. But this one means home lies, where you can also say maybe which part of the country are you? Are you from New York or LA? This one just ask people like where are you from in general? It doesn't necessarily ask your nationality. It means I come from China, but you can also say I'm from Beijing, says Beijing, et cetera. It doesn't necessarily only talk about your nationalities. All. Next one, Kuai, again, it literally I will see you again again is meat one. Let's go over common pronounce in Chinese. The first one we can use as he or him. You see the left part is what we call the person radical because it's come from the character, the person right. If you stretch them and then stretch this character and put it the left to the character that indicate the character has something to do with a person. The right part is actually the character we mentioned. The yeah, that's the word for also or two, but you put them together. That's Or him. Okay. Same pronunciations. If you switch the person radical into the female character is actually the character means he or she. You see, that's a very good example for that. The rule I mentioned, the left part indicating the mani, the right part indicate the sound, the right is the same. They share the same pronunciation. T is she or her. Let's go over one example. Tahj. She is a Chinese person. Tana. The subject is, how about, how about him? Tahj, tana. Next, we use it after either pronoun or a noun that is, indicate a person to make it plural. For example, if I say, is I or me, Right? We mentioned, if you say that is we or us because you turn into plural. Is Neman more like you guys? A lot of times we say hello everyone. We say, Nm, man, you guys, how is good? Hello, everyone. We say man, how. A lot of times we also say how are you guys? We can say many. How good is turned into a question. Same thing we can Chinese people, then we will say is Chinese in general? It could be singular, plural, but if you say Jen, it's like a Chinese people, you make it plural. Okay, Does it make sense? Okay, let's go over the one more time. Is we or us is you guys. If we do, it can mean they or them. This one can. All of them are male but also means some of them are male. You will use tame written this way. But if you're written this way, it means they but means all of them are female. Yeah, if it's 100 people, 100 them are male, then Tam's 100 male plus one female. You still use this one. You only use Tam 100% of the people you're talking about a female. Then you'll use Tam, she. She is the question word in terms of people who or whom. It's either pronounced as she or she, but she is more colloquial. Sche is more formal in terms of grammar, is exactly the same, like the way we write it, the meaning is the same but just share every day. Colloquial, maybe more formal setting in the written format, if you read the book out, then you will use a. But I can also here, if I say here, you can also say it can also mean, for example, this is my book We use as a pronouns either referring to this for subject or object, but can also indicate a place here n. It means that there a yeah. A lot of times we ask someone who is this? We say it means this is she is who, who is who is this Then you can say that is Mr. Lee. You can say Nash again. You put surname first then, so N so that is Mr. Lee. But if you say this is Mr. Lee, you can say Josh. Josh, Lien. Hm, En. 3. Lesson 1 B-Common phrases: About the words and expressions for everyday life. Are you ready for it? Okay, let's start number one. That's hello. We use it for one, we greet people. It means how. Means good literally means you good. It's a way to say hello. Good. Next one is, is when we say goodbye. It means again en, it means meet. Literally, I will see you again. I will meet you again in when we say goodbye. And then the person can say back next, Let's see you tomorrow. Meaning ten, that's tomorrow. Ten is meat. Literally, we will meet again tomorrow. It's a seal tomorrow. Normally we can just use any period of time, maybe the day after tomorrow. And then Plasti, we will meet them or Thursday plus ten. And we're just going to meet on Thursday is see you tomorrow. Ten. See tomorrow. Okay. Next one is very good. War is it means is good. Let's say you can use to answer, how are you? I can say how I'm fine, I'm doing great. Yeah, this one I'm going to mention again is how is good? Basically, we can use the subject adiveout be in the middle. That's the grammar. Chinese is different from English. We only do adjective without to be in the middle. Thank you. The, your teeth together opens up a little bit and put the tongue right after the teeth and pushing the air out as song. And thanks to respond to. Thank you. We say boo is negation is a guest, she is atmosphere or air. Could she together means pteterally means. Oh, you don't have to be polite. You're welcome. My pleasure. We used to answer. Oh, thank you. Sh. If you say someone, say she. You can say buch. Okay. Next one is, is you can use to apologize to someone, but break this phrase down by itself. Number one, a lot of times you see this character actually means correct or yes. It's used to confirm something you can use but also has another meaning. It means todo is negation. Means deserve. Literally means to. You don't deserve it. You don't deserve this treatment is what you used to apologize. Like, I'm sorry to respond to say we say may is also another word for negation. It means doesn't have. It means a big of deal. It's not a big of deal. It's okay. It doesn't matter. We use to respond to to respond to make sure you don't get confused with these two. Yeah. Is used to respond to thank you. Bucci. Well to respond to we says okay. Okay. Next one can mean different things in different situations can mean okay, can mean it's settled or confirm or I agree, et cetera. It really depends on context. It's really funny sometimes if you see a Chinese person on the phone and all you heard, okay? Okay. Okay. So the whole conversation can be hold. Okay? You can also just by itself, a lot of times we use as a part of the adjectives to make it more confirmative. All right, Next one. Long is I, Io is called or be named after is blue. Chinese name. Last name. We put our last name, family name first and that's first name is long means a dragon. Literal meaning is little dragon. Yeah, along. Let's Bruce Lee's Chinese name along. Okay, next one. Long time we say not only means good. In here we use a add means. It means for very long time is no. Is meat literally means long time. No. We say how put long time, no, go to eat. Ch means a lot of times you can use for directions means go someplace. You use in front of a location. But also you can use the che in front of a verb, means go to do something. A lot of times we can use chan for the future tense. For example, if you use a che plus verb, chu fa, it means go to eat. Fans either in front of a location indicate the direction. Or you can use in front of verb means indicate will do something or is going to do for the future. You can also use ch location verb. Okay, It means go somewhere to do something. All right, next one end. What time is it right now? I mean, right now, DN is what? Time? Dn is what? Time is it right now? A lot of times z means currently, as the question word for literal means dots. Literally means how many dots are there? How many dots are there on the clock? What time is it right now? All right. Next one, are you by now is z, right now is busy. And at the end of the sentence can turn into yes, no question. We say, en, are you busy right now? Are you busy right now? A lot of times we use, at the end of the sentence, it's turned into a question. Okay? Next question. Na is, is go, nas, where, where are you going? You see, we use in front of a location, but here is the question word for where. It's, where are you going. All right. Next one is, is, no is the negation add is now, I don't know. But if I say I got it or I know I can say Utu. Okay. Next one. The question word why way. It means shama, literally for what? It means Why way, for what it means. Why? Sam, what is this? Is this is to be shack. What? This is a question we used to ask, oh, what is this? Shu is the pronoun that means this or here. A lot of times we put the question word at the end of the sentence, but it's not necessary. What is this? All right, next one, si here is optional. When you're referring to something related to you or the adjective is, only one character is optional. It's the same as Shinto al times we used to referring to someone's physical health. Sh one way to say how are you Lu is your body goods, are you doing well physically or how do you feel physically recently? Sha. All right, next one, there are two common ways to ask someone, what are you doing right now? At the moment, you can say so. This is one for the common usage of already. You can use the sign in front of a location, means be located at somewhere. But you can also use in front of verb means do something at the moment. At moment. Right now here the verb is or gun, it means to. The only difference is gun is more colloquial. Also, a lot of times use gun to mean to normally a times means you do something physically, like do some labor work or something. Well, just two things in general. Ns, basically it's the same thing. What are you doing right now at the moment? And to answer it you can just say was I, I. And then in front of a verb means you are doing something at the moment right now. All right, next one, Sang tram is you sang. This verb has so many different meanings. The first one, sang means think or consider. The second meaning of sang means would like to do something normally. Would like to do something by itself, you can only in front of you. Cannot use right in front of a noun. If you want to use in front of a noun, you have to say, let me type it for you. Also means would like to do something. And then you can use in front of either a verb or you can use in front of a noun. But if it's young itself, you can only use in front of word, means would like to do something. The third meaning of means miss, then you can use in front of a noun. For example, miss. You can say or you can use mamis. Three meanings for young, consider or would like to do something. It also means miss someone or something, trees to eat. You see this character has a square on the side. It's indicate the mouth it means is what do you like to eat? That's a very important usage of an you can use in front of the verb means would like to do something. We use this sentence structure to talk about nationalities. To introduce which country you are from. War is I sure is to be then Alan's netherland. You can just replace with any other countries and then placigensId person, you can use this structure to introduce which country are you from, the subject and then the country, and then it means that person is from certain country. All right, next one R, I'm 20 years old. This year is current. Ian is a year, ten is this year is years old. Sue is 20 years old. Sue, it means like a years old. When you talk about your age, in is optional. You can just say and then plus number and then plus. We used to talk about the age, I'm 20 years old this year. That's the time phrase. It can either go at the very beginning of the sentence or we can do like this. We use it after the subject, in front of either verb or adjective. Next one. Do you need my help? Young is yo. It means want or need, or would like to. Then my yes and no question. Normally we can use the structure plus someone. It means would like someone to do something or want someone to do something. We use y. Yo depends on the context. It can mean need or want. You can use as a verb. You can also use a noun. When you use a noun, a lot of times we say, oh, thank you for your help. I can say thank you, Shisha, your bang. Say thank you for your help. Bong, bong. By itself, you can also use as a verb. A lot of times we say help someone to do something. You can say plus someone plus verb. Or you can just say plus someone plus b. It's someone to do something. Okay, what's your phone number? Neither. That's your D. That's telephone. Because it means electronic, it means words. Both means numbers. Numbers, size or number. In Chinese. There are many, many examples of a word is composed by two characters with exactly or similar meanings. It's actually make the sentence, the rhythm better. Because we like even numbered words. Because when you say it, the meaning, even though it's a similar is used to emphasize it and then the rhythm is better as well. Sure Is that's the question word in terms of numbers is what's your phone number? Neither. So do a show. Next one is I love you. War is I, is love is you. Mm hmm. Okay, Next one, I'm on vacation. Now, fun, fung has many different meanings, but here fung means released, a means break, or vacation, literally means I got release from work or school to a break or vacation. Love has so many different meanings. A lot of times we use verb that low indicate the completion of action. A lot of times we use for the past tense eight, I slept, I watched TV. You use the verb, the law indicate you already have done the action, you complete the action. But here, this is another usage of a law is indicate there's a change in the status. It means I wasn't on vacation, but now I'm on vacation. It didn't mean I finished the break, I have to go to work now, like I had my vacation to indicate that's something happened in the past. No, that's not it in this sentence. This one is more like indicate there's a change in the situation. It's now finally break. Now, I wasn't on vacation. I wasn't on like a break or holiday, but now I do. A lot of times people see, oh, I see law after verb automatically. A lot of people think, oh, is this past tense really, you have to break, tell the meaning like read between the lines or like see the context. All right, next one. Goshen en dali. It means going is happy. That's the same from bi means meat is what we call the result complement. What does it mean is indicate the result of the action. Do you already see someone like you gain the perception of the visuals? We will say end. Give you an example. If I say ten, a lot of times maybe it can mean look only. Maybe I didn't see it or I didn't meet it like a certain person. But if you do, you actually meet someone, you actually got to manage, complete the action of meeting someone or seeing someone. That's the difference between C versus look. Do is more like a C is look, you don't know if the person see it or not. Near this phrase, we use it when you first meet someone is finally I got to meet you. Maybe I hear a good things about certain person. And finally you meet that person and you can see Gen. Or you can just for the first time you meet someone, you can say, okay, next one was miss you. Like we mentioned before has so many different meanings. Would like to do something, want something, or think or consider. This is the third meaning of Miss we mentioned you would like to do something. Want to do something? You wouldn't use directly in front of a noun. You have to use in front of a verb, means would like to do something. That's because you don't want to. People get confused with the meaning of Shang, but you can use hang in front of a noun or pronoun. Hang means miss someone or something. Hang, I miss you. All right, next one, where is your home? Where are you come from? Hanging, hanging together. It means either believe or trust Shang. It can mean I believe in you or I have faith in you or I trust you. It really depends on the context, but Hansen has multiple meanings. Believe, trust, or have faith in somebody or something. It means has, it means possibilities. Literally means there is a possibility. It means it's possible. In here we use as a noun, but you can also use as an adverb. Maybe tomorrow will rain, I will be late. This word you can use as a noun, means possibility. But you can also use as an adverb means maybe. Next one, sway, need N. A lot of times we can also use sweN se. N says follow convenience literally means do some means follow your convenience literally means do things that will make it easier for you. It's whatever you like. It doesn't really matter for me is you can do whatever you want, do things as your disposal pen. This means it doesn't matter or it's up to you or just do whatever you like. Swepn's do what you wish or it's up to you seed N next one. So so a lot of times people will get confused with this sentence structure. You see Sure. Together we used to emphasize it's is a noun, Joe. Ki the verb. I'm just kidding. I just joke around so. I'm just kidding. All right, next one I will be right there, Hang. It means real soon or right away is go or leave me. I will go there right away. Or very soon or a little bit right away. That's liter means horse shun is literally means you get on the horse. Uh huh. You get on the horses in old times because people doesn't have a cars. If you want to do something real quick, you will get on the horse and do it real quick. Then we say shun, do things really quick. It means a lot of times we use BA in front of verbs. Give someone order or demand that do not do something. In here means being nervous or be intense. Literally, don't be nervous. Take it easy. Relax. Jung here we can also use BA in front of other, don't eat or don't do something you use. But also we can also use it as adjective. Same character, same pronunciation by means other or another. If it's, it's other people, someone else, next 11, no problem. It means doesn't have, we can means question or issues or problems. It depends on the context. Can mean, oh, I don't have a question. If the teacher ask you, oh, do you have a question? And you can say no question. I don't have any question to ask, but you can also use one Means no problem is if someone say, oh, I'm sorry, you can say one, no problem. Don't worry about it. No big deal. No issues. We. All right, next one on this word has so many different meanings. Yong here means need, No, sorry, no need to be worried, like don't worry. But also has another means you can either a method or a tool to do something you can use. I use a book to learn Chinese or I use my cell phone to call you, et cetera. You can use, but here you can say means no need to be worried, so don't worry. Another very common phrase we use, go need to say thank you. You're welcome by need, come from the word, no need to say thank you. You're welcome. Now, besides what we learned previously, you're welcome. You can also say ph. All right, next one. What day of the week is it? Today? Like we mentioned before, it means today is current. N is day in liter means the current day is today is the weak is a star. The star in the sky is a period of time is a weak because in the old times people use stars, the sun to tell the time is weak. That's the question word in terms of numbers, in terms of the week, it's what day is it today, next one, how much is it? Sure. It means this. Yeah. Means need. That's the question. In terms of number, it can means how many? But here is how you can use this phrase to ask in terms of accountable now and uncountable now in this needs how much money, how much money is it, how much is it? You can use this sentence to ask price. How much is a certain things ask in terms of price. Okay, that's all for today. All the common phrases normally we use then feel free to do the practice related with this lesson. I'm going to see you soon an 4. After lesson 1-Sentence structure practice: Going to start a series of the textbook of integrated Chinese. This textbook is start from level zero up to intermedium level. Over the course, we're going to practice listening as well as sentence structures. After the course, you will be able to reach a better level of listening as well as you will gain more confidence in making the right sentences. This textbook, integrated Chinese, is widely used in schools and universities across the whole North America. Let me know if you have any questions. I'm here to help. The following course will, based of lesson one of Integrated Chinese. Let's go over the vocabularies from this book first. The first one is me, which means it is different from the English because in Chinese only means singular, it's only one person. It's the second word, how is good, which is adjective. It can mean fine, good, nice. And you can also use to respond to people like, oh, okay, or it's settled. We can also use how. Next one is ching means please. A lot of times we use the ching in front of a verb actually to soft the tone, especially when you give someone order or demand, it sounds more polite. Ching, okay, when means, As you can see the character like inside, there's a square that's indicated with the mouth. You need the mouth to ask someone a question. When means ask together with the word from number three, we say one together is literals, means please ask, but it's we use one in front of a question when you're trying to ask a question is more like, excuse me, sorry to bother or may I ask something? Normally, you use one in front of a question when you're trying to ask a question and it sounds more polite together is we, number five is in. It means basically is a more formal way of saying in Chinese. If you look at these two characters, the bottom part of in is actually means the heart. You see, you can tell the dots indicate the blood stream, the blood, the wings goes into the heart. So basically it means give the person more of your respect. Give the person more of your heart is more formal way to say in terms of grammar, how you use is how you're going to use. It's in terms of grammar. Like the ages the same you can use to address someone older or like you want to address someone maybe at the workplace or at more formal settings, you want to show your respect. Next one, it means expensive. If you check it out, the bottom part, this part means the sea shell. Because in the old times, people use the sea shells money as a currency to treat trade. That's why a lot of times when you see a character with this part, it actually has to do with money. It means expensive. The price is high, but can also use for honorable. Is someone's last name. Someone's surname you can use as a verb and you can also use as a noun The left part is the female because it has to be a woman passing down the last name. They give birth to the children in order to carry on the family name. The right part is it means give birth to sing is last name. A lot of times we say ning is actually asking someone literally means what's your last name? It's asking someone's last name, but in a respectful way. It's like, oh, you must come from this prestigious family, then what's your last name? What's your rich last name? This is a really formal way to ask someone's last name is you can use to ask someone at the workplace or asking someone older than you, we say sing, sing. Next one is I or me in Chinese, we don't really differentiate is I or me is the same in Chinese. Also, we don't really change the verb based of the different person or different tense either. We just add extra words to it. Next one, n is a question word. A lot of times we put the question particle at the end of the sentence to turn a sentence into a question. A lot of times we use either pronoun or a noun, then no. It sounds like how about someone? If I say Nina, it means how about you. But you have to remember one thing, Nina, how about you? That's only under the circumstances. Someone already asked you a question. Instead of repeat the sentence back, you can just say Nina. So, for example, if I say, how are you? And you say, I'm good, and you you can say Nina, but this is already under the circumstances. You already asked me a question like how are you. But if nobody asked me a question, I just directly say Nina. It actually means where are you. It's a very cloak way to ask someone like where are you located at? This one has to keep in mind. Nina actually depends on if someone asks you a question or not before, earlier and actually has a different meanings. Someone asked you a question already, it means what about you? Nobody asked you a question yet. You start initiate the question is actually means where are you next one. It means miss or young lady. A lot of times help you remember what does a word mean. I strongly recommend you will break this word into characters if you figure out what does every single character mean. It really helps you memorizing the whole word mean, for example. So it means little or young is normally calling someone like older sister literally means a little older sister. But it's actually, we call someone miss. But the difference between English and Chinese, normally we put our last name first then how you address them. For example, if I say Miss Lee will say last name first, then Miss Lee is actually, does it make sense? All someone's titles or positions will always start with the family name. Then either a teacher, or professor, or principal, or Mr. or Miss we basically last name then there are different titles. It's exactly Opposite from the order in English. Hope you remember, because in Chinese culture, family always comes first. So that's why we put a family name first. Okay, next word is Io, Io. This is the verb we use to address in someone's name. For example, if my name is Ruth, I will say plus the person's name, Ia, plus the name chios be called. You don't need extra word to be in front of A. Basically we use the subject O and then the name. That's it. It's actually a really common mistake, like a lot of, especially people who is English like a native speaker, they will think, oh, where do I put to be called or something? No, we don't need like we just say word o plus the name. If you look at this character, you see also have a square on the side. Every time you see a square, it's actually indicate that a mouth you call someone using a mouth. That's why we have a mouth. There is called someone or be called. You can also use if the dog barks line roars can also use means roar basically means make a sound or Y really loud. You can also use as well. Next one, number 12 Shamans. What? A lot of times we use schema as a very important question. Pronoun depends on different contexts. So we can use Sherman in different situations. For example, if you said something ridiculous and I cannot believe it, and I can say schema. What schema? But if you say something and I didn't hear you, I can also say what did you say? Like can you say it again? Schat use it all the time. Ss go two characters, we don't really use them separately from each other. We normally use them as a unit. Together means what? Shama. All right. Number 13 means name. Number 13, name mean by self? It means name already, it means characters together, it means name. Later on, you'll see a lot of words which is double characteredlimes. Every single character is actually means exactly the same thing. Uob. Feel confused why these two characters means exactly the same thing and we put them together. But even though this is not one of the examples, but you will see a lot here trying to mention here because Chinese will even number the word. Sometimes we put two words with exactly the same meaning together is number one. The rhythm is better because Chinese is the language all about the rhythm, the tones. The second reason for that is we used to emphasize, emphasize the meaning. The third reason that instead of using one character, you will use two normally two character words is more formal. A lot of times it sounds more formal than only one single character word. Later on, I will give you more examples to explain that point. That's the name, that's one of the common mistakes. A lot of times people make, people get confused with ios. Ia is a verb. Well, means is a noun even though they are all associate with names, but is a verbs a noun? Next one means Mr. husband or as old term, like one you used to address the teacher. Again, if I say Mr. Lee, we will say put the last name first. And then also en means a husband. Help you remember it sounds a little bit weird but it's help you remember it means first sh means person like old times, like guys like make the decision in the society might upset some people like woman's equal rights. But just help you remember this word means first, shun means persons. Mr. or husband. Yeah, so basically I like the guy always do everything first in the family, you know. Okay. Next one. Now we're going to start with making sentences based off the translation. Are you ready? Okay. At first it might be a little bit timidated, but don't be scared. Let's to sentence by sentence. Start from the basic ones. The first one, how are you? I'm going to give you some time to think. Feel free to pass the video now. I'm going to review The answer is how, How are you? Is how is good is the question word? A lot of times you will see question for yes or no question literally it means are you good? At times when we make the sentence for yes or no question we use, what we can do is we can think about how would you ask the question like start with, say the meaning in a positive way. What does it mean? If I want to ask you, are you a Chinese person, then you will say you are a Chinese person plus is actually turning into a Chinese person. If I say, do you like Chinese food, you will start a sentence by Chinese food and then plus m in the end. Basically, you will say meaning in a positive confirmative way, then plus m in the end. Same thing. If I say, how are you in Chinese, we will say, are you good? Are you doing well? We will say nih not only means hello, but it actually means you are doing good. Then put in the end is, are you doing good? Are you Well? From the sentence structure, you already can tell in Chinese. If we say the subject adjective, we don't really put to be in the middle. We say good instead of, you are good. That's the difference from English grammar and Chinese grammar. In Chinese, we just say subject to the adjective. Okay, next one. This one is a little bit tough. Miss, what's your last name? Yeah, there are two ways to ask someone's last name. See if you can think of one way to phrase it. Feel free to pause the video but now I'm going to review the answer in Saudi is, is we can use a knee or we mentioned the more formal way to say it, but using is a very formal way to and ask someone's last name, What's your last name? By formal way singing. Next one. Mr. Wang, what's your name? Okay. Now let's check it out again. If you need more extra time, feel free to pause the time, but now I'm going to review the answer. We already learned Henson Mr. but we put a last name first is the way we ask someone's name literally are more casual way to ask someone what's your name, but you can also add means afterwards. Next one. May I ask, what's your last name? Remember we may as one set phrase to say, oh, excuse me, may I ask, et cetera, give me your hand. That's a two character phrase. What's your last name again? Normally have two ways to say it. Either way, works formal or informal. Okay, now, are you ready? Okay, so we can say in may ask. A lot of times we use chin in front of a question and to make the question sounds more polite, like a softer toned N is more formal way to say. It's like what's your honorable last name? It's asking someone on what's your last name, Chin. And like any other languages, there are multiple ways to phrase a question or sentences, so I just use the ones that are most commonly used. So feel free if you have more ways to phrase a sentence or a question and then feel free to leave a comment as well. Next one. May I ask what's your name? Okay, May I ask what's your name? All right. Are you ready? Yes. You see? May I ask N or N means either way works it just without means in the end is more casual cloak with the means is more formal. This phrase you can use to asking someone's first name name. Either way works, the person can answer with the answer, first name or full name. Either way works. Chinese means next one. How about you? That's on that question we already mentioned before. That's under the circumstances. Someone already asked you a question. Instead of repeating the whole question again, you can just say how about you? We already two question particles on what's the other one? We also use that at the end of the sentence. Okay, now that's the moment of truth is Nina, did you get it right? So that's the difference between these two question particles, even though we use both words, like kind of at the end of the sentence is more like yes or no question. So for example, likes open question like how about you or where are you? Next one, how about Miss Wang? Give you a hint. Knew how about you? Basically, we can just replace knee with Miss Wang. Bingo is when basically we can use someone's name or a noun or pronoun plus about. You can even noun for the objects, like how about the movie from last night? You can just say movie from last night and then no, that's it. Mm hmm. All right, Next one. What's Miss Lee's name? What's Miss Lee's name? Lee Haze. Is Miss Lee, We only know this person's last name and then we will say means like I mentioned before, means can mean you're asking someone's first name or asking someone's last name. Either way works, we can say basically I will give you guys a tip like how to make up a sentences in Chinese. A lot of times what you can do, you can memorizing some really common sentence structures like what's your name, we'll say. But later on if we ask, what's your dad's name, Mom's name was Miss Lee's name. You can just replace me with all the other words you wanted to ask. Sometimes it's important to memorizing not only vocabulary sake, but it's also very important to memorizing certain very important, very commonly used sentence as well. Next one. My name is Ruth, how about you? Okay. 321. Okay. Is Ruth Nina? That's the structure of my name is, so we use a Ruth Nina. How about you? Did you get it right? Ruth Nina. Next one. I'm good. How about you? We can answer the question Ni how are you? Hm? Use this answer. I'm good. How about you? But one thing we have to keep in mind, we don't use m in this sentence. Remember in Chinese, we just say I good. It's just a subject adjective. Okay, are you ready for the answer? We say sometimes you can also say very good, or how is I'm good, Nina, how about you? You can also put N here. I'm good. I'm doing great, Nina. Now let's work on the section two of lesson one. Before we start, let's go over all the vocabularies from this section. The first one is it means to, like we mentioned before, we don't really change the verb based on the time tense or based on the person. Therefore, sun is r and was war. Or you can use a shoe for the future tense. It will be, or it's going to be. Also, when there's a subject adjective we don't use to be in the middle, we don't use shoe. But if I say I am a Chinese person, a Chinese person is a noun, I still need a shoe In the middle, I will say war is I and she plus a Chinese person which is noun. Later on, we're going to mention how to say it. The second one, Su is a teacher, it means old su, it means master. Together, it means a teacher, a tutor, a professor. We Shu Lao is old senior. A lot of times as a respectful term in Chinese culture, we really respect the seniors. This word by itself has a negative meaning as in the Western world. Lao is actually means respectful. Also, a lot of times at the workplace you can call your supervisor, your boss, or someone has more experience than, than La as well. Maybe their profession has nothing with education or teaching. But in order to show your respect to that person, you can also call, oh, it's saying like oh, you're a mentor or I can learn something from you. I respect you. You can also callous, well, okay, this word we already mentioned before, it's a question particle, but it's for yes and no question. It's a closed question. Every time you see at the end of the sentence a method, you will think, oh, that's a question, that's a question word indicate. That's a question you can answer with yes and no. Positive and negative question. Okay, next one is negation word. You can use it by itself means no. But you can also use in front of either verb or adjectives turned into negative, it's used as a no. Next one means a student. By itself, it means learn or study. In Chinese it's the same character, Shun, like we mentioned before. That's the right part of the character Shin. Remember last name or surname? In that word, it means gave birth to. But here it actually means a person. A lot of times we use shown in someone's professions, in someone's job titles, literally a person like does learning for their profession, it's a student, is different from also means a person or people. But a lot of times we use referring to a human being, it's not animals, actual person. Also we use when we talk about someone's nationalities is a Chinese, is American. So for example, Jen is a Chinese person, me is American. Well, Shun is more like we use it for like is it server is a student. A lot of times we use in terms of you talking about someone's profession or what do they do for a living. Will use a shown as next one year. It means also two. But one thing we have to keep in mind because yes adverb, normally we use it after the subject in front of a verb or adjective. For example, if I say, I'm also very good, I will say which is yes, very good. We don't really like at the end of the sentence, like two. It's more like also, I'm also very good. We put also after the subject I in front of a adjective. It's more like in terms of grammars, more close to also. Next one is we already mentioned a little bit before, but you see this character look like a person walking. That's a person, it means by itself, you see it's a square and something goes through right in the middle. It's already indicate the meaning of this character. It means central, a country, little, middle kingdom. Because in time, everyone think are the top of the world, the center of the world's China. Next one, Let's United States, America by itself. It means beautiful, literally means a beautiful country is America. A lot of times when we say people from certain countries, what we do, we just put the name of the country. Plus for example, there's people from China, Chinese people. If you say there's Americans, okay, Now that's to go back to the practice of translation and the sentence structure, okay? First one, are you a teacher? Are you a teacher? We don't really have a sentence. We don't have this article, but we do. If I say one teacher, we can use the number, but here we don't really need to put anything in front of the teacher also. Are you a teacher? We already know that's a yes no question. We will finish the sentence with the question, are you a teacher? Are you ready for the answer is Sherman. Because shu is a noun, it's not the adjective, so we still need the verb to be shou, you are a teacher. Put my in the end is turned into a question. Are you a teacher? Sherman Sherman. Did you get it right? Okay. Next one? Yes, I'm a teacher. Yes. In Chinese times, instead of using the actual word, yes, a lot of times we give a confirmative answer by just repeat back the exact verb. If I say, do you have a back, I would say to give the confirmative answer or do you like Chinese food? I would say like instead of a yes. Basically, instead of just saying yes in Chinese, we answer back with whatever verb like you are using. Give a affirmative answer. Same thing, like you wanted to give a negative answer. A lot of times we just use a negative, negative adverb plus the verb like you were using later on. I'm going to explain more. For example, because you already use to ask the question. You say, I'm a teacher. What? She doesn't make sense. She is the verb you're already using. Let's to, to give a confirmative answer, we just use a shot to give back the confirmative answer. No, I'm not a teacher, I'm a student. Here you can say boo or boho. See this word, boo? We actually change the tones normally. Bo is pronounced as a fourth tone, which is going down. If you use b in front of another fourth tone, you will change the tone into second tone, which is rising up, make the flow better. Instead of saying boo, we actually say boho. But this pronunciation rule only works with boo. It doesn't work with any other words. Only you change bu from fourth tone going back, going down tone to the rising tone. You use character downt fourth tone. So now I'm not a teacher. I'm a student. Mr. Wang is also a teacher. When we see this sentence, there are several things we have to keep in mind. The first one Mr. we have to put Wang in front of Mr. Also, don't miss the verb. Also because it's an adverb, we put it in front of verb which is such went. Did you put all the pieces together in your mind? Are you ready? We will say su, yeah, sure. Sure. Mr. Wang is also a teacher. Did you get it right? Okay. Next one. Is Miss Lee a student? Again, a yes or no question automatically let Bob, like you will say, oh, I will use this question with, at the end of the sentence. Miss Lee also don't miss the verb. We will say in a positive way, Miss Lee is a student. Then put in the end, did you get it right? Let's see the answer. Sh, is Miss Lee a student? Okay. Next one. What's teacher Lee's teacher? Again, this question has multiple ways to ask it. I'm going to just choose one of the most used way to ask the question. We can say, you can also say shims. Either way works. Okay. Next one. May I ask, are you a teacher or not? Something or not. A lot of times we don't need to use but you can use. If you don't use, you can use affirmative then negative way to formal question. What does that mean? You can say you are not R plus teacher to question something, something or not. You can use the formative way and plus a negative wage to formal question. Let's see the answer. I can ask ni, are you a teacher? But I can also says, are you, are you a teacher niche is affirmative. You are a teacher, then you are not a teacher. It's like are you not a teacher? It works with all the other sentence as well. You can say positive then negative together is turning into a yes, no question. Next one, let's practice how we put a sentence into negative. This one I'm not called Ruth or my name is Ruth, My name is Marie. I'm called Marie. Think about what a negative word we use and where we put it because it's an ad, we will put it in front of the, after the subject. You see again because a, that's a fourth tone. We will change the bull rise up into second tone. I will say Ruth Marie. One more time, Ruth Marie. Next one. As a teacher, I'm also a teacher. Again, we will use yeah, I would say I'm also a teacher. Shu, Next one, my last name is also Lee. How would you say this one? I will give you some time. The answer is we use for the person's last name and family name and we use it in front of a last name. In my last name is also the verb for the first name. We use the verb for someone's last name to ask. The question is oh, same logic. You can also say shh, Ask someone's last name, that's the word. What is, what's your last name? Next one. I'm American. How about you? Is Su Nina mean I'm American. Nina? How about you? If I say I'm a Chinese, my name is Ruth and I'm a student. You see we can use all these structure of the sentence to introduce yourself. You would say I'm a Chinese person. Or Ruth, my name is Ruth, I'm a student. You see all we can use the structure subject to B, which is a shoe and then placa. Now, next one, Mr. Lee is not Chinese but American for now, if you don't know how to say but you don't have to worry about it, you can just say Mr. Lee is not Chinese and he is American. You can say lean. As you can see, Chinese. A lot of times we don't put a lot of conjunctions, particles, articles. It's a very clean like a sentence structure. The key thing about Chinese sentence is a subject verb object. That's it. Next is Miss Wang American. Now that's to try to ask a question, but it's in a negative way. Isn't Miss Wang American? You would think the sentence structure will be exactly the same as you ask the question, Miss American, you just put it into negative. You say basically, you say, isn't American? Then you put mine in the end, it's turned into, isn't miss an American person? It's like Bush, You get it right. This one is a little bit tricky. But one thing you have to keep in mind, as long as you put a sentence into negative, it doesn't matter if it's a question or it's just a negative statement. All you need to do is the B because it's adverb after the subject in front of the next one. Wong is not a teacher, how about you? Or what about you? You say Pong Nina. Nina, did you get it? All right. If you have trouble with some sentence structures like this, I recommend you work with this exercise together with the textbook, the textbook of Integrated Chinese. It will help. This one is more like a supplement exercise. Besides what do you have already worked on the textbook? Let me know if you have any questions. I'm always here to help. 5. Lesson 1-Listening practice: Whole section about listening every single sentence I'm going to read three times twice. I'm going to read it very slow. Last time I will read in a regular pace. You guys will know how exactly like in the real conversation, how the sentence will sound like. Are you guys ready for it? Let's go me Ham, Nihalma. Nilhlma. How are you? Means is good or Well, that's yes, no question. Nihma's Nima, shout, sing, shouting. Shouting, shout means miss or you're trying to address a young lady. It means little, small by itself. Little means older sister, but together she means miss is it means expensive or honorable Last name is what we say. Oh, what's your honorable last name? So we're trying to ask someone, what's your last name in a polite way? Schema, Wang, Schuman. That's someone's last name. So a lot of times it's really hard to tell, um, people are talking about a name, but what you can do is you can memorizing certain common last name like Wang or, or J, et cetera. Shen Mr. normally we put last name first then someone's title, Wang's Mr. Wang. That sentence we use to ask someone's name, we can use it for a full name or asking someone's first name on. Either way works we can to address someone's first name or full name. Either way works. Okay, next one Shingen N Q Shing in Ching Ching 1 " by means, a lot of times we use in front of verb to, so the tone here by itself means we use to start a sentence. In making, what's your last name? But this one we use is a more formal way to say. Quin is also a very polite way to ask someone's last name. Chequing. What's your last name? Yeah, China. You can use in one to start a question. May, she means schema, means has, again, means may ask nims, what's your name? But means by itself, it means name, that's a noun, literal. You are called by one name, a Shas Nina, Nina, Nina, Nina. A lot of times, is someone already asked you a question, and instead of repeat the same question again, then you can just say Nina. It means how about you? But if nobody asks you a question, you just say Nina. It's actually very cloak you way to say where are you? Nina Wang, Hoziena Wang. Hua Wang, Shaena. Okay. So again, Wang, that's the person's last name. It means miss. Again, it's like how about but again, it's under the circumstances. Someone already asked you a question. So you can ask, oh, how about Miss Wang? But nobody asked you a question. You can just directly say Wang is actually means where is Miss Wang? How about Miss Wang? Le shut Io. Shamma means let, Shasha means that's the person's last name is Miss J's. Miss Lee Ia is called or be named after Shama. What means its name? What's Miss Lee's name? It means her full name or her first name. Chiji Chia Shamans. Ruth, Nina Ruth. Nina Ruth. Nina Ruth is saying, my name is Ruth. We use the sentence structure Pla name is introduce yourself's name. Nina. How about you? How? Nina? Nina. Nina is good. Sometimes we can even that's ad means I can also say very good. But here just Mm. I'm good. I'm okay. Nina, how about you Nina? Okay. So, sure. Lo Shuma su lo Sherm. Nishu Law Sherm. So, you sure is good to be. So you are lo sus a teacher, ma turned into a question, are you a teacher? Su lo shuma, are you a teacher? Next one, Shu, shu, shu, shu, shu, wo, shu. It means yes Or we used to confirm, oh, I'm a teacher, is I, s is to be I. Oh, a teacher, a tutor, a professor. All we can call ohhhh, boohoo, bush. Boo is like turn the sentence into negative as I'm not a teacher. Shang, Shu Shang is a student. Shang. I'm a student. Wang? Yes. Oh En, yeah. Hugh Y Su Su Let's Sony's last name. Hen's Mr. that's Mr. Wang. Yeah. So also a teacher. Mr. Wang is also a teacher. Sauter Shuo Lee. Shudder Le let's someone's last name. Saudi's miss. So that's Miss Lee. This is, that's a student is turned into a question. Is miss a student? Is Miss Lee a student? Every time you see a sentence finished with, then you will know. That's a yes and no question. Yeah, it's a closed question. Ohio Schema. Lehua, Schemas, Someone's last name. Oh, as a teacher is Schema is what? What's teacher's name? Ohio's asking. Oh, what's teacher lies, full name or first name? Schuhmacher. Laoshi. Shh shu, one shot Lao Che. May I ask? Shoe is confirmative, positive is negative, or are you not? It's the same with schoch. So it's like, are you a teacher or not ingenuous? Like, excuse me, may I ask, are you a teacher or not? Ruth Boa. Ruth, Ruth Woo, Marie. Bota is, I'm not called Ruth, Io is we used for someone's name, so Bota is not called Woo Marie. So my name is, Marie's saying, oh my name is not Ruth, my name is Marie. Wo y Su. O Su. Yeah. Oh yeah. Here we use the adverb. It means also because it's adverb, we use it after the subject in front of the verb. I'm also a I'm a teacher. Next one? Yeah, Sing Lee. Single. Here is the word, Sing. Sing. That's the, you use it in front of someone's last name is talking about someone's last name. In li. It means my last name. My surname is also Lein Li. Normally when you talk about someone's last name, you can use the subject Shin plus the person's last name. Who may? Garren Nina who may. Garren Nina who may go. Nina who may go. So it means I'm American, Nina is. How about you? Again, not only you can use the shoe for someone's nationality, you can also use for introduce someone either job or name, so you can use the shoe. M. She is M S R to Ruth who? Jungen. Ruth who? Huh? Was Hjungeny Ruth was she Su here is Wash Jungen. I'm a Chinese person. What's Ruth's talk about your name? My name is Ruth, was she? I'm a student. Le Shu Boo. John Aran Make. Warren Liu Bojan. Les Joan Su, Make, warn Le, let's teacher. Ben isn't a Chinese person. Sum is American person. Wang Xiao Boucher, Gorman, Chaz Bush. Mega Wang, Bush Gen. Okay, so Wang, that's Miss Wang. Busch isn't G is American person is turning into a yes, no question. So together isn't miss Wang. American person isn't miss Wang, American Wang Pong, Booher, loser. Nina Pong, Bo Lusher. Nina, Nina, Okay, so Wang Pong, that's a person's name. Again, sometimes in order to tell if it's a name or not, you have to memorize some common last name like Wang Pongshgpong. Isn't a teacher, Nina, how about you? Pongoh, Nina. Okay, that's all from this lesson one. I really look forward to see you again in the following chapters. We'll have different topics. After each lesson, we'll have two training sections as well. It includes a sentence structure practice and a listening practice. After the whole lesson, you will not only learn grammar, but you can also get to practice about it. I really look forward to see you guys soon. Okay, Feel free to let me know if you guys have any questions. I'm always here to help. All right. 6. Lesson 2 A-Number: Today we're going to learn about numbers in Chinese. Number in Chinese, we call it shu. Shu by itself already means numbers. It means characters. The words or the characters for numbers, that's numbers, Schulz. Okay. Now we're going to learn how to count numbers in Chinese. The first 11 we say, but when you see number one in a phone number or a, normally we pronounce one as it's different. The reason why, because number 1.7 sounds really similar in order to differentiate, especially over the phone, it's really hard to tell. We will use one as y in terms of phone number or zip code. Also, when you tell someone with your phone number, if you just say people have no idea how many one you just said. But if you say, it's actually more clear that how many one you just mentioned, 911 in Chinese, we actually say to Y, yo pronounced differently in terms of phone number, zip code, et cetera. Next one, r is pronounced as to R. And this one is funny if you use R as an adjective. When you say someone is R, it's actually a little bit vulgar, like a cursing word because it's saying someone is not very wise and bright. It's the second. Yeah. Be careful when you see someone is R, people will get upset. It's a cursing word. R. Next one. Number three is all four is you see the I normally is pronounced long, but if you see after, normally I doesn't make a sound. This is one of the common mistakes in terms of pronunciation. In Chinese pronounce, the consonant say is a four. Also in Chinese culture, number four is a very unlucky number. It's like the number 13. In the Western world, when you spoke in Mandarin, number four it sounds means. That's why in Chinese culture, a lot of times people don't like the number four, especially Chinese, we live in apartments, buildings. The fourth floor, it doesn't really sell well. As well as the 18th floor because there is a superstition that there is 18 levels of hell. It's kind of like a dent, the concept of hell. People don't like to live on the fourth floor or 18th floor. Yeah, number four. Number five. Okay, but number six you see, starting with number six, we actually have our own hand gesture. You see this is how we represent number six is actually resembling the character, how it's written. You see these two fingers is actually the two strokes. You see also the number six is seen as lucky in Chinese culture because the six sounds like the word Leo, which means smooth, everything goes smooth. And number six, it's actually a symbol of luck or wealth, Happiness. In the Western culture, the devil number 666 in Chinese culture, 666 is actually really lucky. You triple luck. A lot of times when you watch like Youtube, sometimes people give comments. If they leave a lot of sex in the comments, it means they really like your video. That's the cultural difference between the Western world world and the Chinese world. Okay, 17. You see we also have our own hand gesture For the number seven, it looks like this. It doesn't really matter if you do it. Use your left hand or right hand. We just put all of the fingers together. That's number seven. You see the shape of the hand trying to resembling this part, this hook of this character. So seven, okay. Next 18 is B. So it looks like the gun hand gesture looks like this. Same with number six, it means a smooth number eight. In Chinese it means money, it's also a very lucky number. Number six means a smooth lock or happiness. Number eight, A means money and lock. That's two numbers Chinese people really love. If you see we like phone numbers, has a lot of eight or six in it, or yeah, we obsessed with all the lucky numbers. The hand gesture is a hook. You see? It's this part of the hook resembling this part of the hook. That's number nine. Next one is ten. The ten actually has two ways to represent it, use hand gesture. You can either use two fingers cross together, resembling a cross because that's how the character is written. Or you can do a fist, it also means number ten. In Chinese culture, ten also means perfect perfection or happiness. That's why in the old times, a lot of times during the Chinese New Year New Year Eve dinner or reunion dinner, a lot of families like to have ten dishes. Have a good wish for very perfect upcoming year. Sure, ten, it's like a ten out of ten means perfect happiness completion. Okay. Next one. By it means 100 by. You can use different numbers in front. For example, if it's 100 we will use one plus 100. We say by by 200, then we'll say by 300, by et cetera. Okay, next one is 1,000 Follow the same logic with 100, you can put different numbers in front of a 1,000 If it's 1,000 you'll say if it's 2000 we can say and then 3,000 San, et cetera. All right, then the next one, we actually have a term for 10,000 in Chinese. 10,000 we say 11 is 10,000 we say one, we put a number one in front of it. If it's 20,000 then we say R 130001, et cetera. Now let's start with basics. We already know ten. If you say 11, then 11 basically is ten plus one. In Chinese, we say so 12 it will be follow the same logic, ten plus two then we will say su R tera, 13, 14 et cetera. Basically, over ten less than 20, you can just use ten numbers like left, it's ten plus one is 1110 plus two, that's 12, et cetera. If it's 18, then it is ten plus eight, we'll say Ba. Okay. So 20 we will say sure, sure. Basically is two plus ten, we say 20, we say sure. Then if it's 22, then we'll say 20 plus two, say a Sure. 20 plus two. We say sure, sure are, that's 22. And then if it's 25, that is 20 plus five. Then we say sure, sure is 25. Okay? So 30, So it'll be the same logic. So it's a three plus ten, so we say sure, so it's a 310. Sure. So if it's a 37, we will say 37. 30 is C 37. Okay. The next one is 39. We will say 30 plus 930 is censure. We'll say can 39 C. Okay. Then 40, we say Sis, Basically 4104640 plus six, We say Sun 46. Okay. The next 144 is Su. Then plus four, we say shu. Okay. Next, 15050, we say it's a 510. 55 ish plus five. All right. Next, 157 ish plus seven. So we say, so we should see. All right, Next 160, we say 610. Is 610. It's 60. If say 68, we'll say Li plus eight. We say Lilian 61 is 60 plus one. So we say Lin 61. Okay. The next 17070, 7710 is. If it say 76, then we say To To 76. Next 172 we say T plus two tissue R 72. All right. Next 180 we say bash is 80. If I say 83, we say bash son, 83 is 80 plus three, okay? The next 190 is 910, literally 94. We say 90 plus four. If it's 96, 90 plus six is T Lili the first 12320 plus 320 and then plus three son son net 35 30 plus five. Then 30 is then plus the five is next, 144 is plus four, we say 44. Next 57, 50 plus seven. We say. Then the next one is 60 plus two, 60 plus two. Sure. The next one is 79, is 70 plus nine. Then we say hu hu 83, 80 plus three. Say ban 99. We say su plus nine. Did you guys all get it right? 340 we can say 300 plus 40. We can say 300, we can say the lens 40, right? But a lot of times we can't get rid of the end because after 100 we already know that's ten, we can get rid of the unit, it's like or some by sisure. That's the same thing. That's why a lot of times if you see people like say 304, 304, you have to say 300. And then line 04, you say some by line 30004, you use the zero, fill in the missing unit. Otherwise, if you just say 300 plus four, people will think you are saying 340. You see the difference. If you say by the same with some, by sure. But if you say 304 because there is a zero in the middle, you have to say the zero out loud. But if you say 304 is 10, if you say 3,004 even though there are two zeros in the middle, you don't have to say 20. You can just say, let me write it down, 3,004 There's 20 in the middle, but you don't have to repeat the zero twice. You can just say zero once. You can just say 3,000 line is 0.4 3,004 you say one more time? 3,004 3,000 is 043004. Okay. Next, 1223200 is R by 23, then we'll say R S. Next one we have to keep in mind 912, normally 12, we just say, right, it's a ten plus two, we say, but if there is another digit, 100 or 1,000 we have to be particular about there is 110912900. It will be by 12 is 110 plus 2110 is U, then plus two is R. Don't miss the one. Yeah, normally 12 is. But when you talk about bigger numbers, you have to add on to saying, oh, in the ten there's 102232, is only 110, it's 12. 90110 R is two R. Okay. Next 110291000. Say then because there is a zero, you have to say zero out 29 is, so we say shot 1029. All right. Next 12,300.23 we say 2,300 arch is 2210s and then three together it will be by an okay. Next 13400, you can say Santen 300 by 400. You can also get rid of the 100 because we already know after the 1,000 is already 100, you can just say sent 3,000 Same with San. By either way, works without the By more cloak spoken. It doesn't mean 3,004 but it's 3,400 right? Okay. Next 1002. 1,000 you say because there's zero, you say line R 1002. If there's 20, we don't have to repeat the zero twice. We can just say 10, that's ET line R. Tell the number in Chinese is a little bit confusing. But after I tell you this trick, it will be so much easier. The most confusing thing is because we have the term 10,000 Instead of thinking in English, one number is that you can think in a Chinese way. That means instead of a break the number in three, like how we normally use it in English, we put the comma here. You move the one digit above, you, break the number in four. You will just say the word one at where the coma is. For example, you just read how you would read in front of the. Then you just put one and you will just read the number however you want to read it just regularly without the number in front of the coma. Give you example. That's 11, that's 10,001 Santen is 3,000 by is 434. Can you don't even need to think, oh, what is this number in English? You don't need to think that. You can just think in Chinese, Break the word into four, into four digits and then put where the is and you will say one. Let's do another one. But still, you need to read the zero out loud. You say one. So 90,001 lane zero by 900 Le. Then you have the whole entire big numbers. You don't even need to think, oh, what's the high English? Okay. Same thing. If it's 100, then you can just say by one, that's it is 1 million by one. Okay. Next 1300. You read how it is. You don't even need to think oh, was after the right now. You just focus whatever in front of the and then read one at where the coma is. You say 300 son, 23 on one. That's it on one. Okay, let's practice another one by 400 by sun, should R 14300 R R. Now you have the entire big number one that's always break the numbers in force. Put one at where the Ca is. That's it. Do you get it? Isn't this way? Make your life so much easier. Let's do telephone numbers, okay? A lot of times we will ask, oh, what's your telephone number? In Chinese, we would say neither do so let's break it down. The sentence means your, that's telephone. Y, telephone. This is interesting word. Dm by itself means electronic, means words. It's the words you're passing along through the electronic wires. That's telephone, It means numbers. We don't really use, this is choice of words for telephone number. Instead of using the shoes we mentioned earlier, we use number so is show how many or how much. Normally we use this question word to ask questions in terms of numbers. Show what's your telephone number, You can answer like your telephone numbers, digit by digit. The only thing is you would say y instead of one. We will say, okay. Now we'll be able to tell me your phone number. Okay. Now let's do a tongue twister. As you can see, 410 and to be all these three words sounds really similar in Chinese. Four is two, su ten is rising up. Sure, this tongue twister. Four is 410, is 1014, is 14, is in Chinese. We say make sure it's a, goes down, the tone goes down a. It's hard to balance tones. Sometimes if it's all fourth tone, you have to go down. And then the tone go back up, then goes down. 4410, you have to rise up. And remember the doesn't make sound. Same as the only the consonants makes sound. This one is sure. Then to goes down again. Sure. Ten is 101414. Sit, sit, sit 14. 14 shot. We say rise up, make sure you. Goes down, then go back up, goes down again. Let's do this. 11 more time is 40 shot shot, Okay, So let's do it altogether. So sit for four shot, go up, down, up. So. So if it's too complicated, you can give it pause. So you can say sit 14 ****, 14, 14, 40. So shot, 40, 40. Okay. Now let's try it at a normal speed. So shot, sure, shot, sure shot. So okay. Did you guys get it now, let's do it at a slower pace, so. Sure, sure, sure, sure, sure, sure, sure, sure, sure, sure. Okay. This one kind of require a lot of practice, so if you guys, you know, keep practicing, you guys will get it. Practice makes perfect. Right now, let's go over one of really important grammar point in Chinese is the difference between Liang and R. There are two ways to say two in Chinese. One is Liang. What's the difference? Let's go over really quick. That's actually one of the most common mistakes people make. Okay? First, R can be used by itself, but Leon cannot. That is because Leon, we use to count things like two people, 22 teachers, et cetera. So basically we in front of either a measure word or in front of a noun. Well, normally we use as a digit, as a number in terms of if it's a phone number code, et cetera. So that's why I can say R, this is two and nothing after that, it can be used by itself. But on the other hand, you cannot say on because normally you have to add either a measure word or a noun after because you are counting things. Otherwise, people will say this is two of what. Okay? The second situation, normally we, like we say as a digit in a serial number, normally two is read as, for example, a phone number, a bank account number. Basically a whole serial number. We just use R. For example, if it's a room number, we say Sun, digit by digit, or a zip code. Sun, R, L, or the ear. We don't say 2020 or 2020 in terms of the year. When we talk about the year, we just say digit by digit. We say in the year of 2020, we just say digit by digit. We say R, R Len. Okay. Next one. If two in the place of units or tens, it should be always read as R. For example, 28 is by, is in the place of ten. If it's in the place of units, we'll say 32 is R. Two is in the place of hundreds or thousands or upper digits. Then it can either pronounce r or on. If it's 2089, there are two ways to pronounce it. You can either say r by bo, or on By either way, it works because in the digit of 100, you can either pronounce li bi for 200 or by for 200. Either way works, Okay, then this is what we mentioned before. Normally on is followed by a measure word or noun. For example, we say two. People say, we don't say two bad, two pieces, two loaves of bread. We say on. We don't say B. When we counting things, we use on instead of R. Okay. Next one. If it's in a number, we only use two. We don't use what does it mean? We put it into order. For example, the second today is the second day of my school, or this is the second time with this restaurant, you will use same thing if you say the second grade, we say grade second grade, we say R, February. We say R or R, F, because February is the second month of the year, we say F the second of something, we say R. A lot of times we use D in front of number to put it into ordinal number D, R is the second. If you say the first, good is just a measure word in the ordinal number we only use, we don't use, did you get it? Do you have any questions in terms of numbers? Feel free to contact me. Also, feel free to book a private lesson with me. All right. I will see you guys in the next lesson. 7. Lesson 2 B-Family: Today we're going to learn about the family members in Chinese. We're going to about how to call your family members. Okay, let's start when we call family. We use the word a as the family member like you're referring to, but can also means the place you stay at basically means the home house. You state that wa it can means my family or my, my home. But if you say Agena learned that Jen is the person when you say Aj means the family members. Okay, we say baba, Baba, we say mama, mama. You see a lot of times if we repeat the same word twice, the second one normally is a soft tone, the emphasis on the first character, then for them, it's the same thing, the emphasizing on the leg of the first character, mama. Next one, father. This is a more formal way to call your dad. We say it means paternal. It means relatives, family members, or someone close to you. We use literally, someone is paternal and is close to you. Say more formal than a that's mother. It means maternal. Chin is the same in from, it means relative, family members, someone close to you. If you use a by itself and add were, it means person together, relatives, we also mentioned earlier but the difference is normally is your family, let me write the chain for your close family members. Like your mom and dad is more like your remote family members. It's like your second cousins or something like your aunt, uncle, et cetera. Then we call them like your dad, your mom, et cetera. That we borrow one word from father, one word from mother, and we put them together. That's fu. You can also say like cloqule, you can call them as well or that's okay. Next one we say it means the female. It means a child's daughter. You see we mentioned before it in the old times, the woman cross legs and sit down and this is a child, like a kid standing. This is the foot. This is both feet of the kid. Child. Female child, so it's a daughter. Next one, son. As kids. The child as well together means son. Later on, we're going to mention again, a lot of times we use as a placeholder, it doesn't mean anything. We just put it at the end of noun, part of the nouns to use as a placeholder. Because in Chinese we like even numbered word. We put it at the end of the words, make it even numbered word, the rhythm is better. Chinese is all about rhythm. Next one, that's older sister, older sister. You see the left part also has the female radical because it has to do with a woman. Is for the younger sister we say the older sister and younger sister is older brother. Well, DD is younger brother D, D. One thing is a lot of times we rank your siblings use the numbers. For example, if you say is actually means the eldest brother, it means is older brother the eldest brother we call him, then the second, we just use the number two, we say that's second oldest, the third oldest brother, we call him Sank. We also call our cousins older brother as we call them, like how you call your siblings. We call them older younger sister, older brother, younger brother, et cetera. Because we treat them like your siblings even though they are your cousin. But when we actually call them, address them, can we still call them seems like they are your siblings. Another thing, like different from Western culture, in Chinese culture, we also use a calling a stranger that is older than you. Or if you know the person's last name, you can also call them if it's someone older than you, you can use the surname. If it's a female, then you can call her the person's last name. Plus a normally for people older than you, maybe like your coworkers or someone you just met at grocery store and you know they are older than you, you can just call them. Or if you know their last name, you can just last name plus or last name plus a. You can use all these terms for your coworkers, friends, acquaintances. This one is you want to make you guys relationship like closer. Like you treat them like your siblings, like your family. It's a really nice way to call someone. But if someone is younger than you, what you can call them is you can use, so it means Little or Young. Plus surname. For example, if that person's last name is Lee, you can just call the person Shale. If the person's last name is Wong, you can also call the person on Yeah. For someone older you will use or it's older sister or older brother or use their last name plus or plus. It's you're treating them with respect, they are your older siblings. But for someone younger than you normally we can use little plus their last name. It's you are treating them like they are younger siblings. That's why a lot of times don't be like a weird out when a Chinese person ask, oh, how old are you like right away. Because they just want to know how it will be appropriate to address you, should they call your older brother or they can use the term because they don't want to not be polite. Not be respectful. Okay. Next one? Yeah. Is grandpa, but is paternal grandpa. Well, 99 is paternal grandma. 99. You see the top part? That's the same part for the word Fuma means pan's. Why paternal grandpa has the word paternal in 99 because nine is a female, has the female radical in 9999 maternal. There are normally two ways to call them. We can call them or low y it means, it means old guy. This one is a little bit funny because in the old times, if a woman cannot get married, she married out of her original family and married into her husband's family. That is outside of the family. Then that's why I call he Lao. It also means maternal. It's like the grandpa from the maternal side, we can call him as well also this is like a regional preference as well. For example, normally people from the north like to call their maternal grandpa. Well, people from the south normally call her or him like maternal grandpa. Wig is more like the Southern term is normally Chinese. Northern term. Yeah, but either way it works. That's maternal grandma means outside means old lady. That's maternal grandma. We can also call her Lula. Lola is more Northern term and white pool is more sudden term. Okay. Next one, let's talk about different ways to talk about uncle. If from your dad side, your dad's brothers. If it's your uncle and is older than your dad, call him Bob. It's your from your dad's side, but it's younger than your dad. We call him Shu also. We call someone around dad's age or around your uncle's age and maybe it's not related to you. We also can call him Shu as well if it's from your mom's side. Doesn't matter if it's older or younger than your mom. We all hijo. Is mom's sister is your aunt. And from your mom's side, we call her, it doesn't matter if it's older or younger than your mom. We all call her also. We can call someone around your aunt's age as well. For your older coworkers, acquaintances at around your mom's age. We can also call her I, that's normally that sister. Same thing. It doesn't really matter if it's older or younger. We all call her Google. You can see the E or the Google. Both character has have the female radical on the side because it has to do with woman. We are the family, we are whole family. You can say woman. We sure is to be its entire family. Whole family. We are entire family. Woman, one. It's one united. Let's go over my family. Let's see what's in this person's family. Dad, mama, grandpa. But it's a paternal grandpa. The 99 grandma. Paternal grandma. Then go, older brother and Mamie, younger sister. How about your family? Tell me a little bit about your family. Okay. Now, let's practice. Help you guys remember, how would we call we make it possessives called literal translation is called what it means. How would you call your mom's mom as maternal grandma? It would be ways to say. You can say why, Why? Okay. So the number is the tone of the fourth tone. Second tone up or you can also call her. Third tone is, goes down. Next one, Baba, Baba, Isha Baba is your paternal grandpa. How would you call your dad? Adam, we know is. Third tone, goes down, goes yeah. Okay. The next one means sister in general because it means older sisters, younger sister. Its sister in general literally is called. So it means, how would you call mom sister Ia, How would we call mom sister? It's your aunt but it's from your mom's side. We know we call her mom, sister. It is called from mom's side. It's called a Chinese, the flat tone. Okay. Next one we know is older brother, dad's older brother. What we call him is your uncle dad. So we call him, make sure remember the old sound in Chinese. It sounds like there's a W in front. Ball and second tone. Rise up Bob. That older brother is called. Okay. Next. 01:00 A.M. We already learned D, That's younger brother, bad. That's younger brother. How we call him, it's your uncle and is younger than your dad. We know is Sh, H, and flat to Shu. Okay. Let's go over one more time. Hay, Y, P, or mama. Ill by the by schema. By, by the by year, Mother, me, Yochai. By the good, good schema. By the good good boy. A shoe, Shoe. Okay. It's pretty catchy, right? I hope it helps you guys remember all these terms. I know it's a lot. Okay, now let's practice. Your family has, it means how many? Only use for countable nouns we wouldn't use. It means how much? No, it only means how many. Also, a lot of times if you use to ask a question you already expecting the person's answer is smaller than ten. If I say, oh, how many people in your family? And I use the question, I'm already assuming you don't have a family that has more than ten people in it. It means mouth. But here we use as a measure word for family members one more time. Yeah, in Chinese, once you use a number, you have to use measure word in front of a noun here, even though we didn't use exactly a number. But we actually use a question word, indicate a number there, we still use a measure word afterwards. People is a measure word by itself means referring to counting people in your family. Same English. A lot of times we say, oh, how many mouth I'm going to feed tonight? It's how many people are they going to eat tonight? It's the same thing. Or to answer it, I can say my family or is a home has sinus three, that's the measure word. Jen is a person. I can say san. Can my dad baba my mom. Who is I, My mom and I the age of who is very similar with English, but not exactly the same English. At times, we list multiple things. We put right in front of last thing, like you mentioned, it's a, B, C, and D. Same thing, like a Chinese. We do a, B, C, D. But the difference you can connect in a long sentence. You can use as a conjunction between sentences. But in Chinese, we only use to connect really short phrases. Or now we wouldn't use connecting a whole sentence. That's the difference. Okay, next one, me has hung shun is another way, more formal way to say older brother is a younger brother. Stiger means brother in general, shun, older sister is younger sister together means a sister in general. That's why literally means older brother, younger brother, sister, younger sister. When we say she actually means siblings, sibling in general, Shun means brother, means a sister, but together is siblings. Do you have siblings? To answer it, you can just say I do have. You can say what is has. A lot of times Chinese, we give confirmative answer. You can just repeat the verb instead of saying yes. You can just say I have the negation is, is mao. All right, next one, pi pi rank we mentioned, that's the question word lai here means you rank at what place? At what number? Among your siblings or second oldest child. But we use here, if you say I rank big, that's the oldest is pi is rank a lot of times means old. But here is referring to a kid. We will rank them by Ladas, the oldest one, the second oldest one will say. Then on the third oldest, et cetera, we rank them by numbers like how we rank them by your aunt, uncle. It's the same thing. Pi, which kid are you among? All the siblings Are the biggest, youngest or what? As they go to answer it, I can say what pi I rank lada. I'm the oldest kid, the second oldest kid, Los, et cetera. Okay. That's all for today about all the family members. If you have any questions, feel free to contact me. Also, feel free to book a private lesson with me. I will see you soon. 8. Lesson 2-Listening practice: Now let's go to section two, listening practice. Every single sentence I'm going to read three times, two times. I will say very slow in order for you to understand the sentence. The third time, I will just say the sentence at regular speed. Let you get, oh, how does this sentence normally sound like? Okay, Are you ready? Let's go. Na, sure. She na, Sure she nah. Okay. Did you get the right Na. Is that sure to be shoho is that Nah. Okay. Next one? Sure. Shhh. Joe Schuh. Okay. So Joe is who is this, is this is she is who who is this? Joe? Su, Mama. Shu Wo Mama. Joshua, Mama. Okay. Did you get it right, Joshua? This is my mom. Sure. Is this Su is Isam Mom, Joshua, Mama. Next one? Joshua Barba. Joshua Barba. Josh, Baba. So this is my dad. H this is Baba, my dad. So this is my dad, Joshua. All right. Next one? A. Rania, Nay Coran. How many people are there in your family? Nia is your family is a home or house? Nia, here is your family. Has people, your family. People. Nia. Next one N sure. War Jo pan Naujojop. That's my family's picture. Nah, nah, na. Is that she is what is my family is make it possessive, Joan. That's a photo. So that's my family's photo. Okay. Shuba who? Mama? Jhu. Baba, who? Mama? Joshua Baba, Mama. This is my dad and mom. Sure. Is this. Sure is Baba, my dad who is and mama is mom. So this is my mom and my dad. Saba, Mama, New Heights. Shea Mae Newish. Ma Che. His Su is this new? It means a female. He is a child. This girl. Younger sister. This girl is my younger sister. He chuckle New hides Su mama, non hides, she nag. None hides. Schuh nag. None hides, shush. That one is good is the measure word. Who is that boy to Lianconor? O Z, to Conor. You say he has to do do son. He has two daughters and doesn't have a son. Tau water. Do Tasha to Tasha is is is was mine is bid older brother together that's old brother to water. Dao ta, Water Go tshodza. Th war, Dao z. Tasha Dago z. But here is like omitted the t make possessive son. My eldest brothers son, Tasha, Tasha, Mami, Tasha, Mamie, Tasha, Tash. She is my mom is make it possessive. That's younger sister. So she's the younger sister of my mom. My mom's younger sister, Tasha, Mami Tadgh Tadaugo. Shh, Tada. Shh, Shh, Tag. Older brother is. She is who who is his older brother? Tad, who is his older brother. Who? So Z I have two daughters and one son. Lion daughter who is is one is sonoma. Is, what is a job? Or work, what job do you do? What job do you have? What do you do for a living? So next one, Shimmer. Shazam is, is, is what do you do? Sims also asking someone like what job do you do? What do you do for a living? Woman, Dah Shungu dash woman. Woman is, we can be all or both. Is a su is college or university, but Shusun means a student. Shusun is university. Students, college students. Shhhh. Okay. Next one war. The baba shu lou. The baba lou babalu. So war is mine. Baba is su is is lou, that's a lawyer. So the baba sulu, my dad is a lawyer. Baba shu lou mama, suluhu mama, suluhu mama shua lou. Su mama mom is, is, that's English, but make sure that's when we talk about the English language. La teacher. My mom is an English teacher. The mama, she she baba Shun Tahoe lou shoe Baba bohohung, Tahoe lo shoe wabash thou shoe. Is mine is like a dad is not hung. That Dr. Ta he is Lu lawyers. My dad is not a Dr. he is a lawyer. Hung a Shun Tada, Shaun Tadia, that's the oldest sister is that's the second oldest sister. Are both as college students. Tada, next one is a little bit long. Akana Leon go, dome, sugar A God. That's my family has sh is ten, that's the measure word is people. My family has ten people. My dad, my mom Leon, two older brothers go. One older sister got one younger brother, some three younger sisters. Who is war is me. Zaan Abaco, got got sango meme who war. Okay. Right. Next one Zaan Baba do go on Gotome Warren Baba, Leongcomme. And. Okay. So that's my family. It's nine people dad my younger brother, my older brother, two older sisters, some three younger sisters. And is Meiomi? Yeah. Let's do it at a normal speed this time. A Koran Baddie, Sangam. Next one then then all family are Chinese. A family members are all Chinese people. Thuja Jojo. It means that's measure word for flat object, like a photo. Paper, table, or desk. J's Jonjo isn't my family. The possessive adjective photo, this photo is not my family's photo. Bobo, Baby Ababa. My dad Mayo doesn't like a job or work, so my dad doesn't have a job. Doesn't have a workda Tashaun. My younger brother doesn't work. Thud. He is a student. Tasha, Jonah make an Waah Jena, Makena Jung Wahab. So my dad Shun is a Chinese person with the mama. So my mom, she make, it's American. Okay, so that's all for the section two listening. I hope this part really helps. Yeah, If you feel like the tapes too fast, feel free to pause it at any time. I will see you in the next episode. 9. After lesson 2-Sentence structure practice: Lesson two. Today we're going to learn about all the vocabularies related with the families. Are you ready? Okay. The first one is nah. It means that later on we're going to learn another meaning of n. Also means there also there is another pronunciation for nah. We can also pronounce n, the p is and the fourth na. The same character, different pronunciations but the same meaning. N is actually more coquial way to say it, n, n. Okay, the next one. Number two is the particle we use for possessive or descriptive. What does that mean? We mentioned, it means but if you use then turn into mine. If I say China and you put afterwards it's Chinese, either make it possessive or descriptive. You will see a lot of adjectives ending with this particle. Next one, N, it means picture or photo j. By itself, you can also use as a verb taking a picture. You can say jo, jo N N. All right. Next one. Number four, it means this or here. Also, this character has two pronunciations, and J. Same thing. Why is pronounced? J is more cloquial Either way, works. Next, baba is a baba. For example, if I say my dad, I can say baba, but there is a rule about the usage of dog. When you talk about someone close to you, like a family member, friend, the door is optional. When you say my dad, you can say baba without the baba, either. It works mom. A lot of times when you repeat the same character, the second one, normally we do soft tone or what we call mutual tone. Same thing if I say my mom, I say mama, mama, mama. Next one is the very commonly used measure word. What is the measure word? Measure word and classifier in Chinese is once you use a number in front of a noun between the number and the noun, we put a measure word. We also use measure word in English. For example, if I say a bottle of water, the bottle, that's the measure word to measure how much water we talk about because the water is uncountable. But in Chinese, it doesn't matter if it's a countable or uncountable noun. Once you use a number in front of a noun, we have to use a measure word. There are different measure word matching, different nouns, different objects. But good, that's the most commonly used to measure word in Chinese. Normally we use good for small round shaped things like apple pair, et cetera. We can also use good for people, for example, a teacher, a mom. We can also use good for something abstract, idea, thought, plant. But one thing about good is Once there is a noun, it doesn't have a matching measure word. We use good as well. Something like it doesn't have particular measure word. We can use good as well, which makes the most commonly used measure word in Chinese. Next one is a female. You see this character, It looks like a woman crossing legs and sitting down. In the old times, the woman sitting down. A lot of times we can use this character as a radical. Radical is a common part in the characters indicate the meaning of the character that's a female. Children or child high by itself means child, also means a child. A lot of times you see in Chinese words, there are a lot of times both character has exactly the same meaning. The reason we put them together, number one, it's make the rhythm better. We like even numbered word. That's why not only can use meaning kid, but a lot of times a fielder word later I'm going to learn orange things like that. A lot of objects to finish as well. It doesn't really have any meanings, but we put there the word even numbered word, the rhythm is better. Also, a lot of times we use two characters with exactly the same meaning is used to emphasize, emphasize. Third, even number word sounds more formal written than just one character word. One character word a lot of times is more spoken, more cloquial. If you look at the character high, the left part is exactly the character. You see we use the radical is indicate. This character has to do with children or child hides. Okay, Next one, she. This one is a question word, means who or whom. Same character, same meaning is also can pronounce H, UI. And the second to actually we pronounced formal here, Hecondng is more coq, but the usage in terms of grammar is exactly the same. We use this question word to ask in terms of people. All right, next one t is she or her? And you see the left part is has a woman radical like I mentioned before. Every time you see a character with a woman radical normally indicate has to do with woman. This one Ta is the female female third person term. If you'll check number 15, it sounds exactly the same but number 15 is for male third person terms. He or him. You see the left part? That's the person radical. The same radical with the character. That's Ta he, she it in Chinese. Sounds exactly the same but just the writing is different. The character is different. All right, number 12 is older sister actually separate. Older sister, younger sister, older brother and younger brother older in Chinese We say. You see the left part also has the female radical because The older sister is a woman. Okay. Number 139 is a male. Later on when we talk about more about the way of the character is written, we're going to analyze the character more in details, but right now we just wrap it up really quickly. Character N. You see the top part is what we call the field farmland radical, pronounced N. You see it looks like the grace when you put plant crops and the N's farm underneath that part, it means strength because in the old times, normally guys are work in the field, work on the farms and it's a strong it's male. None. None. Okay. The next one, that's younger brother, if we go to number 16, that's oldest brother means it means older brother. A lot of times we calling someone older brother, we repeat the good twice. We say good, this one liter means big. Older brother is normally referring to the oldest brother. The second oldest we will say are older brother. We actually rank them by numbers, so is the third oldest brother. Hmm. We run the bad numbers but instead of one, we say we use big the oldest brother next 117 son. You see, we also use here, it means the children don't look like someone standing up. A kid's son number 18, it means or has it indicate existence. And a lot of times there be sentence structure, we can also use y as well. For example, there is a book on the table we can use as well. Now let's start talk about number 21st. And B, as we know, are both negation words. But what situation we use? What situation we use bu a really good question. That's one of the most common mistakes that people make. All you need to remember is just there are only two situations you use, may and then the rest you use the book. The situations that you use is number one. When you say you don't have something, like you don't have possession of something. For example that you say, may, may together, I don't have an older brother or I don't have a yellow purse. You're talking about the possession of something. You can say something doesn't exist. It's there be instruction in English. We also use when you say there isn't a cup of tea on the table, you also use mayo. The second situation you use in boo is when you didn't do something in the past. Normally you can either use may or mayo in front of verb You didn't eat this morning, you didn't go to school. You can use may go to school or go to school either way works. On the other hand, normally you put facts into negative. For example, he's not tall. Well, may is normally talk about you either didn't do one occasion or you don't have something. Give you a example, let's say if I say I don't eat. Breakfast. It's just not my habits. I don't eat breakfast in general that I will use bo. But if I just put one occasion into negative like I didn't do, for example if I say I didn't eat breakfast this morning, that I will use may or male. You see the difference is normally you put a fax or something you usually you will use. But if just one time, one action on occasion, something you didn't do, normally we use. Okay. Then number 19, that's daughter is a female. The same from It's more like a female son. It's a daughter. The pronunciation, sometimes people struggle a lot. You your tongue a little bit, so put your tongue go against the topper part of your mouth. Yeah. Next. 121 is just a person's name. But one thing we keep in mind is normal, a person's name for example, give you example is this person's last name, family name. We put our family name first, then the first name, your own name. A lot of times, especially when we do reading or listening like you're not sure about is it a name or is it a word like you're not sure. One thing you keep in mind is you can look up what's the Chinese last name, for example, or won. Here is a goal or et cetera. Look up the most commonly used Chinese last names. It will really help a lot. Also, sometimes you will see words like repeat twice. It's like how we make up like nicknames for people. Also we use show plus someone's family name. Like referring to someone young or it means old plus someone's last name, normally referring to someone older. That's a little bit tip on how to, if it's a name or is it just a proper noun or something like you don't recognize? Mm hmm. Memorizing some commonly used last name, it will really help a lot. All right, next one. Goal like we mentioned, we can use as a surname. But Goal by itself it can also mean tall or high. If you say someone is very tall, you can use goal. But if you say, oh, this mountain is very high, temperature is very high, you can also use as well. You see how you remember. This character doesn't look like a building like in the Chinese. The traditional building like the top is like the dot, the rooftop of like the building. Next one, Chia, it means family or home. It can either refer to your family but can also refer to the house you stay in. You see this character is very funny. On the top part, that means indicate the roof, but on the bottom part it's actually means a pig. This one is a funny, how do you remember this word is? Because in the old times people live on the farms. If you live on the farms like we will have a lot of animals like a pig, dogs, et cetera, also under the roof live together with the family. Yeah, it means family home. But a lot of times if you want to referring to be more particular, specific, you're talking about the people at home. You can say while you're referring to your family, means a person, a family members. Okay, number four, it means how many? This word. A lot of times we only use asking how many in terms of accountable nouns, how many people do you have in your family? How many apples do we? Normally, for uncountable things like water, money, we don't really use it unless the measure word to measure the unaccountable. Now that is accountable. For example, if I ask, how many bottles of water do you have, even though the water is uncountable, but the bottle is countable, I can still count how many bottles of water I can still use. Another thing about if we use to ask a question, a lot of times the person who asked the question already have idea in mind that the answer to this question wouldn't be bigger than ten. What does that mean? If I say, how many apples do you have? And if I use as the question word means how many, it's already suggesting I don't believe that you have over ten apples. That's because normally we use for number like smaller than ten. For example, if I ask oh, how many stars in the sky, then maybe I wouldn't use because clearly there are over ten stars, like thousands of stars in the sky. Then we wouldn't use to asking questions. Next. One is normally original, meaning mouth, you see the square, It means mouth. A lot of times we can also use this character as a radical indicate something has to do with mouth. But here we can also use as a measure word for the number of family members. What does that mean? A lot of times we say I'm going to feed tonight. Also referring to how many people are going to be here to eat tonight. It's same with English. We use mouth actually to measure how many people. Doesn't make sense. Okay. Next one? That's older brother, like we mentioned, U is older brother. But if you say A, that's oldest brother. Tampa's brother is older brother. Okay. It means to A we use to things. For example, if I say two people, two chairs will use. But if you count numbers, we actually use the number R, R. But when we're going to learn about the numbers, we will talk about a little bit more. Okay. Next one? Mamie is younger sister Mamie. We already, the older sister is, a younger sister is Mamie. Okay, the next one is, it's a word like what we call a conjunction word. But one thing about who the English in Chinese we don't really use to connect another sentence. We only use to connect and either noun or short phrases we use. But we use other conjunction words to connect sentence. That sister. That's the same logic. If you mean older sister, that's all right. Like we mentioned because R means to, it means the second. That's the difference between leg R, you see on. Again, we normally use to count things like two people, two chairs. But number one, we can use R as a digit. For example, when you talk about phone number, bank account number, basically serial numbers, we use R only use R as a digit. The second thing we use when we put things into all the known numbers, what does that mean? When we talk about something second. This one in this case the second oldest sister. We say R because she's the second oldest. We put the sisters in order of when they were born. Also, if I say February, we'll use R as well, because February, that's the second month of the year, or Tuesday we will use R because it's the second day of the week. We start the week with Monday, we also use R, or when we talk about this is the second time with your home. When we talk about all the known numbers, we talk about two, we will use R, but when we actually counting things we use on okay, 22 is to do. We can use do things like what do you do today? What do you like to do? We can use the verb, but we can also use the verb, meaning you create something, You create a model, you make food, make dishes. You can also use, it means create. That's this word you can use either as a noun or as a verb. It can both means job word to work. A lot of times we can say what job do you do? Or we can use as a verb like I have to work or a lot of work, you can use counsel. Later on we're going to learn how to put the sentence together. Next one, That's lawyer. A lot of times means rule or regulations. It means master, literally lawyer, it means a master expert and regulation, that's a lawyer. Next one that's English, is the same. From the UK, we'll learn a country that's UK means a text. That's why language English in a lot of times means the language by the written format. Later on, we also learned another way to say language, which is a lot of times means the speaking. Like the spoken format, you can hear and speak, we will normally use one is normally read and write. Both English is just different format. When the written format you can read and write is normally the spoken format, you can hear and speak. It means both and all. You can use for two or over two objects, both and all but one thing. You want to use it in front of a no, you have to use so in Chinese. Let me write it for you really quick. And this one, this word means all. But because it's adjective, then you can use it in front of a. Now is adverb, so you have to use it after the subject, in front of the verb. Okay, then 37 is, it means big. You can, this character is big. The reason why you see doesn't look like a person stretching legs and arms. That's a, that's the idea of the individual. The human being is the biggest or most important in the universe. Actually, the character is a person stretching and legs, this word we already mentioned. It means study or learn. Person together is a student, literally a person who learns. But if you say is actually a college student, next one, it means big. Su means learn or study. Here is a short from the word shall, shall. Let me write it for you. It means school. In here is a shortened from the word shall, which means school. She is U E and the second tone, Sha X, I and the fourth ha. That's why sh literally means big school, it's a university. Later on, if we learn, Chung is the same drawn from China. If you say that's middle school, the Z, H, O, and G. And the first tone is U, E. And the second tone, this word is Jung. That's middle school. You switch the word Sha, it is a little small. You see in the old times, this character is more like three dots is resembling three grains or three sands, something very tiny. If you say Shah means a small school, it means elementary school or primary school. The ph is and third tone is the same thing, U, E, and second tone. Now we know how to say that. Is big, middle or medium. Is little small. If you say sure, that's university or college. That's the middle school. We, That's elementary school. Hm. Okay. Now that's to next one. So that's itself, it means medical, so we mentioned, It means a person you see a lot in someone's job or professions literally means the person does medical stuff. It's a Dr. Shun. Next one is a girl's name, the name is buying by, that's her surname, but also by, it also means the color white we just mentioned is the same from one. It means English or British means love. That's her family name. That's her first name. Okay. Section of building up all the sentences. Are you ready? The first sentence, who is that? When we look at this sentence, the first thing pop up in your head is the question word. It will be shape right. And then the second thing is the verb to be. The third thing is now what we need to do is just to put them into right order. Who is that? We say Nash get the right. A lot of guys might ask why you put the question she at the very end. Now listen carefully. Yeah, I'm going to give you a very important tip in terms of a Chinese question order. The Chinese question. Or a lot of times when you do question, one thing you have to keep in mind. Most of time we do the sentence subject verb object, right? But this one is in terms of the sentences, a positive statement. You are actually kind of answering the question. If I say who is that? A lot of times you will think, how do you answer that question? If I say, that is my dad, I will say not sure. Right, that is my dad. Let's take the subject verb object, same as English. Good thing about Chinese, the parallels the answer, but the answer order is the same as English. That's easy. What we can do is we will figure out if the answer parallels the question, then we just get rid of the information. That's the extra information, That's the extra information we want. And keep it in the blank. Then fill in the blank with the question, who we know? Who is she? Now you get the idea. Let me recap really quick one more time. The order of Chinese question is very different from English. I cannot figure it out, but one thing I know is the answer. The statement is the same as English is order subject. Verb object. In English we say the same. That is sure is baba is my dad. If I want to answer that question of who is that, in English we will say the same. That is my dad because we know the Chinese question parallels the answer is how you ask the question is how I'm going to answer it. The order is exactly the same. We just, um, get rid of the extra information which is baba and give it a blank question. Who fill in the blank with the question word who? Then you get it. You see Nash. She. Then when you answer the question is you get rid of the question word, you have blank, you just fill in the blank with extra information, it's versa doesn't make sense. Is a tip like every time you're not sure about the order in Chinese of how to ask a question, you would think how would give answer to that question. Once you have a simple answer in your mind, what you can do is you get rid of the extra information you add. For example, who is that in your mind? You can give a simple answer that is my dad, but that's extra information that we wouldn't know. Let's you made it up in your mind that's actual blank. Then you fill in the blank with the question word. We know what we ask in terms of person we use, who she asking in terms of what we use, sham, et cetera, doesn't make sense, okay? Nah, who is that? If I want to say who is this, what we can do is just to replace the previous sentence. Use this to replace that. That's it. That's the idea I mentioned a lot of times you can memorize some key sentence. All you need to do is swap words. All right? Gave you guys sometimes to think about, okay? Are you guys ready? Mm hmm. You get it. Is she means this, We know Na, is that she is Who is this? Well, nah. Is that next one? This is my mom. We use this sentence all the time, especially when you introduce someone or if you like introduce something or you're trying to describe something to someone, maybe this is my house or this is my car, et cetera. We use this sentence all the time. We already know the statement in Chinese is a very similar, almost the same with English. Now you get it right. So this is a Jew is so we already learned is mine. But when you comes to family and the, the possessive word is optional, now you get the whole sentence. The idea is Jewish, shoe, This is my mom. Sure su mama, this is my mom. Next one, this is my dad. Again, all you need to do is swap the word of my mom with my dad. Now, you know how to introduce your dad to other people. Let me give you 2 seconds to think that I will reveal the answer, Baba, this is my dad. You see, same thing. You can say Baba, you put a dog in the middle. Do make it possessive or adjective, but because your family member is close to you, a lot of times it's optional. For example, my friend, my sister, my younger brother. In that situation, all those situations you don't need. In the middle, you can just use the pronoun and whoever you are referring to, That's it. Next one is a very complex sentence, but again, when you have this sentence, you don't have to panic, especially question. First thing you keep in mind is how many, How many? That's the question word normally we use, right? That's how many. But this is a question. Again, I have no idea how to answer it like this question. How to put it together. Again, you will think how many people are there in your family? I will say there are five people in my family. You think the statement, positive statement way? If I say I have five people in my family, I know the sentence structure is the same as English. I will say five basic. My family is my family or my let's have a five people we learn is the number. Once you use the number in front of a noun, you have to use a major word. Excuse me. That's how I would answer to this question. Now is we already know how you ask the question. The structure order is the same with answer. Go back to the question, that's the extra information. I will get rid of this one. I will fill in the blank with the question word. I know how many switch into you because I'm asking how many people in your family. Now you get the whole sentence. That's it. Did I get it right an next time? Don't panic. Yeah. Especially a complicated question. Think oh, how would I answer this question then go back, Trace back to the question, an how many people in your family. Next one, that's a picture of my family that is now of my family. This is adjective, right? What we're saying is a modifier. Modifier. The picture, the picture is something is being modified. My family is modifier, it's like adjective. And one thing about Chinese is we don't put the modifier of a noun, we think. Keep in mind I'm talking about noun. Later on, we're going to learn the modifier verbs. We can put it after word in front, but for noun normally we put the modifier adjectives only in front of the noun in the front. In Chinese, normally we just say, that is my family's picture. One more time, that is my family. The family. That's the modifier, the adjective in front of the picture. That is my family's picture. Okay, how would you say that? Okay, are you ready for it? I say n here. Don't forget the, because that's an object. It's not talking about family members or family members or something. The dog has to be there is indicate possessive or adjective. Family's picture. You'll need the dog in front of the object. Not sure. P, that is my family's photo. Did you get it right now? This is my father and mother. One thing we mentioned is the conjunction, and we already learned as a hook, right, in Chinese is to be. It doesn't matter if it's a plural or singular. It's the same thing. Now I will give you guys 5 seconds to think about the answer to this question. How would you put them together? Okay, so now let's see it. She baba her mama. So this is my dad and mom. Next one? This girl is my sister. So this girl is my sister. How would you say sister? We learned older sister or younger sister. How would we say sister? That's like an extra information. So sister, a lot of times we say basically that's older sisters, younger sister. But if you borrow one word from older sister, one character from younger sister, and put them together, make a new word. That's sister, brother, we learn, older brother, younger brother, we don't say brother. We actually say Sun, Sun. Because this character is actually more formal way to say good or more formal way to say. Older brother Shun is a sister. Sorry, Sunder is a sister. If you put them together, siblings one more time, shun, older brother, younger brother, older sister, younger sister, Shun, that's brother, Ms, sister. If you put them all together, si, that's siblings. Okay. Now, let's see the answer you see. Don't forget the girl we mentioned once. You have a noun which is a girl, right? No. If you use a number in front of it, now you have to use a measure word. But you would say it is not number. Why? You still need a measure word there? But remember, it means this already has the hidden meaning of a single girl you still need after us. This is only one. That's why we use this rule number measure word. And now, not only with actual numbers but also with the words have hidden meaning already, suggesting if it's a singular already. For example, if I say naso one is a singular. We also say that girl will say n highs. That girl, no high is that girl. This one high is this girl. You say n is a female high, it means a children or child, new high, With or without both work high or new high. Refer to a female kid, girl. But can also refer to a young girl or a young as well, Joe hides. This girl is my younger sister. Next one, who is that boy? Who is that boy? We already learned she. That's the question word for that. Again, that boy, I will use the n but don't forget the mat word right now. Have you put all the sentence together now that see the answer? No. None hides che. But one thing like you keep in mind is a lot of times like you think, oh, like is it all the question we come at end of the sentence? I would say not really. It really depends. The rule like works for like the sentence structure all the time. That's the trick I told you earlier. Don't think, Oh, I already see enough sentence all question like who, What comes at the end of the sentence? I would just always put the question word at the end of the sentence, but sometimes it might not be the case. Yeah. So just be safe. A think the answer then goes back to the question N next one, he has two daughters and no sons. The first thing we have to remember, don't confuse he and she even though in Chinese they sounds the same but the character is different. The second thing is two, don't use the number R, but you are actually counting stuff. We will use the lion and don't forget the measure word. Another thing, don't like or doesn't have sons is we say instead of buy. Okay. Now, are you ready Okay. To go, Mayor? He has two daughters, doesn't have son. You see when you talk about you don't have something. We don't use the book. We use and we use, we don't use R, so sees the key grammar points. Okay, Next one. He is my biggest brother. He is my biggest brother. Biggest brother we already learned is a go right to the Ta from Big. So now you have it. Tau. Either way works. The oldest brother, next one, he is my brother's son. You see my eldest, the same thing ago but son is now. Do you get it? We say tau Tau Z and same thing is optional because you're talking about family members, someone being close to each other. You can just say tass optional. She's the younger sister of my mom. We already know younger sister is Mame also make sure you got she right. All right. Give you guys 2 seconds to think about, then let's move on to the next one, Okay? Tahoma. She is Mi Ali. There are multiple There are multiple. Most of the time we omit the first and we keep the second. Okay. Next one? Who is his older brother? Who is his older brother? Number one. Who is a sha older brother is a Google. The door is optional. And how would you put it into a complete sentence? Hm, tag she or to such. So that's the sentence to such tag, Such. Okay. Next one. I have two daughters and one son. Two daughters. We use the word a and one son. We say and use the in the middle to connect in the whole sentence on did you get it right? Is one that's the son. What job do you have? What job do you have? We know jobs or is what is a lot of times What color do you like, what food do you like, something Normally it's the same structure in English we put in front of the. Now we use schema, then what's the rest? Did you get it? Okay, let's see. We can say you do what job, or you can say either way. It works here. It means that's the verb's job. You can say, what job do you have? It can also work, Did you get it? Okay, Next one, what do you do? This one is a shorter way to ask. What job do you do for a living? We can do literary translation into Chinese. What do you do? Do something. We know the verb is need. What do you do? Need, Did you get right? Next one, we are all or both college students, both for two objects or more. We can, all college students, if we have two subjects or over two subjects we can all use and we learn the college student is right. Okay. So let's scroll down, see the answer. Do you use man to make a plural? Is we do is all or both? Let's add the verb we use after. The subject is the verb. College students, do they get the right? Okay, next one. Dad is a lawyer. The key vocabulary here is a lawyer. Lou, that's the word. This one is kind of a pretty straightforward Baba, Lulu, my dad is a lawyer. Did you get the right next one? My mom is an English teacher. My mom is an English teacher. English is or teacher is. Now you have the whole sentence, mama. Sure. Su mama, Sure, sure. Did you get it right? Okay. Next one. My dad is not a Dr. he is a lawyer. We already know we use the negation word boo. My dad is not a Dr. a. But when we actually pronounce it, we change it into second tone. Because in front of the fourth tone character, normally we change the tone from first tone to second tone. For the character, we'll say, rise up, make the flow better. Ababa either way works is not a Dr. he is a lawyer. Okay, next one. His sister and second elder sister are both college students. Elder sister we already know is a big elder sister. Second elder sister. We know we rank the relatives, number second eldest are both college students, we would say a tad. His elder sister and second elder sister are both college students. This one is complicated. There are ten people in my family. My dad, my mom, two older brother, one older sister, one younger brother, three younger sisters, and me. You can just list all the relatives or family members. The last one you can add, the same is English. You will list all the examples right before the last one. You add A B and C A B C. Okay, I will give you guys 10 seconds to think about how to make this sentence. If you need extra time, feel free to pause the video. Okay, this one would you. So there are ten people in my family. Literally means my family or my house has ten people and measure word you can use or either way works has the same meaning. Two older brothers, Gogo, God, Sangoma. You can list all these people right before the last person you mentioned. You just add, that's it. Did you get the right it? Just say one thing. Keep in mind, don't use R A and don't forget the measure word. Yeah. But we only use in front of, we wouldn't use in front of actual family members. A family are Chinese. Again, a or b is in Chinese and it's adverb. We put it after the subject, in front of the verb. I will say t is normally referring to family. But normally when you more specific about like you are talking about family members not talking about house, we still add afterwards tag family are Chinese. Mm hm. Okay. All right, did you get it right? This photo is not photo of my family. So one thing is photo is o of something. That's the adjective you use it in front of a Now, so you would say j, j, this photo, or this picture, that's a major word we mentioned. The john is used for flat objects like paper photo, table bed, we will use John J, J J BohjopN's not a picture of my family. Hm, Did you get it right? Next one. My dad doesn't have a job. Doesn't remember. When we talk about negation of possession, we don't use a bull. We actually use doesn't. Okay? Now, let's see. Do doesn't. My dad doesn't have a job. We can also add in front of a noun, but you don't have to be particular about he doesn't have one job or a job. You can just in general, that's Chinese. If you don't use a number, you don't have to use the measure word. 10. Lesson 3-Time, week and date: We're going to talk about how to tell the time, the day of the week, and the date. We're going to start with the time. The common sentence we use to asking what time is, it is DM, I means right now, That's the question word we use in terms of numbers. Normally the four numbers lower than 12. But here, even though sometimes it's time is past 10:00 we still use, this is the way normally we're used to asking what time is it we don't really show is a clock DN is what time is it right now? Okay, let's go over some examples. If I say right now it's 08:00 I will say en in basically we use the number in front of N, it just saying like a certain o'clock ben is 08:00 Okay, now let's go over more examples. Shenzen what time is it right now? The first one right now is 03:00 We say send end. All right. 04:00 we say En Sudan. Sudan is 04:00 Next one 05:00 we say next 16 clock is M. 07:00 we say and 08:00 we say. But one thing like we keep in mind is 02:00 we say, even though we mentioned before, when we use on is normally for counting things. But here is exception 02:00 We don't say R DM, but we say on them. But in terms of like the minutes, if I say two pass two for the minutes, we still use R. But when you say you count the minutes, if I say, oh, I will eat dinner in 2 minutes instead of till the time. But you say 2 minutes, when you count how many minutes you'd have done something, we still use on for the minutes. When you say the time, tell the time. If it's a 2 minutes past 02:00 or something, we still use R. Okay. Next one. Let's go over some time that minutes, for example, 4 minutes, we use the word. If there is a zero, we have to say the zero out loud. If it's a 1005, we have to say sows ten clock les. Zero. For 5 minutes, right now it is 1005. We will say Enzo right now is 1005 Shulfen. Okay. If it's 82, we say Enzi right now by M is 08:00 zero. We have to say the Ln 2 minutes we mentioned for 2 minutes we still use R, so we say altogether one more time is okay. Next, 194 is D is nine, clock L is 04, so P. Okay. Next, 11209 we say RN 12, clock line is zero lens 1209. 1209, Okay. Next one, let's practice more. 710, I will say inside. Right now it's 07:00 Sus 10 minutes past the 7710. The okay. Next 1810. So we say Shen's 08:00 Schfin 10 minutes, 10 minutes past 8810 bench. Next 11210 we say send Schuh, all right. 713 chi chi seven clock 13. Okay? Now let's practice bigger numbers. Yeah, now you guys, I will see you guys, see if you guys do really well in numbers. Okay? 1020 we will say right now, sir, to clock spans 20 minutes. So it's a 10:20 is en Sch. Okay. Next 1140 we'll say M is 01:00 Shufens 40 minutes, 40 minutes past 01:00 we say Sf EDN. Okay. Next one D 04:00 Fan is 25 minutes, so it's 25 minutes past 04:00 we say R. All right. Next 1956, 09:00 We say 56 is 56. Sometimes a lot of times when we do really cloak, we omit the fin, because we already know after the hours, that's minutes, sometimes we omit it. Either way it works, Keep the F more formal, more complete without the F is more casual. Either way it works. All right, next one, let's say how to say a quarter past. Of course you can just say it in the regular way, is 15 minutes past a certain time. But we can also say a quarter past. When we do a quarter past, we don't need fin afterwards. For example, a 06:15 we just say six clock is one quarter, so we say a quarter past the six. Okay. Next one, a quarter past the seven. We say the 07:00 is a quarter. It's a quarter past the seven, okay. Next one, a quarter past the 12, we say Harden 12 clock quarter A 12:15 we can say the next one 09:15 we say yeah, of course you can just say, but you can also just use different ways to say it. You can also say Mm hm. Okay. Next 145 can also say three quarters. There is another way, we say half past. We're going to mention it later. We don't say two quarters past, we say half past, we're going to mention it later. Three, we say 45 minutes. You can also say sanu again, when you say quarter past, we don't use the minute fin. If it say three quarters past six, we can just say Oden. Okay, three quarters past eight, we say solo. Next 13, 09:04, we say so. Okay, next one. Let's talk about half past, half past. Normally we use the word B means a half again, if we say half past something, we don't use minutes afterwards. We don't use the fun afterwards. If say 230, we say that's it. Right now, it's 230, we say right now is 02:30, is half. You can see this character left. Right is identical. Line in the middle of cut it into a half. Bond is a half. Okay. Next, 1130, you can say D EDN is one clock, Caniff is 30 minutes, but you can also say D bond DN is one, clock is half EDM. Ban 01:30 Okay. Next one, 03:30 we say Ban B. Okay. Next one, ban DM. So it's 09:30 okay? All right, the next one, next one is another way to tell the time. For example, example 505455 in English, we can also say five to five. It's the same in Chinese. If you have a time that is miss less than 15 minutes to the next hour, you can use this way to tell the time. For example, if I say here five to 05:00 you will use the verb cha cha. It means miss fall behind or lack. It's 5 minutes. Then to the next hour, 05:00 Five to five, we say sens cha fan right now, miss 5 minutes to 05:00 Well, for the common mistakes is people get confused, 455, make sure it's a five to 05:00 Sometimes people just think, oh, 455, they actually put a 04:00 here. Bad mistake. This 150, of course, you can just say the regular way is 04:00 15 minutes we say is 450. But you can also say ten to five. If it's ten to five, I can say senos or fall behind or 10 minutes because it's ten to five, so it's a schiff. And then to five clock, um, one more time, ten to five is Senza schiff. Um, Enza Shifu M. Okay. Next clock is one to 6126, it's 1 minute to 06:00 you will say Senza miss 1 minute, six clock. Okay, so let's do it one more time. Senza, right now miss 1 minute to 06:00 All right, next 11255. It's 5 minutes to one clock. So you say Senza right now is or fall behind of fall behind or 5 minutes and then to clock we say DN. Okay, so let's do one more time. So, Senza, EDN. Okay, so now let's do this all the time. One more time. Yeah, because this one is confusing. The first one A Schufen wooden. Schufen wooden. So it's like miss 10 minutes to 05:00 A siffin dan. Next one is 1 minute to six. So we say A if LeoNcha Oden, miss 1 minute to six clock, okay? Next 15 to one. Chafin EDM. A EDN. Okay. Did you guys get all right. All right. Let's move on to the next one. Now let's practice all the numbers. When there is a zero, Don't forget the zero. Yeah, This one we can say wolf. Okay. This one we can do two ways to say it. I can say 06:15 I can say Schflienchfen, but I can also say a 06:15 I can say Lid Ledenko. Okay. Next 1230 we can say F Sanchfen. But we can also say and either way works, okay? Next 112-10-1210 we can say Sfden 12 clock schiff 1210 DN shufen. Okay. Next 1850, we can say by 08:00 shufen, 15 minutes by the shuff. But you can also say 109. We can also say a Sh DN, it's 10 minutes to 09:00 so you can say Shfu DN. Okay? Next time, this one is so many ways to say it phase one, like for example, you can say 345, you can say. Sund en 03:00 Sf. 45 minutes. But you can also say three quarters past the three. You can say suff, but you can also say 15 minutes to 04:00 You can say Sch, then a shuff, Syd, but you can also say miss A, 03:45 o'clock. You can also say a cook. Let's do it one more time. Cook's it. Did you guys get all the times right? That's awesome. Okay. All right. One thing I have to mention is in China, a lot of times we use the military time. For example, 06:00 P.M. We actually say 18:00 we say. Another example will be 08:30 P.M. We will say our basically is the time plus 12 and you turn into military time. If you don't like to use military time and you want to be particular about what period of a day you're talking about, is it Am or Pm? What you can do, you can put the period of day first then exactly time. For example, that's early, early morning. If I say 06:00 A.M. we say sh lim is early morning, 06:00 06:00 A.M. we say shun li. Next one, Sh. Sh means no, literally means above noon. It's before noon, it's late morning, we say sh. Maybe I would say the time around 10:00 to 11:00 we can say sh. For example, if it's say 11:00 A.M. we say DN EDN, that's no Chung means in the middle of something. It means noon. Noon. It doesn't necessarily like to be like 12:00 exactly. It can just means around lunchtime you say maybe 11-1 o'clock. We can also say, for example, if I say 11:00 A.M. Some people say oh, before noon I can say, but I can also say because it's around lunchtime. Okay. Shao, that's afternoon. Ha is below underneath after Who is noon? Shao. That's afternoon. So maybe I would say after 12:00 before maybe seven, I would all call it Shao. If I say 01:00 P.M. I can say Shao EDM. Sha. Edn. Okay. Shang, that's evening, 08:00 P.M. I would say win bad. Again, you have to put the period of day first. Is it, is it afternoon? Then you will use the exactly time. You can also add afterwards. For example, if you say S, that's good morning. If you greet someone around 11:00 A.M. you can also say yeah, good morning. But instead of using a sus say hi in early morning. You can say, if you greet someone around lunchtime, you can say good afternoon, we say shaw and then good evening we say one sheng. How one shen hou? If you look at w, this word not only means morning but also means early. One not only means evening or at night, but also means late. If I say, oh, I went to school very early, I can use the, If you say, oh, I went to sleep very late last night, I can also use one. Let's learn how to say the day of the week. A lot of times we say, oh, what day is it? Today of the week? We will say hi means today, it means current day. Literally, the current day is today. In that's weak means star is period of time. In chi means weak, A t we say in chi together means weak. Because in the old times, people look at how the star moves indicate the duration of time. Chi is weak is again the question to ask in terms of numbers. So it's kind of what day of the week is it in Chichi? Uh huh. In Chichi. What day of the week is it today, Ken. Today in Chichi. Okay. So inchi san. Today is Wednesday. Ken is today in Chi is a week, one is three. Wednesday is the third day of the week. That's why we say Wednesday because in Chinese, we start the week with Monday. Okay. Again, if I say yesterday, so Shin Chiji day yesterday, Swati yesterday. Shin Chiji is asking in terms of what day of the week is it? His yesterday was a Thursday, you see different day of the week, We just use Shin Chi plus the number Thursday. We say Shin Chi again, we start the week with Monday. Tomorrow we say mian mini. Shin Chichi is what day is tomorrow? Tomorrow is Friday, we'll say Inten hinchi five. Friday is the fifth day of the week, so it is a shin mini Shin tomorrow. Okay. Now let's go over all days from the week. Basically, again, you use Shin Chi plus the number is Monday in Chi plus one. That's Monday in Chi E Next one Tuesday, we say Chi, inchiR Wednesday, we say inchi. It's the third day of the week. Inchi, Thursday, Friday. And the same logic, Chili is Saturday, but the only exception is Sunday. We don't use number seven after the week, but we actually say means day. But it's just more formal way to say it is more formal way to say Sunday. Well, is more Okay. Conversation time. Let's go over some conversations in Chichi. What day is it today? Today, Chichi, Schiday, Wednesday. Ian. So yesterday. So, Shinichi, what day? It yesterday? Stanchi. R yesterday was Thursday. Chi Mtinchichi. What day is it tomorrow? Mint. It's same with the one you tell the time. We barely used to be in the middle. You can use sure. If you say shut or sure, you can add a su both in the question and the answer. Tomorrow is what? Day of the week or tomorrow is Thursday. But most of time we either one we tell the time. Tell the day of the week or the date. We barely use to be in the middle. Yeah. It just like how we say it but either way works when you use Sure. In the middle is more complete and it's not wrong either. Now, let's talk about the date. Date we say again it means but later on we can can also means the sun as well. Is period of time. Chi is what we call date. When we tell a date on say start from beginning of the, follow the order of year, month and they all Chinese. We follow the order from bigger categories to smaller categories. Same with address or name. You see, That's why we put the family name first and then your first name. Because you belong to this family, same address. We'll say state or province, then the city, and et cetera, exactly opposite from English. Chinese logic is always start from bigger category to smaller category, okay? When you tell the year, we say, for example, 2015, We don't really say 2015. What we do, we actually say digit by digit. We will say R line and then is the year, basically 2015, then the year. We don't say 2015, no, we just say digit by digit. Say R. Then the month, we put the number first then put the month is the month. For example, if I say May, we say then literally means number, but also referring to the date. It's 13th. We say I say May 13, 2015, we actually say Sanh. Then if you want to add Wednesday, you can also say hi Wednesday. Okay. Next one different month, for example, January, we say February, we say February, March, et cetera, is what's the date? What's the date? We'll say how. Let's go over some negative date. That's practice. May 13, we can say Shuanhw. June 1, we say. February 13, we say a shanhw, shanhw. December 25 are schuh, a show. October the first. Shu, Shu, January the 11th. How she? June 14. She? How she? How? September 14. She? How should, how January the third show show? March 29. Should you how should you? How? August the first. Okay. Like I mentioned before, different month of the year, we just use number then plus January and up to December, et cetera. But you add a measure word in the middle. If you say, that means one month. You see if you add a measure is actually to count the duration of the time. So it's a month instead of January. Same thing if you say r is a February, but say two month. Because it's counting stuff, we actually say on, you see we don't use R anymore because we start counting. We say lion is two month. That's what we mentioned, the difference between On and R. R, you used number, the February is the second month of the year, we use R. Well, you're actually counting how many months is we say, same thing you just add in front of you actually turn into duration of time. Doesn't make sense to ask someone, when is your birthday? We say neither is your birthday. Means gave birth to the day. Literally means the day you were born, you were given birth to. That's your birthday. The date we literally, which is which numbers, which day of the month is optional. You can use or without. Either way works is your birthday month. And feel free to tell me what's your birthday? Mm hm. Okay. And to answer, you can say my birthday plus the date, like one month and what day now? Conversation time the first one. What's the date today? We say how today is May 20. We say next one what was the day yesterday Then you say tho yesterday was May 19. What's the date tomorrow? Tian She How? Tomorrow is May 21. Okay. Let's go over the most common questions normal people ask. This will be you guys homework to answer all these questions on the screen and feel free to upload in the comment area. Okay, I will see you guys in next episode. 11. Time: Hen ida. Hensijidia. Henzjidia. Hens sudia Enzi Shenzudia. Hensidan. Shenzhen Ida send Shenzhen Lidia send Henan schiff. Bad if he chifed ship D ship Led Lean RD Dan. So so a ship hard A ship Shard Zhang Zhang Shang hog jo, jo. Oh sha Sha, we shop, we shop. Ye ye zao cheng hau, shu ju Huan cheng hau N shh hard A cha chi fan sand. Ian fan ban. 12. After lesson 3-Sentence structure practice: Let's do some practice in terms of the day of the week, the time, the age, and a little bit like daily activities. Are you ready for it? Let's go over key phrases and key vocabularies. First number one, we use in terms of a month, we use number and then to indicate different month of the year. Next one how that's a measure word for number in a series as we can use how indicate the day of the month. Also we can use how for different size. If it's a medium size, large size, small size. We can also use number, the day of the month or size, or we can use how Next one week means star, means a period of time together. That's week. Next one, it means day or sky. But make sure, like when you talk about the date, for example, May 26. We use how for the actual date, but N is more like today, tomorrow. Or you can use for duration of time. I was in China for five days. Then we'll use N next one. Sh, birthday again means gave birth to the day day you were born. Shun birthday. It means the sun in the sky, but also means a day, but it's more formal way to say ten. That's why a lot of times you say in a lot of proper nouns. For example, birthday, we use next one is this year is current, year is today, that's this year. The current year, if you use a adjective, means a lot, many or much. But here it's introduce another usage of it's adverb. A lot of times it means to what extent you can use in front of a. For example if you means it can mean how big is something you can use to talk about the size of something. You ask your question like, oh, how big is your house? Or how big is your car? But if you ask a person also means old asks. A lot of times we are not asking the size of that person, but it's the age of that person. Is this year old? Are this year, sue means years old. You can just use the number and then sue. When you talk about the age, it's years old. We use sue the actual year, this year, next year we actually use the word in, but we only to talk about age, sue. Next one, su is to eat. You see if you have a square, little square on the side. It has to do with the mouth to eat fun. That's food. A lot of times we say fun is eat food fun. Next one, young is how is something or how does something sounds like if you use a plus something. If I say name, if you say n is another way to say how are you, it's how are you. Can also says, a lot of times we can use a noun plus how is something. If it, how is the movie? You can say, oh, that movie. Or how is your mom doing? You can say young or how was the weekend. We can say the weekend, et cetera. It can not only ask how did something go or how was something, but can also use this structure to ask like someone's opinion over something, something, something young, the tie tie something. A lot of times we use time plus adjective plus low tie. It means to low. Here, it's like a particle used to emphasize the tone. A lot of times we say amazing, We can say, let me show it to you, tie is too much is good. I can say that's awesome. Literalism is too good to perfect. But a lot of times we use the adjective love to exaggerating or to complain. If I say, I'm too tired, I'm exhausted, I can say ti plus tired, which is lay. Lay tie is too much, Lay is tired. Love is to emphasize the tone means too tired. But we used to exhaust Oh my God, I'm exhausted. I'm so tired. Next one, Shi, we used to say thank you. You can use in front of someone as well to thank someone. If say means thank you, compare with shh. By itself, Shi sounds like more sincere. More serious. His more thank you. Thanks. So it's more casual. Yeah, like be fond of something. You can use an either in front of verb means you like to do something or you can use an in front of a noun like you like certain things or somebody. For example, if I say I like you, I can say an is means I'm into you, I like you. I have a feeling or have crush on. All right. Next one. This dishes, or cuisines or vegetables has so many different meanings. But if you look at this character, this part, we call it a grasstop. Every time you see this one on top of a character, it either has to do a vegetable plant or something like that. Then this character, you see the pin, start with the C. Make sure the C is the S dish, cuisine, or vegetables. If you say cuisine, then you can use a country name. Then it means the food from certain countries. For example, if I say Chinese food, I can say hi, right, That's China. If you say high, that's Chinese food. But if I say American food, we say high. Us high, cuisine high. That's Chinese food. American food high, and then high. All right, next one high, or a lot of times we use a high shoe in the question is asking the person to choose, do you like Chinese food or American food? I can say you like to eat American food. He is high, it's a Chinese food. Let's go over again. Is is sure to eat, you like to High, that's American food. High, the person to choose or American food or that's Chinese food. That's the question the person ask. Do you like to eat American food? Or Chinese food is high, high, so high, Which one do you like? But if you use a high shoe like in a statement, normally we use a high shoe in front of a verb. Means I'd rather do something instead of something else. If I say I'd rather eat American food, I can say W. Yeah. You see like subconsciously, I still want to eat Chinese food is high. Rather I rather I prefer high Chinese dish or foods have multiple options but you do and then you can use high in front of me, I do something instead of something else. Next one means but. There is another way to say but it sounds really similar. Koch and anshu both means but or. However, you can shed as a conjunction to connecting another whole sentence. She, we mentioned start, but we can use a number and end to tell the time. If say 04:00 we say CDN, et cetera is half. This one we already mentioned how we use it in terms to tell the time. If you get confused, feel free to check the other video like I did particularly on the times, more detailed. All right, next one is night or evening. By itself also means late again. There is another whole video about different time period of the day is in the video called the Time, Week and Date. Feel free to check that video out. Goodbye is again again, meet if you say goodbye to someone or you can say bye, bye. The same as English. En means right now or at the moment, or currently. Sin means at the very moment, but also means like in the current situation or something. For example, I can say, what are you doing right now? What time is it right now? But I can also say, right now, we are going through depression. Economic depression. It's not really like for 1 minute or 2 minutes, but can also means currently at this moment is a quarter, a quarter of time on sure. This word sounds like exactly like to be is the same pronunciation but different characters. But sure here means the things you do matter or event. There are two words in Chinese, people get confused a lot. One is normally the things you do. The other one is don't see is actually the object the stuff will use done a lot of times, both translated to things, but the thing you do, the matter the event but don't see is the object, the stuff is done. Don't see. This one word is very funny. It means the east and the C means the west. Everything from east to the west, it's stuff in general, don't see, Okay, Sure. It's the things to do. A lot of times we ask someone, Suma have had things to do. My question word Oshima means do you have things to do? It's up, it's one, maybe someone call your name and then you can say Oshima. What do you want from me? Yeah, what do you, what do you want to do with me? Osha, it's's up. Or someone knock at your door and you can say, oha'supyeah, Or maybe someone like call you. And then you can say, Shuma, what's up? All right, next one is today. Like we mentioned, this year is this year is, let's see, this year. But if you say that's next word is the adverb. You guys must be already very familiar with it. We use it in front of adjective. It means sometimes if the adjective is only one character, we also like to use a un in front of it. It, to a certain degree as a very, not as strong as a very. But we like to use a lot with adjectives, Only one character then that's, I'm very busy. I can say it might be just busy as, as much as a very English. But because mom is only one character, a lot of times we like to put the head in front of the adjective to make a even numbered word. Because Chinese even numbered word is the rhythm is better. Next 110, that's tomorrow then. Yeah. If you guys want to know more about different phrases for time, feel free to check the previous video. That's dinner one is late evening fun. Food. Food during at night or during the evening time is dinner fun? All right, next one That means to answer this question a lot of times we start with this is a sentence structure in Chinese. We like to use together with So. Therefore in English we wouldn't use and so in one sentence, but in Chinese we do plus the reason plus the result. Then add one reason because of So therefore something happened. We use way and so together. Next one, high two or steel as well, we already mentioned, we use high as part of the structure or high shot. But high shoot together means to ask someone to choose between A and B. But high by itself means also steel. For example, if I say, oh, I also want to eat Chinese food or something. Can say high, high, high is also a lot of times it means something else. You want to add another point or add another information to the previous sentence. You can use high, high abhi after the subject in front of the would like to eat high Chinese food. It means I also want to eat Chinese food was high. Here means also to add something else to the previous content. But high also means still, it means something didn't change. If say you are still, it means you didn't change. You look exactly the same. If you meet someone after years, you can say hi, high. So here is a separate word, High, R, it doesn't mean or in the previous page we mentioned knee high. Knees are still high. Knee. Okay. Next one ton. That's classmates means learn or study. Literally means the person study the same thing with you. So it's your classmate to. All right. Next means you know someone personally. Like you get to know someone face to face. It can also means you recognize if you recognize one character or recognize one word. You can also use En. For example, a two words like people get confused all the time. One is versus ruin. A lot of times translated into know something or somebody. But the difference between and us normally that you have the knowledge of something, you know certain facts. If you say someone is more like you heard of someone, like you know that person. But you might know that person personally. Maybe you know that person from a book or on TV. But if you say in, someone is more like, you know someone personally. Like you know someone face to face, all right. Let me give you an example. If I say trump, it means I heard of him. I know him from TV. But Bina, I don't know him personally. You will use also know some facts or like you know some history about something, then you use do. But if you read Chinese newspaper and you recognize all these words you can use, but if there are certain words you don't recognize it, then you say pens all next one, P is a friend. A lot of times, if we say a good friend, you can say how pong y is a good friend because how is good pong, that's a friend. But you can also put it means you say no. It doesn't mean a male friend, but it means your boyfriend. If you say is a female, same thing. It doesn't mean like your female friend, but it's actually your girlfriend. One more time. Friend, Boyfriend, girlfriend. If you want to say female friend, you will have to say N is a female gender. You talk about someone's gender, you will means sex or gender is a friend, is a female friends. The same logic if you say N, N is male, is gender or sex together. Nine is a male friend. Male friend, yeah. Okay, before we move to the sentence structure practice, let's go over all numbers one more time. So feel free to repeat after me. So B Sure. And then, then, okay, if you need more time, feel free to pause the video. Yeah. To go over all the numbers. All right, now let's go over some key sentences. So the first one, what day is it today? So this one is asking in terms of the week. We already know it would use the word right a lot of times. Sometimes I don't write it on the board because I want you guys to actually think it in your head instead of to rely on the nodes or to rely on the writing on the board. The more you think in your head, the faster. And you will remember today is what day is it today? Then the question word we use now, you have the, you say Ken Shinichi Or it also works without the Shui or Chichi either what is it today is the question in terms of the numbers, because we know we put a number after the weak. When we use asking in terms of like, oh, what day of the week is it? Shin Chichi. But if we ask, what's the date today? The date we actually ask someone one month and what the date is it the same thing we use for today. I will say is today is one month day such. All right. If I want to say today Sunday. Today is Sunday. Okay. So we say Shachi, that's Sunday. Sunday, that's the only exception. The other day of the week we just use in chi plus a number, it's a different day of the week. Chi next 11 will tell the date, the date. Normally we use time, month, then the day, always from the bigger category to the smaller category. Here you will say May 1, then ninth, we'll say ten today. Schuh. Today is the May 9 Mm hm. Did you get The rate is today is, is that there's the fifth month, so that's May. How? If you want to be more formal you can also say either way works for when you say the actual date. But how is more cloak? Either way it works means exactly the same thing. Next one, asking someone how old is someone, how old are you this year? There are multiple ways to ask someone how old. Then let's go over the most common way to say how someone say is is this ear liter is the ad, how it means big. A lot of times we do it in terms of size. When you say size is your shirt, we can say, but when you use it in terms of someone is actually how old is someone, You can also say instead of, you can also say so that's how many sus years old say is used in terms of asking someone's age. But if you say someone younger than ten years old, ask someone how old are you. Can also use say how old is someone but because it is the question word. To ask someone the question in terms of something lower than ten. Then if I say if I ask someone say, I'm already assuming you are younger than ten years old because it is normally only asking the numbers lower than ten, the kid is definitely no more than ten years old. I can use, but maybe for adults or someone like older, you can either works. Uh huh. It's just like a more asking age in general. It doesn't matter if it's like younger than ten years old or older than ten years old. But this one is normally for asking a kid. I still remember when I was a kid, I don't really know all these rules I asked old lady and she got really offended like what do you mean s because she's like I was trying to insult her or something, saying like, oh, you are just only kid or something. Yeah. So just to be careful. All right? If I say I'm 20 years old this year, 20 years old this year, I will say that's the time phrase this year where you put the time. You can put the time at the very beginning of the sentence, or you can put it after the subject in front of the verbs. This year I'm 20 years old, we all right, next one, I want to invite you to dinner this Sunday. Invite someone. That's the verb in normal. Let's see. We can mean invite someone to do something. Someone. But also you can use the ing in front of a verb. You can use to. So the tone Sunday, fun, invite you to each fun, invite someone to do something. You can use one plus bunch, fine food, fun, Just eat in general, fun, let's go eat. How does it sound? How does it sound? We can use the phrase like something young, like asking someone's opinion. Or asking someone how does a person think. Now let's go fan, we go to each. Plus a verb means go to do something. You can use cho in front of, now it means go somewhere. But you can also use ch plus b means go to do something. Hm, How does that sound like? Woman, chuma. All right, next one. Do you like America or China? Or we use the word hi, so right high, it's, or you can say ni is the America. United States. Do you like the US? Or China. You say hua, hi. Next one. Do you like Chinese food or American food? Uh huh. Chinese food basically the food from certain country. We can just use the country's name plus the word high, high. It means vegetables, cuisines, or dishes. Or also we use the word high she. Now you have the sentence structure. An is you like high Chinese food high, high, high. Do you like Chinese food high, make high? Which one do you like? Like Chinese food or American food? All right, next one. I don't like English food. Don't like something. You just put the negation in front of Sue. Bout English food. You can just the UK, England and for the country then. Plus high. Let's go over. I don't like high. I don't like British food is I don't like high. It means England, UK, Great Britain in Chinese account, we don't really differentiate that much. It's high is cuisine. One in quartz high. Next one, how about something? You can use something, something young. How about we having Chinese food? You can say something, something you can say high is eat was high. So we eat Chinese food. How does it sound like? Woman high. Next one, I will see you Thursday at 08:30 You can say woman, we can just say because we already know we're referring see you at a certain place. Of course will be you and me. So we together sometimes see you tomorrow. See Saturday, things like that. You don't have to add like a woman for sure. We can just says Thursday even night 830 and then put N there body and they see you at 30 on Thursday night. One thing we have to keep in mind is the order of what we prefer. First, always start from bigger categories and then do smaller categories. You do, what day is it Thursday, then? A period of time, it's even at night, then what time is it? So you will use a body and band. It's like the day, the period of time, and then the actual time. Hm, Yeah. Next one I'm American, but I like Chinese food. Hm. Okay. But you can use Kosher or Dan. Either way works. I'm American. You say, man, I'm American then Oshkosh Juan. But I like to eat, I like to eat Chinese food. Birthday. The key words here is tomorrow and birthday. All we need to do is just use the verb to connecting both parts. Tend did you get it right? Ten is tomorrow is to be is a birthday. Today is birthday. All right. Next one. If you wanted to tell someone when is your birthday, what's the date for your birthday, then you can use this sentence structure. My birthday is plus the date. Yes. So, think about how would you say this sentence? Okay. So you will say the sh, my birthday is, that's, that's the 14th. In order for you really quick to figure out how to say the date, that requires you do a lot of practice with all the numbers. If you still struggle a little bit about numbers, feel free to go back and check the video about the numbers before this one is birthday is November, she how? The 14th. All right. Next one say amazing, amazing. That's expression we say great, awesome. But a lot of times we use the sentence structure, use adjective the l to exaggerating something. This one is, we can say too good and then plus l in the end to emphasizing the tone. Let's check out is tie, tie. It means excessive or too much, a lot adverb. You can use it in front of a adjective, which is how here and love is emphasizing the tone. We say thal, amazing, great, awesome, thal. Next one. That's a really important sentence structure. We used to ask someone what time is it now? What time is it? We already know now is sensi. Then how do say this sentence? We will just Shenzhen. What time is it right now? You see, we don't put right now at the end of the sentence. Normally we right now at the moment, at the very beginning of the sentence, DN what time is it right now? The next one, when you answer the question, you can say right now is certain time. If you still not sure how to tell the time, feel free to go back to check the video. We mention extensively how to tell the time in the previous video is shen right now Led. Yeah, that's a key thing I keep mentioning. You have to say instead of DNN use for hours, fun is what we use for minutes. If there's a five, you have to say the zero out. Right now it is 25. You'd say send, okay. Did you get it right? Sometimes if you want to be coal spoken about it, you can just say and without the pen, because people already know after the hour is definitely minutes. So you don't have to repeat it again. If you want to be sounds more formal, sounds more like written or correct, you can just complete, you can add the ph at the end of the sentence. Okay. Next one. I have dinner at 07:15 The time, there are two places it goes. We can either put at the very beginning of the sentence where you can put it after the subject in front of verb. Either way, works have dinner. We can say eat dinner in Chinese. Does it ring a bell? What verb you're going to use? That's correct. Say means a evening D. 07:00 is a 07:15 If you say we hang D's pm. 07:15 P.M. is not 07:15 P.M. Always put the period of time first, then the exact time. Then one eat dinner on fun is dinner true is eat, subject then time. The verb object. Yeah. All right, next one Mr. Lee will invite me to eat tomorrow. Mr. Lee is Lee, right? Invite, Think what verb will use to invite someone to do something? Normally we use ching plus somebody plus the verb. And then tomorrow. Where does tomorrow go? Again, either put it from beginning or in front of the verb. Okay, so let's review the answer. Mr. Lee? Mint. Tomorrow A, invite me Trufan. Now you have the whole sentence. Entenman. Okay. Next one. Is your dad a lawyer or a Dr. the key thing about either or A or B sentence structure, we will use high. Sure. Right? So then I will give you 2 seconds to think about how would we, you know, put this sentence together, okay? All right, so it will be need the baba, your dad, or baba lou ihuhung. Don't forget the verb su. Yeah, because we need the verb here. Hi, shoe is to ask someone. Choose a or B. Need baba, shu luhui. All right, next one, wish you happy birthday. Wish someone something. Normally we use plus the subject, what you wish for. Wish birthday. A lot of times we say Q, That's a Chinese version of Happy birthday. Song inquiry. Okay, next one. I'm very busy right now. Again, if it's a subject adjective we don't use to be in the middle. Okay, so I will give you 2 seconds to think about how would you put the sentence together? Is I, today is busy. I'm very busy today. Next one, I've been busy this whole year. This one is hard to say this whole year, okay? So the answer is, is this year. But we use is to emphasizing all or entire year. It's throughout. The whole year. This year, I'm all busy. We use dough to deliver that. Meaning do literally means, I'm busy the whole year. This year. Do, but because though it's adverb, you cannot put dough in front of it. But you actually put dough in front of the adjective in Tom. All right, next one. Why do you want to treat me a meal? It's you want to take me out for a meal or like why are you going to pay? Will use Weis for it. The question wish for all the questions related with why. Okay. Why would like to want to do something? An invite. Invite someone to do something. You will, You would say you want to invite me to eat. All right? A lot of times to answer a question like starting with the question word, why we'll use because something because in Chinese its way because Thursday is your birthday, that's why I'm inviting you to me treat your meal. I will give you 2 seconds to think about how would you put this sentence together. Feel free to pause the video anytime if you need extra time. Okay, now let's check out the answer we use for all the questions that has in it is because the reason we use way Thursday si the Schon is your birthday. It's saying oh, because Thursday is your birthday. We use this sentence structure to answer questions related with why questions, why you want me to take out for a meal because Thursday is your birthday, next one. How would you say what time do you eat at night time? We will use the sentence phrase GDN. All right. Gdn, Not only you can use the GDN asking time right now, like what time is it right now? You can also use GDN to ask the question like what time do you do certain things, okay? It will be mean evening or at night. What time fans, what time do you eat at night? You see again, we put time after because when you answer it normally we'll say let's say 07:00 P.M. You will say 07:00 after. It's how you ask the questions, how I'm going to answer the sentence structure parallel together. Again, you will have to use Wan Shang first, then later Tanden fan. Next one. I don't eat at night because this is the someone's habits and it's a fact the person doesn't eat. That's why we use the negation word boo instead of me. If I say I didn't eat night, then you will use, but this one is different. This one is talking about. I just don't. It's not my habits, it's just a fact. It happens all the time. It's not one occasion thing. That's why we use Po instead of may. You will say winant fan. We shun fan. All right, Next one, when is your dad's birthday? So asking about the date gave you guys 2 seconds to think about how would you put this sentence structure together? All right, Asking about the date. We will use the sentence structure. The question structure. How basically means what month and what's the date your dad birthday? Sure. Your dad's birthday is when Papa or is the same thing, like one month. And what's the day we say? You use to ask the exact date. Next one, his birthday is this Friday. Okay. How do you say this Friday? This one is a little bit tough. I will give you guys some time to think about it. This Friday, you say this Friday. Don't forget the measure word, nominally means this. It already has the hidden meaning singular. It's one. Every time if you has a word or has a number in front of a noun, you have to use a measure word. This Friday, it will be jugo ta, his birthday. Such his birthday is this Friday. All right. One more A or B question. Do you like Saturday or Friday? Saturday or Friday? Mm hmm. Icilio. Saturday is chi, that's Friday. Do you like Saturday or Friday? Chili. All right. Next one. Do you like eating Chinese food or not Or not. Sentence structure, we can use positive then negative structure. Positive or negative structure. Normally we the positive structure of the verb plus the negative format of the verb, basically put a verb into negative. You can just use boo because this one is talking about the facts. Do you like it or not? You see, see, it's like it or not. Positive or confirmative is e. Negative is then you put the verb afterwards. Like to do something. One, be ungi. Do you like to eat Chinese food or not? Next one, I don't know him. He is now my friend. This one very important thing is to figure out how you will say no Here is referring to, you know, someone personally. The verb we will use is hensh instead of a Judo okay, Give you 2 seconds to figure out this sentence. Okay, I will say wha, I don't know him. So you say H is no. Someone personally tacho. Same thing. He is now my friend but tag next one. All my friends are Chinese. Again, that's trying to help you practice the usage of a dog. We already know the dough is an adverb. Again, you put it after the subject, in front of the verb, you say pop. It could mean singular plural. If you want to emphasize in you're talking about your friends, you can add the word men we mentioned, you use after a noun like indicate a person or people just make a plural, can say po's turning into a plural. But you don't have to because a lot of times in Chinese we don't really differentiate. Are you using the plural or singular format of a now? It's almost the same in Chinese men, Jen, Again, it's an adverb. You put it in front of a. So after the subject, one of the common mistakes is a lot of times people put dough in front of a. No, that's not correct. All right. Next one. May I ask, is lawyer Wang busy today? May I ask? That's the common phrase we use all the time. You know which one is it? One thing, another hint I want you keep in mind is you put Wang in front of a lawyer. Okay. Now let's see the answer. Yeah, you got it. Is Chen. You use Chen to start a question. May I ask me? Lawyer is today mama literally means things to do. It means by another way to say busy. We learned before. You can also say you can also says he is by either way works or both means someone is occupied by. All right. Next one today, lawyer one has nothing to do. Lans has nothing to do. It means he's available. Like he's free. Then you can Mayo Sure to say liter. Don't have or doesn't have. Sure. It means things to do. Liter saying he doesn't have anything to do means he's available for you or he's free. But in the end you don't have to put it there. It just part of the Northern dial. It it sounds more casual but it's not necessary there. A Wang Loria male, the person is free. All right. Next one I will treat my parents and my younger brother treat someone, It's invite someone to certain activities, to a movie, to a coffee, to a meal, and then you will be the person paying for it. Then the verb will use a treat. Someone in general we can use or if it's a lot of times saying, oh, it's on me, I can also say watching cool invite means guess literal. I will invite the guests. I will play the hot, I will be the one paying for the stuff. Treat I invite or treat. Someone is the guests in general, chinos on me. It's my treat. I will pay for the bill. I will be let you know one paying for stuff. You can just say watching. You can also use watching plus who you are inviting. You can say watching. That's a cloaky way to say parents, we mentioned. You can also say that's more formal way to say it. Younger brother, you can even plus the verb like what you're doing. You can say watching. A bad fan to eat, et cetera. All right, next one, who do you know? It means like who you have personal connection with? What person like you can recognize you have personal relationship with. Maybe you look at a picture, look at a group of people saying, oh, which person do you know? Who do you know? You can use this structure, You can say she, we mentioned, it's like two pronunciation for you can say she. She. She is more informal, more coal. Who do you know? Maybe a group of people. I want to say, oh, which one is your friend? Which one do you know? You can say she. She either way works. Who do you treat for meals? Who do you treat for meals? It's who are you inviting to eat? Who are you going to take out for a dinner or for a meal? Again, you treat someone or invite someone to do something. You will use the structure plus plus verb. Invite someone to do something or treat someone for something. Someone plus something, shun or sun. Either way works. Who are you inviting it? You can replace F with anything. Drink coffee. Watch movie. Who are you inviting? Next one. Who do you have? This one is more emphasizing the practice of whose something, whose phone is it, or whose book is it? Whose photo is it? But here is whose photos do you have? You have possession of photos that belong to whom. We just use shade. And then plus make it possessive or adjective. Then you know how to say who. In Chinese No, you use to make it possessive is a photo. Next one, time tomorrow. A lot of times you say, oh, what time tomorrow do you want to meet? What time do you want to do something, something tomorrow? You say what time Tomorrow? Just in general, you can put what time do you want to eat tomorrow? What time do you sleep tomorrow? This whole set of sentence, you can start with DN is tomorrow. Dn, what time? Dn you can plus the verb like what time. Tomorrow you're going to do certain things. We can say in D from goodbye. What time are we going to meet? Tomorrow? Or A, what time are you going to eat? Sentence structure like this, we can all start with mintiend. Can also replace mintien with any other day, Wednesday, Friday or today. What time Today you're going to meet something or do some en, et cetera. This is actually a sentence structure like you can use what time or what certain day, like what time in that day, et cetera. Okay. Do you guys have any questions? If you guys you guys confused or have any questions, feel free to contact me and also available for private lessons. Feel free to contact me anytime. 13. Lesson 3-Listening practice: Let's work on the listening from lesson three. Are you ready for it? In this section, I will do all the sentences we have already practiced. Before each sentence, I'm going to read three times twice. I will be read in a very slow pace. For the third time, I will just read it in the regular pace. You will hear how Chinese people normally speak. Okay? Are you ready for it? Okay. Let's go in ten inch or we can say shut ****. Okay? So that's today is, is in week. That's how many, a lot of times we use to ask questions in terms of numbers, Literally means what day of the week is it today? What day is it today? Enh Shui. Again, this is very common questions we ask is today is it means one month day. So huh? It means what's the date today? Suzhou ten. Okay. Today is it is that's Sunday. Normally we numbers is the day of the week. We start with Monday but the exception is a Sunday we say so today is Sunday. We say shut Tutu. How? Thu a In K is today is we put the numbers in front of the month number in front of that's the day is the fifth month is knife. That's knife today is the main knife. We say Zaza is, that's this year old. How old are you this year? In here we use a adverb but it's actually a question. It means, it means big. But a lot of times we use not only in terms of size, in here, it means in terms of age is n is how old are you this year? Are, is I is this year, I should say. That's 20 years old. It means I'm 20 years old this year, you see, is current near this year. Normally we put the time phrase after the subject, in front of either adjective or a noun or a verb. Say sian, si chan cian Is that Sunday in here means normally we do invite someone to do something is invite you, fan is to eat. It means Sunday, I will invite you to eat fun zang chuan zang woman. Amy is go to. Fun each fun, let's go eat. Young is how does it sound? A lot of times we use young is to ask someone's opinion. Chung, let's go. How does that sound? An go, hijian may go, hi, hi, shun is you. That's a very important verb. It means like or be fond of is America. The states means to let people choose between A or B. That's China. Do you like the US? Or do you like China? Shu an Jo. Gods high. Hi. Sure may go high. Dhigh. Josh, his high, say you like. High. High in here means cuisine, but thi also has other meanings like vegetable or dishes. High, it means Chinese Chinese cuisines. His, that's American food. Do you like Chinese food or American food? We say high, high, sus high. Gosh, we go high, we go high is I don't like. That's UK Ds high, that's British food. That's UK High, High. Woman Jung High, Yangon High, Mayans high. Eat Chinese food? How does that sound? What do you think? How about we having Chinese food woman, Chiang Chi Chi. That's Thursday. It means at evening or at night is we use for the hours. Means 08:30 Hang. It means 08:30 P.M. That's the same from it's like Goodbye Chen meat. It's like I will see you Thursday at 08:30 P.M. Inch Winganenh Kosher. Juan High Khan Chugh may go. Khan Junzi may go. I'm American Osh. Kosh is the conjunction means, but. How? Koshig. But I like to eat Chinese food. High sun in san. That's tomorrow is my birthday. Shang. Tomorrow is my birthday. You have to make it here because make it possessive or additive. Birthday. Sh, hung, she, she said how? Shungu, she saw the Shang. She, she saw Shun is mine Shang. Is birthday. That's she saw. That's 14th. Sh. Sh. Sh is my birthday is November 14. Shh. Shh. Tell tie hole, we already learned means to or talk about something. Excessive is good. Lo is we used to emphasize the tone. This is a sentence structure of tie a los like we used to exaggerating or complain about something. I'm too tired, it's too hot outside. It's something we use a adjective look here. This one basically means it's too good, it's amazing to C, C, DNI, it means right now, that's the question word in terms of the numbers is for the hour when we tell the time, GDN, that's the phrase we use to ask someone, what time is it right now? Hen si DN enzi leong lingo fun enzi leong en ling fun enzi on an right now, 02:00 we don't say DN, we say it means zero is 4 minutes, 2525 en en line war one Shang CDN one fun. We Shang D E one fun. We sang CDN E one fun is I hang. It means evening or at night? D. That's 07:00 Cook is a quarter. A 07:15 we say D is to eat. Fun is dinner. We put the time in front of the 07:15 P.M. We say D o dinner is one fun together. We do. True fun. Man en man, en man. That's Mr. Lee. Tomorrow, invite me. Fun is to eat. Tomorrow, Mr. Lee will invite me to eat. Treat me to a meal. A su oh hi, Hung a Baba lou Shunga shun. Here is question. You practice the vocabulary of Hiba, is your dad? Sure, that's the vocabulary from previous lesson. If you cannot remember, go back to the previous episode and check it out. Or that's is your dad a lawyer or a need? Babalu shun hung, Quillian qui. You can wish someone something. We tu wish. That's birthday, that's happy. That's a happy birthday. Juniquila wish you happy birthday in man in ten mg tim is is today. It means A is busy. I'm very busy today. Tienen. Mg is, it means this year is this entire year the very busy. So it means I'm busy this whole year. Man wish ni fan. Wham ni fan. Wish fan is because it means for little means for y. Yo would like to invite me fan to eat. Why treat me to a meal or why you want to invite me to eat? We sued Changer Thida Chung, a Sinisa Suida Chang. That's that's Thursday. That's birthday. Thursday is your birthday. Fun we run in fun is during the evening or at night. That's what time do you eat at night? Hang CDN fan win shang chuan hang fan. Who fan is I? Why that's evening or at night? Fun doesn't eat, I don't eat at night. You see here we use a pool as negations talk about don't I don't eat dinner at night. That's my habit. What I normally used to do, if you say, is more what you didn't do for one occasion. The translation is different. Baba hang Baba Nipah is your dad. That's a birthday is normally we ask like in terms of a date, what's the date for your dad's birthday? When is your dad's birthday? Baha Tahini tag tada. That's birthday is a Friday birthday is this Friday she jug. All right. So this one is a funny question. See if you get it or not. Anti shut sinti li hi. So nicho nice is like sini Saturday. Hi shoin. Do you like Saturday or Friday? I'm not sure about Saturday or Friday, but I know everyone doesn't like Monday. Right. Okay. Ba, Ta Bush. But Ta Bush is kind of forget to know someone personally like face to face, so I don't know him to. He is not my friend is he isn't. Water is my friend, he isn't my friend. A one high 11 jig, C one is high. That's the sentence structure of do you like it or not? That's confirmative positive. That's negative it. Do you like eating Chinese food or? A lot of times if the verb is two character word, you can only repeat the first character as well. You can also say C and then without one jushi, it means the same thing. It's a two character word. You can just use the first character to indicate the confirmative format. One Ji Shandong's a friend is to emphasize all or both Chinese people. All my friends are Chinese. Was John Goran in Wang Lo Inten Josherma, Chinn Angus. Inten Sharma in an Us. Zinken Josherma. Okay. So that's may I ask us lawyer Huang smash kind like have things to do literally. Is he available? Is he busy today? Chu in a or sum? It's the same thing. Okay. Male, that's lawyers to do. Literally lawyer doesn't have things to do. It means he doesn't have anything to do. So he's available, he's free. Pa, DD, DD watching is I invite or I treat papa and mama. It's my parents. I will invite my parents. Who is D? D, as younger brother. This one means I will invite my parents and my younger brother. This one means I'm going to treat them. You invite them either to a meal or to a movie. And then whatever it is, you will be the person paying for it, by itself means invite sh, sh, s, She, she is is normally we know someone personally. Who do you know? Who do you know personally? Or she is the same thing. Who? Niche, Who do you know? Schu fan Schwa fun shun is sing, it means invite, shuns eat. It means who will treat for dinner? Or who do you invite for meals? They go where you will be paying for the bill, you will treat someone to a meal. No shade pan. No shade pan. No shop shake It possessive is literally whose picture? Who do you she joint DN in. Cdn meant DN is tomorrow. Cdn is time. Time tomorrow meant CDN. Okay, so this is all from lesson three and feel free to check out next lesson. Do you have any questions? Feel free to contact me anytime. All right, ten. 14. Lesson4 A- Daily activity : Today we're going to learn about daily activities. We're going to learn about all the common activities you're going to do in one day. Let's start. The first one is T, W is ETN is one day, it's my day or one day in my life ET. A lot of times we say oh, what do you do every day We'll say is you, Kian is every day is sham is what you every day do. What mean shaming lie is wake up. Wake up lie, literally like your conscience. Come back to you. You wake up. Maybe you don't get up from the bed, you just open up your eyes. We say again, normally we use a subject verb structure. You can also put time at the very beginning of the sentence, but you can always subject time verb every day. It means day, that's every day in the morning. By the end 08:00 they sing Wake up away from the bigger categories to smaller categories. Basically we will say then the period of time during the day and then the time. And then you will use it sang I. Every day, wake up at 08:00 A.M. Next one is G is get up on is bed L get up from the bed, we say on. That's the difference from Chang versus it just open up the eyes. Maybe still stay in bed for a while. But if you do, Chang is get up from the bed change every day. Cdn is what time Chang get up from the bed time. You get up from the bed every day, you see CDN. That's a question where we use for what time we do certain things. Not only you can use CDN to ask what time is it right now, but we can also use CDN to ask term questions of what time do you do certain things. Me, D. All right. Next one. What time did you get up today? We will say today D, What time on get up from the bed What time did they get up from the bed today? To answer it basically you can use the number replace to tell the time. You can say Today and it's 06:00 A.M. Chi Chang's get up from the bed. Then you can just put whatever time you wake up and then Chiang's it, Chang. That's it. Next one, A brush teeth. That's the verb as the teeth. If you flip the order, if you say ya, no. Toothbrush is brush. Sometimes I want to say brush. I can use the it means or you can use a plus, either a method or a tool plus verb. You use a certain tool or use a certain method to do something, a way of doing something or some device or machine, or to do something. Then plus verb. This one, me, I brush to brush teeth. You see we don't really the preposition to, we just use plus toothbrush. Brush teeth. Say that's it. Next one. That's face is, is a face. That's face every day. It means every morning. We don't really says, but we like to say Maia, wash face, Wash face. Next one. So take shower. You see the same from C, and means wash. It means a bath. It can means take a shower or take a bath. But most of the time it means take a shower. Unless you are very particular about, oh, I want to take a bath instead of taking a shower. Every time you see three dots on the side resembling that's the drops of water. Three, that's both. Has the water sign, the water radical. That's a very, that's many, a lot is a Chinese people. Many Chinese that's like an at night or in the evening, we say Sha, hizo, Take a shower. A lot of Chinese people like to take a shower at night. We say an shania. All right, next one fan is to cook. It can mean do something. Create something here. Fun, food, literal means make food. It means cook. It means have the skill or be able to do something. I, I don't know how means I can't cook. I don't know how to cook low. That's the sentence structure we mentioned before. Adjective lo is too exaggerating, or you used to complain times difficult is to emphasize the tone is too hard, T. Okay, you can ask someone, do you like to cook? Mean one plus verb? Like to do something. And the person say, Juan ji, I like to cook Chinese food. You can use the country name plus it means to make certain cuisines from certain countries. Junzi, Chinese food, make American food, et cetera. Next one, fan or chuan, that's the verb. It means to eat. It means early or morning. Fun is food. But san means meal. Normally san and fun both means breakfast. But sun is more formal, more written. Sufan is more cloq spoken way to say breakfast. But when you say eat breakfast, either way works tran or okay, funny, shall it means a few or little fun. It means barely. I rarely eat breakfast, shall. That's a frequency f h, so it's the same thing. Normally we use a subject either time or the phrase indicate a frequency then in front of the verb shall not only means amount or the amount of things, but here is used as a frequency to do something he shall barely. Rarely. All right, next one. Than indicate something happened in the past verb, the law normally it can indicate the completion of action or indicate something happened in the past. You can put right after the structure is object structure. If the object is very short, you can also put a look at end of the object as well. But if the object is very long, it's better you put the log right after the verb. Because people don't have to wait until the end to figure out when this action happened in the past right now, or in the future. But in this case, the object is only two characters. You can just use the lo after the object. Either way, works today, shop breakfast. My yes, no question, did you eat breakfast today? Then the person say like no, Chang, Chang. Chang is usually, I don't eat breakfast. Usually, Chang Chang. Boozing and in front of a verb is normally the things you don't normally do. It's not part of your habits. We'll use a, but if you just say, I didn't eat breakfast today, then you will, the negation word didn't eat. It's normally only one occasion you will use may, but if it's something you normally always do, then you will use a pool. Next one. A kai means open but also means start here. Ku means start the car. It's drive the car again is to be able to do something. I can drive, I will be able to drive next one. It means start or attend. Here is a short from. It means school means school. You attend to school, you go to school. We say I sometimes here, it doesn't mean and make it possessive, but together means, for example, if you use someone, you can say a person, someone you can say Dans moment of time, literally yds, some moments one to would like to. And then you can use it in front of verb I sometimes don't want to go to school. I will say hang all shank shang. It also means attend means class or lesson. You attend lesson, attend the class. It's got to have a lesson or go to class. The difference between Shang, you go to school, you start the day. But Shango is more like you start lesson. We use shankle, That's the structure Shehle use as a time phrase when, when it's the weekend. You can also use a whole sentence. Then something she hole as well. If I say why eat, I can say fun, she hole, I eat food is the moment. This means the moment of when I eat food. It's like the time phrase. We eat food, same thing. One is the weekend. But always put something, something to she hold afterwards. By Shank, we already learned it means use. But here this is another usage of means need. I don't have to go to class. I don't need to go to class one more time. Oh, when is the weekend? I don't need to go to class. All right. Next one ban can mean work or shift. Work shift. If you say Shang ban, it means to go to work. It doesn't necessarily has to be shift like based work. It can just means go to work, go to office in general Shan. Now let's go over the example. Tan every day here is additive. It's a very early go to. A lot of times we use in front of verb means go to do something. So go to work because it means go to do something. That's why a lot of times chi plus verb also means for the future tense as well. You can also use a p. B means you will do something where you are going to do something in the future is n, it means twice. Really hard means work. Let's go over the example one more time. T is he every day, very early, pan, go to work is very new. Try really hard. A lot of times you can use nu in front of verb in. Try really hard to do something. Try really hard to work. Okay, now let's work on another sentence structure. The usage of a by itself means how you can use in front of the verb means how to do something. This sentence, your dad every day span how to go to work. How does your dad go to work every day? Nia, How does your dad go to work every day? Ten, Ku drives to Shang Ban, go to work. He drives to work every day. You see here is a very important wormers, if he uses in front of the verb means how to do something. Next one is h. Here means read, She is books. Read books we say. So the first one, so hold one more time. Sometimes one is like she read books, it means I sometimes like to read books again. That's the frequency of doing something sometimes. One. So sometimes I like to read books. What books like you are reading? We can use the adjectives in front of the object shoe. This sentence structure, what we say is called veal structure. The O structure means the verb and object verb is to read, to look at shu, that's the object. Books, al structure is the verb, then objects. Okay, a lot of times if you want to try to modifying the objects, all you need to do is to break the vealure, break the verb and object structure. Put the adjective in front of the object. For example, if I say, read English books, what kind of books? Is it English books, English? Or to modify the books, it will be the adjective to modify the object. What kind of books? You just need to put the adjective in front of the books. For example, it will be read English books. Nina Shuma, do you like to read English books? Then for Chinese books, we can say that's Chinese. Shu is books. Jhu is Chinese books. If I say, oh, do you like to read Chinese books? I can say nishu. Um, do you like to read Chinese books? Okay, If I say I like a lot, then the word it means something. A lot of times we used to express your feelings, express your opinions. We can use a I like a lot. I in when sus English books means interesting. But this word is very interesting itself because it means have or has actually means meaning. A lot of times we say oh, what's the meaning of the word? I can say sh, it means what? Meaning, I can say something. It means what's the meaning of something? I can say what's the meaning of this word. Or a lot of times if I say I didn't quite get what you mean, I can say, what do you mean? Sometimes if I'd say nonsense or ridiculous, I can just say, what do you mean? Like, what are you trying to say? Yeah, it has multiple meanings, depends on how you use it. Literally means meaning, but it doesn't mean meaningful. But it actually means interesting, something, something interesting. That's why, that's one of the common mistakes people make. Because people think means definitely has a meaning or maybe something meaningful. No, it's actually not the case. It means interesting, something fun. Yeah. I like a lot, I feel. So English books is a very interesting is interesting. All right, next we already mentioned read. But here it means to watch. You can use again, watch movies, shows, or watch TV show, et cetera. You can use watch movies. I like to watch a foreign because y means country. Liter is outside of the country overseen movies. Again, you see this is also a view structure that's the that's the object. But you want to modifying what kind of movie you are watching, you can just put the adjective in front of the object. That's it. You break the object structure, put adjective in front of the object. It's like I like to watch foreign movies. Let's go over some examples. The first one, why it's, why not? Why don't you go watch a movie? A lot of times people uses sentence structure. Why don't you do something? It's talk about something like you feel surprised or something like you don't understand. Why don't you do something? And then the person say, I feel can watch movies. Mao is not interesting. Again, we use, it's a plus. Like your opinion or your statement, you feel something. Let's go over the difference between an versus we mentioned has two meanings. It means or would like to do something, means to think. It is normally to consider, it's more logical, more objective. When an would like to do something, it's more like, oh, I want to do something instead of talking about your opinion, but is more like you feel, express your feelings. It may not be very objective, it's very opinionated or very subjective. You will use, for example, if I say, I feel very tired, it's talking about your feelings, so then you will use the Da. If you say, I will give some thoughts about it, you actually think about something, you're trying to analyze the situation or some circumstances. Or give objective analyzis about something. Then you will use or you want to talk about I want to do something instead of just give your opinion about something. Then you will use as well. I want to go to eat dinner that will use or I want to go out with you. I will use, but I feel very tired or I feel she's very pretty. Maybe you think she's pretty, but it's just only your opinion. Maybe she's not pretty in most people's eyes. But it's how you feel, your own opinion of something, then you use. Next one is to watch television. Dn is electronic, so a vision, the electronic vision is watch television. So most of the times we say so you put the measure over there. But here is just really cloak about it, the grammar. Not really perfect, but how sometimes people say it. But if you want to be perfect in grammar, you have to use, normally we use a measure word after u is this one. Sus television, it means a show or play. D is TV shows, TV series, this TV series T. Again, we use the sentence structure t plus adjective. Here is hawk is to emphasize in the tone that's actually adjective. Literally means good to look at. How means to look literal means good to look at me. If I say this girl is very pretty or beautiful, I can say, but I can also say, oh, this game is, it means fun to watch this movie. It means it's really interesting. Good to look at depends on what things you are trying to describe. It means someone looks great, beautiful, handsome, very good looking. But you can also use show book, movies are fun to watch. You can also use Kanan. I really enjoy or like watching TV one more time Jo or O T Hakan. A lot of times we say what do you like to do on the weekend We will say Joe more. Joe more means the weekend. That's another way to say week. Besides we already learned it means a week. But the weekend, we can only use Joe the rest days of the week. You can Joe and interchangeably Monday. You can just say Joe is the same thing. You can use the interchangeably, but the thing is, when you use Joe is normally more cloquial than in Chi. Joe is more casual, more cloquial. But there's only one way you say weekend. We just say Joe more. We don't say si more more. It means the end, the end of something. We say more, Joe more. Weekend one is like Shama. So do what, What do you like to do on the weekend? Do more. Then the person say what she wants. I like a is for the location, for the place at home. Candy should watch TV. Hm. At home. You can use location in front of a verb in where you do certain things. But if there's time and location, you have to put time first, then location, then a Can I like to watch TV at home? All right, next one. So, is homework also means homework, do homework. There are two ways to say a salmon. Or homework is, is this weekend is need, I don't need to do assignment or do homework. I don't have to do homework, that's a practice. The vocabulary homework in more examples, the first one, do you have a lot of homework today? Today? Nada homework. Do you have a lot of homework today? The person say means correct. Yes. To give a confirmative answer, you can use do so. The tai gas in the past give us a lot of homework. Normally give somebody something you can use gay and then something the teacher gave us a lot of homework. Next one, eat lunch again means fun. It's a food again, times means meal. The food or the meal. The noon time. It's lunch. Have lunch. The person say today, ten by too busy today, I'm too busy though. It means all. But here we use as a means, even Suzie, I don't have time, I don't even have time to eat lunch. There are two words we learned, people get confused with these two words all the time. 11 She hole is normally the moment of time when we ask someone when you do something or you can use she hole as a time phrase, like when I eat, he came back home. Then you will use a she hole. It means a moment of time. But she normally, when we use it for duration of time. So if I say I spend a lot of time doing homework or I don't have time to watch TV for duration of time, we use sin, but for a moment of time we use a sh hole. That's the difference. Mm hm. A lot of times we ask questions when you do something, we say shale is when it's one moment of time. Like you do something. But if you use a question in terms of shoen, normally we say an shoen time. So it's like how long you do something then we'll use. But when you do something, then we'll use. So do you see the difference? That's the difference between when and long of time. That's the difference. Next one has finish, it means to finish a lesson or finished class. The example is it means after means after the class. After the lesson. But one thing like keep in mind we have to use after the phrase, we put a hole after hole after the class. One made ten every day, return, return home, or go back home. It's like after the class or after I finish class, I every day very late, go back home. I go home very late every day after the class. Fun, like we mentioned, maybe just a finish one class or one lesson, but fun means a finished school for the day. By itself means a release shorten from school. Literal kids get released from the schools, go back home, finish school for the day. We call it the func here. It actually has a one sentence structure and then plus a plus a verb. It means once I do something, I do something right away. As soon as I do something, something will happen right away or immediately. Automatically. Here is once I finish school, then go to Sue, it means the library. It means once I finish school, I will go to library right away. I will go to the library as soon as the school is finished. Library, by itself means the picture shoes, books. A lot of times to shoot together. It means books with pictures in it. But it means a place. Literally, a place has a lot of photos, visual stuff, and books. That's the library we say to sue. This sentence structure is very important as well. Something, something, something, something. Once I do something, I do something right away. Next one, get off work. We already mentioned finish or get off. It means work or shift again. A means finish work for the day. You can say say, time. That's the measure word for the action like you take. That's the measure word for how many times you have done something. Every time one shale is what we use after every time after I get off the work though, is all. That's the sentence structure. A lot of times we use them together to emphasize every single time. Do we already mentioned one usage of it means be able to do something or have the ability to do something. Here, y, it means well, word, wood. A lot of times we can use y in front of the verb indicate something will happen in the future. It means very tired. It means every time when I finish work, I will feel very tired. One thing is after something, we have to use it afterwards, finish work. We don't say, we say a hole after work. Let's go over some examples. The first one N. So today again means after after work shares to do literally means things are by no share you free or are you available? So we can say no. Shira, we say to day after work, are you free, Do have things to, we will say sub then the person say literally means don't have things to do me. I'm afraid it's okay. I'm available. We mentioned by itself means how. But if you say together, it means what happened, what's wrong. A lot of times people will say is something wrong, or is everything okay? You can use the next one, Dogs the verb to it can means exercise or sports, depends on the context, can mean exercise or do. Sports in here is a noun, but you can also use as a verb as well. It means sports or do exercise. Chang. Chang means usually or frequently don't do sports or do exercise. It depends on the context. Before we mention it means correct or yes or to give someone very confirmative answer you can use, but here we use it as preposition means four or two sinks, body. But a lot of times it's referring to physical health. How is good do something? How means good for something in here means if you do exercise frequently, it will be good for your health. How it's good for something. Let's go over some examples of how would we used. A lot of times we say what sports do you like to do. We will say Nishu Shaman. What kind of something will normally use Sham in front of? No. What kind of sports, what kind of movie or what kind of books? Normally we use schema in front of No, it means what kind of something ni what kind of sports do you like, a basketball, volleyball, tennis, or et cetera. Because like we mentioned before, it can mean the sports or exercise. It really depends on the kind of text. Then the next one we use a sentence structure of Shah bu. It means not at all, it means none of it. Schmo of times we use plus noun plus plus b plus a verb here, like we mentioned before, quest of times we use question means what. But if you use a lot of question in a positive statement is actually means meaning in general. For example, shamans or any here is no matter what sports, I don't like it. It's like I don't like any sports. I don't like sports at all. You use the hm, that's it. Okay, next one is run or jog. P is the verb. It also means run by itself. Bo the object is a noun, it means a step. It's a structure verb object. If it's a structure verb object. A lot of times we just more emphasizing the usage of a verb, the meaning of the verb pa, but means an, literal means read books. More emphasizing the meaning of it, means to read something. Same with fan. Literal means food. But a lot of times we just means yeah a times in the verb object structure. A lot of times we just use a verb usage of verb. But later on we're going to mention more about this usage, this one every day. Same with me, I go to parole. Location plus verb means go somewhere to do something. We'll use location plus verb. Go somewhere to do something, okay? You don't have to need any prepositions there, you just location. Go somewhere to do something. Go to a library to eat. Go to the bookstore to read books or something. You can just use plus verb means go somewhere to do something. Yeah, you see I'm super Chinese, I'm a foodie, even go to a library. The example I would think is just, oh, go to a library to eat. Yeah, basically you use this structure, Use o plus location plus verb. Go somewhere to do something. All right. Next one is play ball. It means hit or smack. If you look at this character, the left part is what we call it, a hand radical. You use the hand to smack something, hit something. We say how is a ball, if you say how is only used for the ball. Sports like you can play with your hand like basketball, ping pong, badminton. You wouldn't play soccer. If you say play soccer, we would say chi means kick chi ball, literally kick the ball. The left part of T is the foot radical. You use your foot to kick something. We say kick the ball. Play soccer well on the hand because it has the hand radical. That's for the ball sports you play with your hand. Okay, the example is one punch is I like to play ball with my friends. It can means or with. You can also replace who with gun. Gun also means with or end. A lot of grammar books will translate gun into, to use it as a preposition and who is more like conjunction, but actually you can use them interchangeably. You can use either a conjunction or use a preposition with with. It's the same thing. You can say gun or whoa. Either way works, okay. Next, 11 fun, or one time. Like we mentioned before. Normally for the three meals, if you end the word with a fun is more cloak, more spoken. But if you finish a word, sun is normally more formal written true one fun and true one time. Both means eat dinner. One by itself means late or evening, or at night. It's like eat dinner or eat supper. The example is one I like is used as a preposition. Means in or at a lot of times can also use as a verb, means be located at some places as well, but here it is, in or at. That's restaurant. Food means store. Literally means a food store. But it's not a grocery store, but it's a cafeteria or a restaurant. It means inside. It's inside the restaurant. We But a lot of times you can omit because a lot of times you eat at the restaurant, you will be inside the restaurant anyway. Unless you want to emphasize you eat inside the restaurant, not like outside of restaurant that you can just say omitted. True is to eat. One finds dinner again, we put a location in front of verb to modify where this action happened. I like in the restaurant to eat dinner. It's, I like to eat dinner in the restaurant one and an fan. You see in the restaurant. In front of a dinner where you eat dinner, where do you, do you like it at home or in the restaurant? It's modifying where this action happened. But if there's a time location, you will put a time location. Verbs, when and where this action happened. Listen to music is listen. It's like type means each type, but also means all kinds of music. I like to listen to all kinds of music. Juan. Next one, it means rest or take a break, but it also means have day off. Again, really depends on the context. You see, this one is funny, that's the radical. This one is wood means the tree. Literally means one person on the tree can rest on the tree. Rest, rest, I'm too tired. Or title, let me or allow me someone plus verb means let someone or allow someone or permit someone to do something. Let me **** means for a short period of time or for a while. It depends on context, how you use it. It can mean a really short period of time, but normally means let me rest for a little bit, I'm too tired, let me rest for a little bit. Next one, by itself, means talk or chat. Here is day literal. You talk about the weather, talk about how was your day. A lot of times casual conversation or small talks, we say ten is every day. Before we learn, means give here as a preposition, means two to my friend. Y is, y is a phone call. Someone means call someone. Then to chat. Every day I call my friend to chat. You see we just put two verbs next to each other. We didn't really use any preposition or conjunction together. That's because there are three situations. You can just use a b right after another verb. The first one is if you do one action right after another, you can use verb one, verb two without anything in the middle. If I say, once I go home, I will sleep. You can just say go home and sleep and put nothing in the middle. You can just put two side by side, right next to each other. You just go home. And sleep means one action after another. The second situation, you can use two verb, like right next to each other is the first is the method of how you do the second verb. What does that mean? If I say, I drive to work, it's how I'm going to go to work. Is I drive to work? You can just say drive and go to work together. So for example, you can say p ku is to drive, chan is go to work. It's like the first sub is how you do the second verb. Then you don't have to use any conjunction in the middle. Yeah, then the third situation, you can use the verb right next to each other is the first sub verb is why you do the second verb, if I say schuh kinchu is to read, one is like to learn Chinese. It's why I read books in order to learn Chinese. Either a method or a reason why you do certain things or you do things right, one after another. All these three situations, you can just use a verb one, the verb two, without anything in the middle. Here. I call my friend to chat. This is how I'm going to talk to my friend is by through the phone. This one is the method how we do something. You don't need any conjunctions in the middle. Hm. All right. Next one is get online. She is net here is used for internet and you can see isn't look like a phishing net. Right. What I like san, is get online here. Read means news, new ones here you see inside this character means what, you new hear, new information. That's news. Again, here is like the method of doing something. In what way you read news. You get online to read news inside two verbs, There's nothing in between. Next one, she is bad, litter. Get on bed, Go to bed, Go to sleep. Go to bed. This, that's the ad means still. Also here means still. Then plus verb is turned into a NG format, it's the G. In English, it's like you are doing certain things at the moment right now. This, he's still working right now. May didn't do something. You can just use the same thing. Shang Chuan didn't go to bed yet. Huang Tai, he's still working. Hang didn't go to bed yet. Next one, Schizo is asleep, Angus, go to bed. ****, fall asleep, Taiwan. Love. So it's too late. It's a right chose to women. So let's go to sleep. You see at the end of the sentence, that's what we call it, a tone particles. A lot of times we use a bar at the end of a demand or order to solve the tone, to make the sentence like more polite. It's less rude. Sounds like more like a suggestion instead of order demand itself. That's hmm. Let's go to sleep, let's go to bed. Sha the first one is it means, means home or house. It means business. Literally means the work at home. It's a housework or house chores. A house chores, my mom likes to do house chores. To be, it means special. But a lot of times we use to be is a set phrase, especially especially it means to wash means bowls. To say wash dishes, we don't say wash dishes, we actually say wash bowl. One house could be a social C, one house chores especially likes to wash dishes. Wash bowls means use broom to sweep the floor. We use both. Character has the hand radical. Because you use your hand do the cleaning. I don't mean fun, room is house is space literally means the space in the house. I don't like to clean my room, clean the roomputeror, Play with the computer one. It means play or have fun. You can use let's go hang out or to relax. You can use one as well, but you can also use one for play. Play some games play with the S four, et cetera. We can also use one means electronic now literally means electronic brain. It's computer is play with computer. I like to play game. I like to play computer games or video games. You can say no one, all right. Next one means errands, means legs. Literally means run your legs. It's run, errands, go everywhere. Today, I'm very busy, means all day. The entire day is emphasizing all today, I have been doing something. Again, we mentioned if you use in front of the verb means doing something at the moment here means been, running errands, running errands the whole day. I hope being very busy today, awesome, great. That's all the daily activities for today. And the next lesson, we're going to work on different hobbies. Okay, I will see you in next episode. 15. Lesson 4 B-Hobby: We say how it means love. How? This character we already learned before, that's a character for how good this character if it's pronounced as a third to how as adjective it means good. Or you can use adverb means, but when you use how pronounce how means something you like is something you love and you like to do. That's hobby. Let's go over some common hobbies. The first one can watch movies has multiple meanings. It means watch, read. Visit has multiple meanings. So it means movies. N by itself means electronic, means shadows. Litter means electronic shadow. This word actually comes from the word the skin shadow. I don't know if you guys heard it before. Basically, one person playing puppets behind the curtain. The people, the audience is actually seeing the skin of the puppets on the screen. That's why it's the old form of a movie right now. In Chinese we call it electronic shadow. That's movies and you see the word this three line. It looks like a shadow can watch movies, can ensure watch television. Same thing. It means electronic vision can ensure that's watch TV can ensure watch TV. Next one to chat is to talk about Tian means sky or weather literal. Like British people always do small talks about weather ten a lot of times means a casual conversations or talk about like random stuff at ten. This one is actually a al structure, that's the verb I's object, let to chat. Next one who you see a lot of times in Chinese if you have a character has the same meaning if you repeat it twice, the second one normally is a soft tone. Bob. The reason why here keep the original tone because even though it's the same characters in different ways is a verb, the second is actually no. It's the same view structure, verb object structure, even though it's the same character. By playing different roles, we still keep the original tone. Can mean draw a drawing or paint. A painting either means draw or paint, but you can also use as a noun, means drawing or painting as well. A next one is listen to music. That's music. Listen to music, we say, okay. Next one that's to see has the square radical is indicate the mouth to, you see the left part is the character indicate the older brother. That's why the sound is the same. Chango is sing, song, chang, song, chang. Next one that's to dance is the verb. It can means dance or it can mean a jump around the left part. That's what we call it, the foot radical. Every time you see this part is indicate something has to do with the foot Is the noun format of dance to this one is also a verb object structure, l means dance, dance next, it means work out or exercise. We say lien before we mentioned. If you say also means to exercise as well, let me write it for you. Can either means two sports, but can also means to exercise is to sports, sports or exercise. Or work out depends on the context. You can use as a verb and the same as a noun as well. We mentioned sports. It can mean sports, or exercise, or workout. You can use as a noun or you can use as a as well. You can say by itself it means move around, do sports, or exercises. Here we work as a no to sports. Next one, C one. It means play or you can use for have fun, do a computer. D means electronic. Now it means brain. Liter is electronic. Brain it means computer is a game. C means computer game or video game. C is video games. Computer games. One. Now you'll see next one. Quant is go shopping an is show or wandering around in the street. Is a street literally means you walk around, you check things out. An it means go shopping, but sometimes depends on the context. It can also mean window shopping, maybe you just walk around, check things out. It doesn't necessarily buy things an it means or walk around, wandering around. Every time you see this part, this radical, it has to do with movement. Yeah. Also the word come in or move around. This has also this radical because it has to do with movement actions. Next one, Shan, shan. That's the view structure. It means get on an means get online on the Internet, won. This word come from the word? It means fishing net, but look like a fishing net. It can mean the net by itself, like spider web or fishing net. The word, it can also indicate tennis. We also use tennis, we learn to the ball, it means the tennis ball. Won. But it does look like the net for the tennis, right? Shang? That's the verb object structure, get online. But if you say Wang, flip the order of the word, it means it's used as a preposition for location. Where if I say I buy stuff online, you can just say it's indicate location, indicate the in the place you can use. But san is actually emphasizing the action of you go online, you get online. Next, cook for cook, you can say high means cuisine here, but you can also say make the food. It either way works fun or high. Both means it means make or create, but it also mean you do something. We use si or so fun, cook. Next one, play ball because like we mentioned before, it hit the left hand side of the radical is called the hand radical indicates something to do with hand. Because you smack something or you hit something, you use your hand. It ball, it means play ball related sports. But because you use the verb that's the ball sports, you can only play with your hand. Next one, that's trouble this word. A lot of times people get confused with the word swim. Swim is both has in it. That's swim's. How do you deficiateg? Both character has the water sign, the three dots. Both character has it, but for travel only has one character has the three dots. T's. A lot of times we like to ask, what's your hobby? We can say neither, Neither. Neither. Literally your hobby is Nama. But you can also say, what do you like to do? You can also say she is sham. It means do you like to do a two ways. You can ask, what's your hobby? You can say either works, you can just use an plus, something like you like to do. Yeah, one thing I want to mention a little bit is the difference between an versus or an He is more like you like to do something like be fond of doing something. You will well, an or hang on the other hand is you would like to do something is more like your hobby, your interests like you like to be fond of like to do any or an you would like to do something. It's like when you talk about your plan or something you want to do, you can use any Or yo, the least three. The difference is Yang Yao it just like a different degrees young is you want the least because it also means you think about it, maybe you think about it but you don't really want to do it. You want to but it's not that eager to do something. Also, use one means you would like to do something. You only use it in front of verb, wouldn't use it in front of a noun, yo, yo. You can use them either from a noun or use it from a verb. But yo is stronger. It means you want it right now and you really want it. You use y in the middle. That's why when you order something, it's better. Yo, yo is very strong. That's why people make fun of someone saying, oh, y fun, y want fun is a food. Ya literally means want food because it means you want is so strong. That's why a lot of times y fan is referring to someone back for food, like a beggar or someone homeless bag, someone for food is ya. Mm. That's why you use different choices of words. It means different things. Okay, Huan on the other hand, it means like, you can use Juan either in front of a verb or use it in front of a noun. The first one see, shoe, like to read books. An shoe. I like to read books. She means however, but. And shoe. But I don't like to watch TV. Shoe, shunt shoe. We anode shoe is. I like, you can use someone, it means with someone can watch TV. I like to watch TV with my friends is one Ponds. Okay. Next one is is I'm very busy. May time, I don't have time. Can watch movies. You can use either have time or B means have time to do something or don't have time to do something. Oh, or mash. Next one. Let's go over the words of a frequency. All these words indicate how often do you do certain things. The first one, zonula, zu. Always, all these words is a verb. You can either use it after the subject, in front of the verb. Yeah, sure, chang, chang is usually follow the order of the most frequent to the least frequent. Chang is usually, but is more frequent, than Chang chang it means often zing chang, it means she hole is a moment of time, there is a moment of time. It means sometimes you can use so it means the same, barely. You can use it in terms of amount means very little or very few. But here you can also use as a word for frequency. It's rarely, barely. But if you say you never do something, you use to may or tone bull. When we use may and when we use bu, follow the same logic of when we use may and when we use bu to put words into negative, may is more emphasize. One occasion I didn't even do it once. Bu normally talk about the facts. If I say I have never been to China, not even once. I will say words and then been to China. If I say I like her, it's just a facts, I just don't like her. It's not on occasion, one action or behavior then I will just use. Now let's go over some examples. For example, words I never words, lines not of my habit. I never done something. You use boo. Yeah, if you will use may is more like we use plus verb. But then I have never done something, then we normally use may plus verb plus may is emphasizing. You didn't do something in the past is turned into perfect presentence. Same with English, I have done something. If I say I have never danced before, then I will use may. I will say is may go is a perfect presentence, that's the object. Normally, if you turn a perfect presentence, you will just after the verb. If it's a verb object structure, you will break the structure you put after the verb. You see that's an to the verb. Let's say now you will use after the verb have danced. Yeah, Mm hmm. What's home? I have never danced before. But what's home line but is more present tense. It never done it and it just like a fact, it's a present tense if you talk about in terms of action is more like the present tense. But if you use it, uses the structure. Normally we use a qual. I have never danced, but this one I never dance. That's the difference. I always eat Chinese food. This one is a very straightforward all right, another set of words like indicate frequency is a lot of times we use may. May by itself means every, if you say every day we say ten. If you say every year, we say but if you say every month or every week, that's just how we say it. We normally put a good right in front of you. Week. Every month I will say. Or main chi for every week. Yeah, this one is just how we say, we don't really put the measure word good in between ten or Yeah, we just say for every day. For every year. Yeah, this is something we have to memorize. If I say I cook every day, you can say ten dough. A lot of times we use main and the dough together to emphasizing is every single day I cook dough, It means all or both. Every single day. To emphasize like let's go over another sent structure, we use two plus location plus verb. It's go somewhere to do something. For example, if I say Chung, I go to Poly, go to park to do plus location plus verb. You don't have to add anything in the middle, you can just use plus location plus verb, go somewhere to do something. Sometimes we can see people do Plus verb directly means to do something because it means go to do something. A lot of times indicate something for the future. A lot of times we use plus The verb not only means go to do something, but also means some action that you will do in the future. Okay, that's all for today about the hobbies then. If you have any questions, feel free to contact me. I also give private lessons as well. Don't hesitate to check out. There is another episode, it's called after lesson. It's a practice about all the sentence structure and the phrases we learned during a lesson that episode. And give you extra information and also help you enhance with all the information in the grammar vocabularies we already learned in this episode. Feel free to check that out. Feel free to contact me if you have any questions or if you need a private lesson. Let's see you in another episode. 16. Introduce yourself: He? Mango D Juan Pizza. Jan what? I hou Nze. 17. After lesson 4-Sentence structure practice: Okay, let's go over some key vocabulary one more time. Have a quick review. The first one, the weekend means more. It means little means the end of the week, it's the weekend, Joe more. Okay. Next one. Play ball. A is ball, play ball. Next one like we mentioned before, Watch, read, log with all we can use for next. Let's television means electronic vision, litter electronic vision. Okay, next one. That's the sings a song, so liter sing a song. That's Chang. Next one, Let's dance. That's the solid dance dance. This one is also a structure and object. That's the verb you listen to, something we use, that's a lot of times we say, let's listen to music. Listen to music. Okay's read books. You can say she. But you can also use for can watch television is right or correct. A lot of times we use to give someone a confirmative answer, it means yes or correct. But also you can also use as a preposition means four or two or toward. Later on we talk about that usage more. Next one means if you say somebody we say is the personal people, somebody is moment of time. If you say it means sometimes or literally means some moment in time, it means sometimes or we say movies, it means electronic means a shadow. Liters means electronic shadow because people used to look at the shadow on the screen of puppets to look at the movie. Electronic electronic shadow, that's a movie. It means usually or often chang, it means that or over there. But you can also use as a conjunction, means. In that case, the Na, next one you can in front of me go to do something. Or you can use in front of a location, means go somewhere. It means foreign countries is outside. Means country. Liter is outside the country, it's overseas. Foreign countries we say why? Church in here means guest. You invite guests will invite someone. You will treat someone, you will be the host to pay for the bills, to pay for the meal, or pay for the coffee. You say chu, It is on, so yesterday. So, a conjunction means therefore, we say so. Next one it means small or little. You can use talk about size or you can talk about age. Here doesn't mean good anymore, actually used as adverb, means means a long time. How you literally means very long time. A lot of times we say how long time? No, How, how is it is a long time is no is meat or long time No. C, next one bo together, it actually means a pretty good or fine or something is okay. You can use bo, but by itself it means wrong or mistakes, or errors means wrong as an adjective. The opposite is correct, yes, right, correct, wise. Used as adjective, it means wrong. But you can also use as a noun as well. Means mistake, arrow or fault. Not actually means right, but it means pretty good. This is something like you have to keep in mind because a lot of times people will say oh means wrong, means no means right, but not really actually means pretty good. Next one, interesting. If you say boring, you can just in front, you can say interesting or may either way, works boring. Interesting may means you can say in front of the verb, it means only do something. But you can also use in front of numbers only certain number. You can also use a right in front of number as well. She's sleep. This one is also a view structure. She sleep. A is the noun. It means a nap or sleep. It's also a view structure. The object. Next one, swan, that's a common phrase, means forget about it. Never mind, san. In this case, the person keep saying, oh I want to ask you out but you keep like rejecting me. Keep saying no, just forget about it. Never mind. I can say uh, jolo. For a lot of times we use a J plus sample. One plus verb means looks. For someone to do something, it's actually means ask someone to do something, Jo. Other person, Look for someone else or ask someone else, forget about it. I will look for someone else. You can say, yeah, if you keep like rejections, no, I don't want to go out with you. And then the person can say, yeah, forgot about it. I will just look for someone else. Ask someone else out. You can just say forget about it, never mind. Wow, I will find someone else. All right, After we have reviewed all the Vocabularies, now we're going to practice how we're going to use all the Vocabularies to put them into a sentence together. The first one, what do you like to do on the weekend? The key phrase here is the weekend. We say throw more, throw more. We'll say a, what do you like to do on the weekend? But more, you can also put it after the subject in front of the verb as well. What I like to dance and sing like to do something. You see a dance is chang is to sing. The reason we can use here, because sing and dance is only one word, it's not a whole long sentence. We only use to connect in either now or really short phrases. We can use but never use to connect in long sentences, chang and sometimes without. Either way, either it works with or without who. Next one feel. Playing ball is interesting. Interesting and not interesting. That's the key vocabularies we have to remember. Another thing is feel. How would you say I express your feelings or give a statement? Yes, I will say I think you can use this verb to express your feelings, your opinions. You will use that. Let's play ball. May not interesting. Without either works. All right, next one, I just want to eat. That's I want to do. Think about how would we phrase sentences for want to do something. Yes, I just want to eat. I don't want to do anything else. I only want to eat. Okay. Next one? This weekend I'm very busy this weekend. This one is hard this weekend, we'll say this weekend I'm very busy busy. You can also use more after the subject. Same thing. You can also say very busy. All right, next one. I will look for my friends. The phrase is a, A, here is I will go look for my friends. I can use lies, you cannot find your friends. But I can also use, I want to ask my friend out the same thing. Okay, so the pony I go to look for my friend, punch, next one. Forget about it. Never mind. That's the set phrase we always use. So, so forget about it. Never mind. Long time? No. See long time? No, See, we say here as a long time put no se, long time. No. See how? All right. Let's go watch ball this weekend. Okay? It's give someone suggestions or like ask someone, shall we do something? Then how are we going to ask me is make a plural. That's the weekend. Can go watch ball this weekend to go watch says, okay. How does it sound like? All right, next one. Do you want to listen to Chinese music? Listen to something. We use the wording and then Chinese music we learn. Now let's go check out. The answer is list. Do you want to listen to a Chinese music? Do you want to listen to Chinese music? A next one I feel listening to Foreign music is very interesting. Foreign music is interesting is let's go check out Foreign music. Very interesting. You see here we use as adjective, da is a few ting. Listen to why Foreign music is very interesting. Next one, how do you think of Chinese songs, songs, asking how do you feel about something? You use the structure, Let's check it out. How you feel certain things. A lot of times we'll say, oh, how you feel certain things normally we'll use Hmm, How do you think something? Uh, you say Chinese songs, how is it? It's like how do you feel? Or how do you think of Chinese songs? On Go Samyang. Next one I don't want to do anything. Anything is champ is put into like a negative. Anything. I don't want to do anything at all. A bus, a lot of times we use as the question word in question, but a tim, if you use a statement, it actually means meaning in general. So it's whatever or no matter what, it's no matter what, I don't want to do it at all. Shama B, this is other people's ball. It means this is not my ball. This is someone else ball. Other people or someone else is the same. In Chinese we use, you can say chi is a ball. Ban is other people or someone else. Job cho. Next one, I want to have a good sleep. I want to sleep well. Shao is sleep like we mentioned, she is the verb. A lot of times when you modify the noun, you just break this sentence. Put the adjective in front. A good nap or a good sleepy. I want to have a good sleep. Hugo. Next one I often watch movies. Often is Chang Chang. Chang. Chang Chang can often watch movies. Chong Chong. Next one. Sometimes I also like to sing. Also we use sometimes it's Shodhan changes. It means also Juan Chang sometimes also like to sing next. Sometimes I like dancing. This one is you can just do the same sentence structure we did for the previous one. Hi Juan, I like to dance shot U I. That's dance. Today is on me. So it's my treat will be on me. It's my treat. Okay. We can say ten is today is invite as a guest. It's on today is on me. It's my treating. Next one, I invite you to watch a movie this weekend. Invite someone to do something. We can also use someone plus verb. You say the weekend I invite, you can watch movies. It's like a weekend. I invite you to watch movies. Joe More Si. All right. Next one. Asking someone what's your hobby? What hobby do you have? You can say Shama. N is your hobby? Shush. What? What's your hobby? Shama. Next one. If you say my hobby is watching TV, you can say can't mine is a hobby. Shunting su watch TV. My hobby is to watch TV. Next one, A Wong went to watch a movie at 05:30 yesterday afternoon. Yesterday afternoon. So let's go over It's yesterday. Sotifnoon'h Now let's go over it. Iaas yesterday show that afternoon, 530. You say like watched? A lot of times we say it's go to do something. But if you say do something, when to do something, you'll after the actual verb int mm hmm. You don't say. You say went to watch movie. Even though we went to watch movie in English, but in Chinese we actually say go watch the movie. You see we put after the. One more time is Mr. Wang here, lawyer, Like yesterday afternoon, Wooden band 530. All right. Next one, Wish you have a good sleep. Wish someone to do something and see what the verb you use. Okay? So true knee, true knee, sh, how. Yeah. So wish you sleep well. True knee shut. Yeah. You can use got times, the number is one, and the number is optional. You can say shot, or you can say sch or you can say Shyam. It's all wish you have good sleep. All right. Next one movie, or this movie is fun to watch. This movie is fun to watch this movie to watch. Literal means good to watch. It's fun to watch, we say, but depends on context. Can also mean pretty or beautiful, Jugakan. All right, next one, I watched the movie for a long time. A long time. We used the phrase j for a long time. Okay? Again, it's also a view structure. View structure. And you can put time in front of the object or for how long, for duration of time. You can break the verb object and you can put the time in front of the object. You can say I watched very long time and then TV, it's like su normally watch TV is the O structure number one. If you say you did you do something in the past, you will use after the verb. Then for a very long time, you will use the time in front of the object. You can say, ensure, I watch TV for a very long time. Next one. Why do you like this? We say wham, you say, which do you like? This movie can either at the very beginning of the sentence or you can use after the subject in front of the verb either works. Next one, forget about it. I don't want to play ball. Forget about it. We know so, right? Okay, so let's go over here. So, forget about it. I don't want to play ball. I don't want to go to play ball. Next one. What time do you normally watch TV at night? What time do you normally watch TV at night? Again, you put time in front of. A lot of times we put the word of frequency in front of the time phrase. Normally it's a subject, the word of frequency, the time, and then the. We'll say Chang, Chang, Chang DN can. Let's do it one more time. Chang, Chang you often wing at night. Cdn is what time can watch TV. What time do you normally watch TV at night? Next one. Sometimes I don't eat at night again. You can put us I first and then sometimes the eat. That's the order of the sentence. Yeah. You say sometimes we, so it's like evening or at night. Butchertotimesi. Don't eat at night. Okay. Next one. When is your birthday? When is your birthday? Asking about someone's birthday. Normally you will use either. We mentioned before there is one month. It's like what's the date asking in terms of a date, but you can also use shams when in general, it's when's your birthday. You can say shams she so. But if you use another way to ask someone date, asking what's the date of your birthday, like one month and what day. Basically, the Shale is a morning. In general, it can use as for time date, is it in the morning or in the afternoon? Is in the spring or in fall show in general. Next one, when I eat, I like to watch TV when the time phrase we will use the show when the time phrase Hmm. And we put it afterwards. When I will say, you see, we put the hole afterwards. A lot of times we say means the moment of something is like one I eat is he can. It's eat. I like to watch TV. Hm. Okay, next one. Do you like to watch TV or movie? We use a Hi. Hi. She is now, let's go over an cant. Do you like to watch TV? Can watch movies. Let's go over again one more time. Ninth shoes, or do you like to watch TV or movie? Also for the second time, you don't have to repeat the verb again. You can just say siding. It's the same thing. If you share the same verb, you can leave out like the second verb you can say is next one. Do you like watching foreign movies or not? Or not. We mentioned before, we use positive and negative. We can just say one. Or a lot of times a word has two characters, we can just repeat the first character. You can also say one can, why go watch foreign movies? You can use, or you can say either. It works. The verb is two characters, you can only repeat the first character. Okay, let's take all from this lesson and let me know if you have any questions. Yeah, I'm always here to help. 18. Lesson 4-Listening practice: Now let's do the listening practice from lesson four. Are you ready? Let's go Emma. She Joe more means the weekend. Joe by itself means the week, more means the end the weekend like on the weekend you like to do literals. It means what do you like to do on the weekend? Nishi change. Ti chang was an I change is I like tau is dance is end chang, that's to sing. I like to dance and sing. One Ti chang da ma is that may, may is I feel that play ball may not interesting. It is. Normally we used to express someone's opinion statement or feelings. You mean, well that's not interesting, rang true fun rang true fun, true fun. It means an fan is to eat food. It means I don't want to do anything else, but I just want to eat food, G mugs this more. That's the weekend is very, it means by this weekend, I'm very busy on. Chow, puny chuj water. Pungo choung cho is go to J is look for way is a friend. I will go look for my friend. I will go find my friend. I will say upon upon swa, Swa sulla. That's a sad phrase, means forget about it. Never mind. Swa, how put out here doesn't mean good but here it means. It means time me long time. It's been a long time since last time we meet. Long time. No more. No woman. Joan, Joan, the weekend is, let's watch ball like, okay. How does it sound this weekend? Go watch ball. Okay. Changing is an would like to listen, that's a. Do you want to listen to Chinese music? A is, Let's feel Foreign. Interesting. I listen to. Foreign is very interesting. Angina is you. That's Chinese songs is how do you think, how do you think of Chinese songs is? Ni Samyang, Bushman, Shaman. Shama is anything. It is used as a negation. I don't want to do anything is sham is not at all or shame is not at all as well. Shaman. I don't want to do anything at all. Ser Rucho, other people is making it possessive. Other people's ball, shang, shu, ego. Yellow is I want to, I would like to. She's. So this one is a veal object structure. If I want to modify the object, I just put the adjective in front. That's the measure word on how is good y is. I want to have a good sleep. Egging caden Chang, chang, king is chong. That's let's watch TV movies. That's TV Gang. And it means I often watch movies. Movies. Shu, that's TV. Yo school. Yuan Chango, Yoda, Shehuan, Chango, Yoho Juan Chang is I yodh sometimes. Yeah, it means is Chang is to sing. Sometimes I also like to sing an Chihuahua. Sometimes I like a dance, sometimes I like dancing Chin. Chin Chin today is it means invite guests. I will invite guys to my home. To me, it's on me. I will be the person paying for stuff. It's my treat. Chin, Joe more Ini ding Joe more. Ini ding ore chiding Joe more Is the weekend in is I invite you and is watch movies. So I will invite you to watch a movie this weekend. It's on me. The movie is on me this weekend. Joe More canteen. Neither Shisha, Neither Shisha, neither Sham, neither is your. That's Hobby. Sham. What what's your hobby? Neither Samandi shoe, shoe candi, shoe can Sue is That's hobby. Sundu. Let's watch TV. My hobby is to watch TV. Candied. Tuan want Ui is a lawyer. Let's take the guy's last name is yesterday afternoon. Uh is yesterday. Afternoon up is like a 530, ban is a half, u is like a 05:30, is go. But here is what we use here. K is when to watch a movie. Always the person, the subject, the time, then the verb. When you do the time, you will do from the bigger categories and then to a smaller categories. You put the day first, then afternoon, and then what time. Uuh, Ruger, true nega, true. Knee's a view structure, that's a major word. A lot of times the number is one and you can omit it. You can say sue's the adjective modifying. No, true wish, you have a good sleep. She suga kukun jug is this. One is movie. This movie is fun to watch. This movie is very fun to. Good to or DN shoe the d shoe. You can also say, the shoe shoe the shoe. I watched TV for a very long time is I. It means watched. How? That's the add verb. It means for a long time. That's the adjective for very long time is the adjective indicator. It's also a view structure, the verb object. A lot of times you're trying to modify a structure, the object, you put the adjective in front of the no. You see here is a time phrase. You can also use in front of the noun as well. Object, gigi. Why do you like this movie? Why you like chain this movie? So why do you like this movie? Saia Chico. That's the phrase we use, like forget about it. Mind if I keep asking you, do you want to do this and do that, and you don't want to do any of them with me? And I'm just saying forget about it. Do I don't want to play ball? I don't want to do it anymore. A chang chang hang and Shu chang chang chang DN Chanthu Chang chang chang, and Shu chang chang. You often, Wang is CDN, is time can watch TV is what time do you normally watch TV at night? Chang chang CDN candihchundhanch fan, which is at night, don't eat. This one is talk about your habits. It's constantly happen. We use, sometimes you can say either way works. Sha Shi, the Shang Shama shy. The Shun Sham shy, the changer. Shamar Shun Birthdays your birthday. Shama Shh, Canto Fund. Canton Shoe Fund candid Hold, that's the time phrase. When I eat food. Like to watch TV. Can the phrase is when we do something. Ninth shot. Ninth shot, nice. He is you like can watch TV or like to watch movie. Do you like to watch movie TV? The person to choose between A and B, E, C, one C, one. Watch movies. Do you like to watch foreign movies or not? 19. Daily activity : So today, I'm going to learn about daily activities. We're going to learn about all the common activities you're going to do in one day. So let's start. So the first one is eating. Water is mine. Eating is one day. So it's kind of my day or one day in my life. What eating. So a lot of times we say, Oh, what do you do every day? We say, M is you. Mitan is every day. Z is you Shuma is what? So you every day, do what? Me Men Shama so in Li is wake up. So ing is wake up. Lie is c Literally, it's kind of like your conscious come back to you, so you wake up. Maybe you don't get up from the bed, you just open up your eyes we say hing Li. So again, normally we use a subject time verb structure. So you can also put time at the very beginning of the sentence, but you can always do subject time verb. So is I may tin, may tin every day. My it means every TN is day, so may tin that's every day. Osha is in the morning B 8:00. Then sing wake up. So always from the bigger categories to smaller categories. So basically, we will say day and then the period of time during the day, and then the time. And then you will use Xin Li. So Warm ten Zao Shang Baden Xin Li. So I every day wake up at 8:00 A.M. Next one is Thang. T is get up. Huang is bed. Lus get up from the bed, we say thong. That's the difference from Tehuong versus Hinai. Hinai it just more open up the eyes. Maybe still stay in bed for a while. But if you do Tehan is get up from the bed. Tee huang. Uh huh. So is you. Me main you every day. GDN is what time? Chihuan get up from the bed. So what time do you get up from the bed every day? And you see GDN, that's the question word we use for what time we do certain things. So not only you can use GDN to ask what time is it right now, but we can also use CDN to ask in term questions of, Oh, what time do you do certain things? Ni mating DN, hi huang. All right, next one. What time did you get up today? We will say hinten's today. Jin Tian, DN. So what time? Tehan. Get up from the bed. Jin ten, GDN, Chichon. So what time did you get up? From the bed today. And to answer it, basically, you can use a number, replace T to tell the time. So you can say, Jin Tian. So I today Tao hang Lu Dian, so it's at 6:00 A.M. Tehuan is get up from the bed. Tin Tin. And then you can just put whatever time you wake up and then Ti hua. That's it. WhintenToshan, Luden Tihua. Mm hmm. That's it. Next one hua, a brush teeth. So hua that's the verb. A, it's the teeth. But if you flip the order, if you say, a hua that's the nouns toothbrush. But Yas tooth. Shua is a brush. So sometimes I want to say, I brush teeth, use a toothbrush. I can use the verb Yong so Yong, it means use or width. You can use a Yung plus either a method or plus a tool, plus verb, it means you use a certain tool or use a certain method to do something. Yung plus a way of doing something or use some device or machine or tool to do something then plus verb. So this one literally means I use toothbrush to brush teeth. So you see we don't really use the preposition too. So we just kind of use Yong plus toothbrush plus brush teeth. Oh Yungahua huaa. Mm hmm. That's it. Next one alien. That's wash face. She is wash. Lan is a face. So illian that's wash face. So we made in every day Shaoshan. So M Tien, zhao sha literally every day morning. So it means every morning. So we don't really say make good Shaoshan, but we like to say Men, hao sha. War Mateen, Saohan Chen Li wash face. Mm hm. War Matan Saohan hiiN like wash face. Next one, Sizo is take shower. So you see same S from city and means wash. So so it means a bath. So Sezw I can means take a shower or take a bath. But most of the time, it means take a shower. Unless you very be particular about, oh, I want to take a bath instead of take a shower. So you see every time you see three dots on the side, is kind of resembling that's the water. So the drops of water. So three dots, that's water. So hizo both has, like, the water sign, the water radical. So Hondo that's money. Han that's a very do a lot. So Hondo, there's many or a lot. Jungen is a Chinese people. So many Chinese people Xi Huan that's like. So Tai wan, sha. So at night or in the evening, we say Sai wan, shang hizo, take a shower. So a lot of Chinese people like to take shower at night. So we say Hondo Jon Gordon hi Huan Zai Wan Shang hizo. Alright, next one, so fun is to cook. So it can means do something, create something. So here, is make. Fun is food. So literally means make food. It means cook. So hui. So hui means have the skill or be able to do something. So hui, it means I cannot. I don't know how. Means I can't cook. I don't know how to cook. Tia. So that's kind of use the sentence structure we mentioned before. So it's a time adjetive law. It's too exaggerating or you used to complain. So time means too nan it means difficult. Law is to emphasize the tone. So Tanu is too hard. Tayla. So Bu hue to fan Tana. Okay, so you can ask someone do you like to cook? Mi Wen to fama? So Xi huan plus verb like to do something. And the person say, What Xi Huan so Jung hai. So I like to cook Chinese food. So you can use u plus the country name plus hai, it means to make certain cuisines from certain countries. So Jung go hai, Chinese food, make Gadhai American food, et cetera. Next one, he, so fun or Tsaoan. So hur that's the verb. It means to eat. So it means early or morning. Fun is food, but an means meal. So normally Sauzan and au fun both means breakfast, but ausan is more formal, more written. So fan is more cloaky more spoken way to say breakfast. So but when you say eat breakfast, either way it works. Mm hmm. Treats our fun or treats hun. Okay. So Hun Shao fun. So Hun is very shy. It means few or little. Son Shah treats our fun. So it means I barely, I rarely eat breakfast. H Shao, that's a frequency, very few. So it's the same thing. Normally, we use a subject, either time or the phrase indicate frequency, and then in front of the verb. So H Shao not only means amount or the amount of things, but here is kind of used as a frequency to do something. Mm hmm. Hen Shao Zao. By rarely. Next one, inanuo is indicates something happened in the past. Verb the law. Normally it can indicate the completion of action or indicate something happened in the past. So a lot. So you can put right after the verb, or if the VO structure, so verb object structure, if the object is very short, you can also put a at end of the object as well. But if the object is very, very long, it's better you put the right after the verb because people don't have to wait until the end to figure out when this action happened. Is it in the past or right now or in the future. So but if in this case, the object is only two characters, Zao fan, you can just use lo after the object. So either way works. MTinken so today should eat. Fun. Eat breakfast, M yes, no question. So did you eat breakfast today? And then the person say male, like, no. What Chung, chung. So Chung hung is, like, usually, fun, so I don't like, eat breakfast usually. Mm hmm. Or chung chung boot off. And the thing is, boo and in front of a verb is normally the things you don't normally do. So it's kind of not part of your habits. So we'll use a boo. But if you just say, I didn't eat breakfast today, then you will use the the negation word may make sure it didn't e. So it's normally only one occasion you use may. But if it's something you normally always do, then you will use Bo. Next one Kai hu. Kai, it can means open, but Kai can also means start. Here, Kai hu, it means start the car. So it's a drive the car. Again, Hui is able to do something. Hui Kai hu, I can drive. Hui Kai chu, I will be able to drive. Next one, Shang Shu. So Shang, it means start or attend. Hue here is a shorten from Shi Zia. It means school. So Shi Xia means school. So literally you attend to school, so you go to school. We say Shang Shu Shang hue. So what is I Yoda is sometimes Yoda, it means sum. So here, it doesn't mean have and then make it possessive, but together, Yoda means sum. So, for example, if you say someone, you can say Yoda and Yoda. Imagine a person, so it's like someone, you can say Yoda then. But h, it means a moment of time. So literally Yoda, Shh means some moment. So it's like sometimes Pang, sang, it means one would like to. And then you can use it in front of verb. So I sometimes don't want to go to school. I will say, W, Yoho Bohang Shang hue, All right, so Shang Qu. So Shang, it also means attend. Cook means class or lesson. So you attend lesson, attend the class. So it's like, have a lesson or go to class. Shang ku. So the difference between Shang Xu is kind of you go to school, you start the day, but Shang ku is more like you start a lesson or use a Shang ku. More the Shh. So that's kind of the structure, something, something the shh, is we use as a time phrase. So it's when something, something. So it's kind of when's the weekend. You can also use, like, a whole sentence, then something, something the Shh as well. So if I say why eat, I can say, What chan Shh. What is I he fan. Eat food. The Shh is the moment. So that means the moment of when I eat food. So it's kind of like the time phrase when I eat food. So same thing when is the weekend. But always put something, something to show afterwards. Wo Byung Shang Ku. So Yong we already learned it means use. But here, this is another usage of Yong means need Woung Shanku. So I don't have to go to class. I don't need to go to class. So one more time. Jomo Shah. When it's the weekend Wong Shang ku I don't need to go to class. All right, next one, Shang Ban Ban can means work or shift. Work shift. If you say Shang Ban, it means go to work. It doesn't necessarily has to be a shift like base work. It can just means go to work, go to office in general. So Shang Ban. Mm hmm. So now let's go over the example. Tom may tin, so he every day. Han Zhao Zhao here is additive. So it's a very early h is go too. So a lot of times we use h in front of verb means go to do something. So Qu Shang Ban, so go to work. So because it means go to do something. So that's why a lot of times h plus verb also means kind of like a fold future tense as well. So you can also use h plus verb means you will do something where you are going to do something in the future. Mm hmm Han is very Newly. It means twice really hard. Gong Zhu means work. So let's go over the example one more time. Ta is he. Ta may in every day. Huns out very early. SshanbanG to work. Han is very nos try really hard. A lot of times you can use Null in front of verb and try really hard to do something. Hui gonzua. So try is really hard to work. Hui gon sua. Okay, so now let's work on another sentence structure. The usage of Zama Zuma by itself means how. So you can use Zema in front of the verb means how to do something. So this sentence Mbab. So your dad maintain every day. Zema is how to Shang Ban, so it's how to go to work. So it's like, how does your dad go to work every day? Ni Baba M ten Zama to Shang Ban. So how does your dad go to work every day? Tan MTN. So he every day, Kai chu drives to ShanganG to work. So he drives to work every day. So you see here is a very important grammar as Zama If you use Zama in front of verb means how to do something. Next one is Cho C here means read Sho is books. Read books. We say can shoe. So the first one. Yo the Shh one more time, it means sometimes Yoh h i han is like Can sho read books. So it means I sometimes like to read books. So again, yodh that's the frequency of doing something. So Yoho sometimes. Ohh, hi han can sho Sometimes I like to read books. So what kind of books like you are reading, we can use the adjectives in front of the object shu. So this kind of sentence structure, what we say is called vial structure. The vial structure means the verb and object. So verb is to read, to look at. Shu that's the object, books. So vial structure is a verb than objects. So in Shu Okay. So a lot of times, if you want to try to modify the objects, all you need to do is to break the viel structure, break the verb and object structure, and put the adjective in front of the object. So for example, if I say read English books. So it's what kind of books English books? So English, it will be the modifying or to modify the books. So it will be the additive to modifying the object. What kind of books? So you just need to put the additive in front of the box. So for example, Kan Wan u will be read English books. So Nishi huan so you like Khan is to read. Y won Shuma. So do you like to read English books? And then for Chinese books, we can say Jung Wan, Shu hung Wan. That's Chinese. Shu is books. So Jong Wan Shu is Chinese books. So if I say, Oh, do you like to read Chinese books, I can say NiiHuanKan Jong Wan Shuma. Mm hmm. Nishan, Can Jong Shuma. So do you like to read Chinese books? Okay, if I say Wahi huan, I like a lot. Wan hi han. And then the verb Juda, it means feel something. So a lot of times we use Juda to express your feelings, express your opinions, we can use Juda. So Wahi huan I like a lot. What Juda is I feel in one Shu that's English books. He is, is it means interesting. But this word is very interesting itself because it means have or has. I I actually means meaning. So a lot of times we say, Oh, what's the meaning of the word? I can say Shamas. So Shama, it means what? Is is meaning. So I can say something, Shamas. It means what's the meaning of something. So I can say what's the meaning of this word. Or a lot of times if I say, No, I didn't quite get what you mean, I can say M Shamas. Like, What do you mean? So sometimes if I'm mad, you say something nonsense or ridiculous. I can just say Niche Mz. Like, what do you mean? Like, what are you trying to say? So yeah, so it really has multiple meanings, depends on how you use it. But literally means have meaning. But it doesn't mean meaningful, but it actually means interesting, something fun, something interesting. So that's why, that's one of the common mistakes people make because people think, Oh, ease means meaning. You ease definitely has meaning, so maybe something meaningful. No, it's not actually not the case. It means interesting, something fun. Yeah. So Wahi Huan, I like it a lot. Wojta I feel my shoe like English books. He's are very interesting. So your es interesting. All right. Next one, C D. Can we already mentioned can means read. But here, can it means to watch. So you can use K to watch a game, watch movies, like shows or watch a TV show, et cetera. You can use Can Can. So Cande watch movies. So Wo Huan is I like an is to watch. WG is foreign because y means outside. Guys country. Literary outside of the country, so it's overseas, foreign Dan is movies. So again, you see this is also a vio structure. Can, that's the verb, Dan that's the object. But you want to modify what kind of movie you are watching, you can just put the adjective in front of the object. That's it. So you break the verb object structure, put adjective in front of the object. So it's like, Wai Huan I like Kan is to watch Wi Guarding, like foreign movies. Let's go over some examples. So the first one Ni Wei Shama Btk Ding Wei sham is Y. Wo chu. So it's like, why not? Why don't you? ChikainG watch a movie. So a lot of times people use like, Who Mbo. So it's the center structure. Why don't you do something? So it's kind of like talk about something, like you feel surprise or something like you don't understand. Uh huh. So it's, why don't you do something? He said, Wi, ho ma boo. Mm hmm. And then the person say, What is I feel can teen watch movies. Mos is not interesting. So I feel, again, we adopt. So it's a plus, like your opinion or your statement. So you feel something. So let's go over the difference between hang. Versus todo. So young, we mentioned has two meanings. It means think or would like to do something. So when young, it means to think is normally to, you know, consider. So it's more logical, more objective. And when ng would like to do something, it's more like, Oh, I want to do something instead of talking about your opinion. But JA DO is more like you feel something, you express your feelings. So it may not be very objective. So it's very opinionated or very subjective, you will use JA Do. Mm hmm. So for example, if I say, I feel very tired. So it's talking about your feelings, so then you will use JDA. If you say, I will give some thoughts about it. So you actually think about something, you trying to analyze the situation or some, like, you know, circumstances or, you know, give, like, objective, like analysis about something, then you use Shang. Or you want to talk about, I want to do something. Instead of just give your opinion about something, then you will use Shang, as well. I want to go to eat dinner, then we use Shang, or I want to go out with you, I will use Shang. But more Judo is more, Oh, I feel very tired or I feel she's very pretty. Maybe you think she's pretty, but it's just only your opinion. Maybe she's not pretty in most people's eyes, but it's how you feel your own opinion of something, then you use do. Next one, Dot. Can is to watch. DN, that's television. DN is electronic. Is a vision, so the electronic vision is television, Dot. Can watch television. Ju Dinh j or most of times we say Ju Gu, Dan hijo. So put the measure over there. But here is just really bit cloak you about it. The grammar not really perfect, but that's how sometimes people say it. But if you want to be perfect in grammar, you have to use Gu. So normally we use a measure word after Jo. So jugo is this one. DN is television, too it means a show or play. So DN is TV shows TV series. So jugo D N so this TV series, Thai how, again, we use the send structure Thai plus ajetive adjective here is like, how come? And is to emphasizing the tongue. So how come, that's actually adjective. Literary means good to look at. How is good. Can means to look. Literary means good to look at. I can mean pretty. If I say this girl is very pretty or beautiful, I can say how come. But I can also say, Oh, this game is how can. It means fun to watch. Or this movie Hakan, it means, oh, it's really interesting, good to look at. So you use Hakan. So it depends on what things you are trying to describe. It can means someone's looks is great, beautiful, handsome, very good looking. But you can also use, like, a show, book. Movies are fun to watch. You can also use Hokan. W HeanhiHuanKas I really enjoy or like watching TV. Mm hmm. So one more time. Jog or Jo Di Tai Hou kala So a lot of times we say, Ah, what do you like to do on the weekend? We will say, N Jomo. So Jo M means the weekend. Jo, that's another way to say week besides Shinji. So we already learned Shinji means week. But the weekend we can only use Joe. And then the rest, like days of the week, you can use Joe and Cinti interchangeably. So if you say ShintiE Monday, you can just say Joe E is the same thing. You can use that interchangeably. But the thing is when you use Joe E is normally more Cloqial than Shin hi. So Joe is more casual more Cloqui. But there is only one way you see weekend we just say Joe more. We don't say Chinchi more. More, it means the end. The end of something, we say more. So jom, so the weekend Xi Huan is like, so sham so do what. What do you like to do on the weekend, draw more? And then the person say, What she want? I like a jian Zai Jia is for the location, for the place. At home can then shot, like, watch TV. Mm hmm. So Zaja at home. So you can use location in front of a verb in where you do certain things. But if there's a time and location, you have to put time first, then location, then verb. So once you want Zaidia can I like to watch TV at home. All right. Next one. So here. So so is due to a year is homework. Gong Co also means homework. So here, do homework. So there are two ways to say assignment or homework is to a here or go Co. So Joko Dom is this weekend. Ok rom. Wo Byung Yong is needed. So Wop Yong, so I don't need to So yeah, do assignment or do homework. Mm hmm. Droker dromon so, yeah. So I don't have to do homework. Uh huh. So let's practice the vocabulary homework in more in more examples. So the first one, do you have a lot of homework today? Hinten. So today, NijinTenYo Hondda a lot of Saema homework. So do you have a lot of homework? Today, Ni Jin Tian Yoda Zuema and the person say Di Dui means correct or yes. To give confirmative answer, you can use Dui. Lao hu the teacher is give Gia is kind of like give, so it's in the past. Woman. So give us hound or yeah a lot of homework. So normally give somebody something, you can use gay, and then somebody plus something. So Laoshu, gala woman, hounds, yeah. So the teacher give us a lot of homework. Next one, eat lunch. So here again means eat. I means noon. Fun is food. Again, hands means meal. So the food or the meal around the noontime, so it's lunch. So fun or han have lunch. So the person say, When ten. So like today, I Tiana. Mom is busy, so it's too busy. So today, I'm too busy. Do so do it means all. But here we use as adverb means even. So even male Shizen, so don't have h Jen's time. So even I don't have time shoe fun. So I don't even have time to eat lunch. So there are two word we learned. People get confused with these two words all the time. One huh when she's in. So Sh is normally the moment of time. So when we ask someone when you do something, or you can use Shh as a time phrase, like, when I eat, he came back home, then you will use Shh. It means a moment of time. But Shizen is time normally when we use it for duration of time. So if I say I spend a lot of time doing homework or I don't have time to watch TV, for duration of time, we use Shizen, but for moment of time, we use Shh. So that's the difference. Mm hmm. So a lot of times, like, we ask questions, like when you do something, we say Shamash. It's like a when. It's kind of what moment of time? Like, you do something. But if you use, like, a question in terms of hotien normally we say, Do watch Hang shot in? Door is how Hong is long. Shhin is time. So it's like, how long you do something. Then we'll use Dor hung, h Tien. But when you do something, then we use Shamash. So do you see the difference? So that's kind of, like, the difference between when and holong of time. So that's the difference. Next one, sha. So Sha it means finish. So Shakur it means finish lesson or finish class. So the example is Shah. Hole it means after. So Shah means after the class, after the lesson. But one thing, keep in mind, we have to use after the phrase like you mean. So we put the whole after Shak Hsia Koh after the class we made. So I every day very late. Hui means return, Jia is home. So Hui Jia is return home or go back home. So it's like, after the class or after I finish class, I every day very late go back home. So it's I go home very late every day after the class. Mm hmm. So fung hue. So ha like we mentioned, maybe just finish one class or one lesson. But fung hue means finish school for the day. So fung by itself means release. She shortened from school, so he hang. So ter kids get released from the school, so it's go back home. So finish school for the day. We call it fung hu funct. Okay, so now here it actually has a one sentence structure E and then, E plus a verb, and then plus a verb. So it means once I do something, I do something right away. So it's kind of as soon as I do something, something will happen right away or immediately automatically. So here's what I fun hu. So once I finish school, Joh. So Jiu kind of then hu is go to Shu Guan. It means library. So it means once I finish school, I will go to library right away. So it's kind of I will go to the library as soon as the school is finished. So to shoot one, that's library. To by itself means a picture. Shoe means books. So a lot of times to shoot together, it means books with pictures in it. But Guan, it means a place. So literally a place has a lot of photos, visual stuff, and books. So that's the library. We say to souanTGuan. So this sentence structure is very important as well. E, something, something, Q, something something. Once I do something, I do something right away. Next one Shah, ban get off work. Shah, we already mentioned finish or get off. Ban means work or shift. So again, Shabn means finish work for the day. I can say ha ban. So word mats mates, it means every time. So that's the magic word for the action like you take. So that's the magic word for how many times you have done something. So mates is every time. Worm mates shop but hoh is what we use after. So it's every time after I get off the work. Dog dough is all. So M and dough, that's the sentence structure. A lot of times we use them together to emphasize every single time. So you say mad dog. Hui. So we already mentioned one usage of hue, it means be able to do something or have the ability to do something. But here, Hui, it means we or wood. So a lot of times we can use Hui in front of verb indicate something will happen in the future. Hanley it means very tired. So it means every time when I finish work, I will feel very tired. So one thing is hole, like, after something, we have to use it afterwards. So finish work. We don't say whole, then ha we say Sha BH after work. So let's go over some examples. So the first one Ngintan so today, Sha hole. Again, home means after so after work. Yo Shirma so it means have sure is things to do. So Yo shirma literally means have things to do. So like, are you busy, kind of. So it's kind of like Neoshirma means, are you free or are you available? So we can say Neoshirma. So we say jin ten Sabah. So you today after work, are you free? Do you have things too? We will say Yo Shiba. And then the person say me, sure. Literally means don't have things to do. So it means I'm afraid it's okay. So I'm available. So Som we mentioned them by itself means how. But if you say Sam together, it's kind of means what happened, what's wrong. A lot of times, people will say, Oh, you know, like, is something wrong or is everything okay? You can use mL. Next one, So Yun Dong. So Z, it means the verb to Yun Dong. It can means exercise or sports. So it depends on the context. So Yun Dong means do exercise or do sports. So in here, Yun Dong is a noun, but you can also use Yun Dong as a verb as well. So it means do sports or do exercise. So hang hang means usually or frequently don't do sports or do exercise, it depends on the context. Do it before we mention doing means correct or yes, or to give someone very confirmative answer, you can use D. But here we use doing as preposition means four or two. Shinty means body, but a lot of times it's referring to physical health, how is good. So doing something, something how, it means good for something. So in here means if you do exercise frequently, it will be good for your health. So do something, something how is good for something. Let's go over some examples of how would we use in doom. So a lot of times we say, What sports do you like to do? So we will say, Nishi Huan Su is due Shaman Dong. So what kind of something we normally use Shama in front of noun? What kind of sports? What kind of movie or what kind of books. So normally we use Shama in front of noun. It means what kind of something. So Nishi Huan so Sham yun Dong is kind of what kind of sports do you like? Do you like basketball, you like volleyball, tennis, or et cetera? Because Yun Dong, like we mentioned before, it can use the sports or exercise. It really depends on the kind of text. And then the next one, we use a sentence structure of sham. Do boo, it means not at all. It means none of it. So sham and then a lot of times we use plus a noun, plus D plus boo, plus a verb. So here, Shama, like we mentioned before, that's a question word. A lot of times we use Shama question means what. But if you use a lot of question word in a positive statement, it actually means meaning in general. So, for example, Shama it means whatever or any. So here is kind of no matter what sports, I don't like it. So it's like, I don't like any sports. I don't like sports at all. You use Shamma then D D pushiHan Mm hmm. That's it. Okay. Next one, Pao boo is run or jog. So Pa is the verb. It also means run by itself. Boo is the object is a noun. It means step. So Pao boo, it means run or jog. So Pao boo. So it's a vio structure, verb object. So a lot of times, if it's a viel structure, verb object, a lot of times we just more emphasizing the usage of a verb, the meaning of the verb. So tabu, it just means run. So same with kind hu Liter means read books. So it's more emphasizing the meaning of verb. It means can to read something, can show. Same with fun. So literally means eat food, but a lot of times we just means eat. Yeah, so a lot of times we kind of in the verb object structure. And a lot of times we just use as a verb usage verb. But later on, we can mention more about this usage. So this one we TNTN TNT is every day. So same with MTN. So I every day is go to Gong Yuan that's park Pao Bu is run. So a lot of times we use chu plus location plus verb. It means go somewhere to do something. So we'll use chu plus location plus verb, go somewhere to do something. Mm hmm. Okay. So you don't have to need any prepositions there. You just choose location go somewhere to do something, go to a library to eat. Go to the bookstore to read books or something. So you can just use chu plus location. Plus verb means go somewhere to do something. Yeah, you see, I'm super Chinese. I'm a foodie. So even go to library, the example I will think is just, oh, go to a library to eat. Yeah. So basically, you use this structure, use chu plus location plus verb, go somewhere to do something. All right. Next one, Tau is play ball. So ta means hit or smack. If you look at this character, the left part is what we call a hand radical. So you use the hand to smack something, hit something. I say Da. Show is a ball. So if you say da show is only used for the ball sports like you can play with your hand, like basketball, ping pong, Badminton. So you wouldn't use for play soccer. If you say play soccer, we will say Te Chew. So T means kick chew is a ball. So literally The kick the ball. So the left part of T is the foot radical. So you use your foot to kick something. So we say Theo, kick the ball. So play soccer. Well, that chow on hand because it has the hand radical. So that's for the ball sports you play with your hand. Okay, so the example is C one Hu Pongo dot h. I I like to play ball with my friends. So u it can means or with. And you can also replace u with gun. So gun is also means with or end. A lot of grammar books will kind of translate gun into width to use as a preposition and is more like conjunction. But actually, you can use them interchangeably. You can use either a conjunction means or use a preposition with width so it's the same thing. You can say, Huan Gen or Hu pony dato either way it works. Mm hmm. Okay, next one cheer one fan or cheer one tan. So, like we mentioned before, normally for the three meals, if you end the word with fans more cloak you, more spoken. But if you finish word with an is normally more formal, more like written. So han fan and hwan tan both means eat dinner. One by itself means late or evening or at night. So it's kind of like eat dinner or like you know, like, eat supper. So the example is Wi han I like. So Zi is used as a preparation means in or at. But a lot of times Zai can also use as a verb means be located at some places as well. But here is kind of in or at. Fan Dian. That's a restaurant. Fun means food. DN means a store. So literally means a food store, but it's not a grocery store, but it's a cafeteria or a restaurant. We'll say fandan. Li it means inside. So it's kind of inside the restaurant. We will say inside fan Dian Li. A lot of times you can omit Lee because a lot of times you eat at the restaurant, you will be inside the restaurant anyway. So unless you want to emphasize and you eat inside the restaurant, not like outside of restaurant, like, you can just, like, omit it. He is to eat one fans dinner. So again, we put location in front of verb to modify where this action happened. So I like in the restaurant to eat dinner. So it's kind of I like to eat dinner in the restaurant. I see one side fund and fun. So you see, we use in the restaurant in front of eat dinner, it's kind of like where you eat dinner. Where do you like it? Do you like it at home or in the restaurant? So it's kind of modifying where this action happened. But if there's a time then location, you will put time, location, then verb. It's kind of when and where this action happened. Ting Yue listen to music. So Tin is listen. I Yue is music. So voice Han is I like Tin is listened to. Go dong. Go is each drones type. So goujon means each type, but also means all kinds of Iu is music. So I like to listen to all kinds of music is voice, ho ting, go dong. I voice ho ting good on in u. Next one, hi, it means rest or take a break. But Sushi, it can also means have a day off. So again, really depends on the context. So you see this one is funny. So that's the gen radical. A person. This one is Mu is wood means a tree. So Luther means one person on a tree, so it rest on a tree. So it's rest, ho rest. What Tai. I'm too tired or Taie la. Jana so it's let me or allow me Jang someone plus verb means let someone or allow someone or permit someone to do something. So Jana, let me ho rest. Ihr is it means for a short period of time or for a while. It depends on context, how you use it. It can mean a really short period of time. But normally it means, oh, let me rest for a little bit. I'm too tired. Let me rest for a little bit. Next one, Laotian Liao by itself means talk or chat. Ten is day. 20. Transportation: Ing on gong chu chu oturu fa fa an solo solo cart cart. Stu sint tort. More tor here out chu zu zichu Chi Zubak Changan Bakugan. Oh the sing true sing trozo Lou Chani Zoo Chi fat chong Fati. 21. Direction: Fung Chang Fung chang shang shang sha sha z z 00. Bay Bay. None. None dong dong. See See Don Bay Do bay dong. None. Do none. See none. See none. Bay Bay Chen Chen Ho Ho Lee Lee. Why? Why on Ten Jen Pong Pong show the song. Shows the song. A song. Song the song, the song. Chang Shi Chang Pongan, Pongan. A B M Chen B Men found the wine, found Wineman, U and U and Huang. U and U and Huanan and Fobian Cafe, Pombian Chong, Chong, open, bald, bald, tough, tough. 22. Mood/Emotion: Neither sensing Maya, neither singing the Maya wogieda. Gia Gia agitainging Gal sing. Well, the pong jangling were the pongo jana Gal sing Nanchang shun bingo. Shun shunga. Shahan shunga. She han shang hi, hi acho hi Park azai wh hi park Chacha won in a Ta gay Juan won in a din din Tai jia Han dan sin ta him jia. When dancing, singing Wong wing fun pony Sf in Jung Jung sugar cow shirt. Join Jong sugar cow shirt J, J How? How see word han world Han Do do pi bang, do an. Wow. Wow. Wooley outer shell. An Zach Woleushe, Juan Shimmer. 23. Weather: En Chiang ten chi samyang Ten chi o en ten chi in ten su enten en su ten Ting Ta ting ta zi zi zen shu ten zen su ten zen A z z en zen zaza z in a a zina zino zino intoning z oh fong fong fung fong fong fong and won Shaheed, sweet. So 24. Season: Dear, dear way and dear she and dear shh. An July the run, surely the easier. Chandi, how does she chew? And An and Chenchen Chang. And Chang sat at Man sati jur Man satijathleathle. He sat in the show hole zing Chong Si sat in the show hole zongyuan. Go by truly the sat by at the shoe. Hi, at shoe. Hi. Been at a at a Y. Chen Chen, Chen Pugh. An che pull Long Chen the ten. Hall Chen, the ten on hall and Halloch. One. Uchendu, Hall Che E tendre. Un holender. Sure. Hunter do tender in long. Don't tender in long. Don't tender shell jue, don't tender sholes and year along, y donan and lie along. Tends will mold her. Show how do tenders will mold her. Show how a woman, Serena shen put home a put home. 25. Vocabulary introduction: Hello everyone. My name is Ruth Lee. This course is a vocabulary course. We will cover vocabularies in different fields and different topics. And we will categorize different vocabularies into different videos. Each video will cover the most commonly used Vocabularies under the topic. Are you ready for it? Let's get started. 26. Vocabulary:Food: Shh, Shh, hum. Bow H bar, nigh, nigh. Bow. Bow, me, ro, ro, Ro. Young Joe Young, Jo, Jo, jo, Ni. Ni La shall shall cook. Lee, Go. Go. Being gun being gun being lean, being lean. Shah, La, Shah, La. Shot a So to a A tore a tore tongue. Tongue, san. Nian, ni. Hi, she. Hi, she. Sure. Go go chaff. 27. Vocabulary:Job: Shazam, izaiah shoe. Hi, simba mama. Iinba mama. Uh, Lou Lou hung hung susu. Sure. Sure. Bu ba, shu good show. Good show. Yeah, Yeah, yeah, yeah. Word. Yeah, Sort. Yeah, Loo, sure, loo, sure. Fool, fool, show, show. So go Chong gong. Chong slung lung. Sure. Sure, Sure, sure. Bow, bow A A. 28. Vocabulary:School and Daily Objects: She she Funcan fan. He balow ye show years A mu mu hou N now the N, now she Bell shull. P p tongue tongue. P p shoes. Baz schar share pull, ganging. Ta ta fong fungal Lan chi Wang chang chi puo Palo zu chi zu chi dong dong chu gua suga ho ho ho can show, Shoot a shoot a swing in Sea Show here. See show here. See show. Sure Sea Show. Sure, Sholonll, Sholone hall show. So Shangshan gong shu Chang Chang cafe cafe. So ozu en neng. 29. Vocabulary:House: Fang, fang. Yo, sure? Y Su fang en fang end. Ten ting dian shu dian shu Shah, Far Shah, Fa dong dong, cafe. Cara Tie Tie. Who war shot? Rong Rong to sore, to sore my tone, my tongue, True? Fung, true? Fung being young, being young, Co co, true. Cool, True, cool. Young tie. Young Tiangong, Su bankongschu. 30. Vocabulary: Clothing: For? For shun shun shoe shun shoe shun. Coos. Coos. Watt, Maud Maud ****, ****, chun chun din, din. Why t w t Mao Yen, Ching Yenching, show, w show a, a Shang. Leah sang a cheer. Cheer. 31. Vocabulary:Daily objects: Shoo Shoo towards her. Yes. Yes. End. Now end now Chang Chang shoe shoe ball Chi chi ha ha son, son. 00 H H S S U mu ong huang Hou ying Ying ha ha fa Shah fa. 32. Vocabulary: Emotions: Kaisin Kaisin song song Nang nang in jung zing Jung fung song. Fung song. Sing fun, sing fun in a in a wow. Lu lu more more in year. In year ten. Shu Chen, shu sin in Shan Leong. Shan leong in sin. 33. Vocabulary: Rooms: Shu shu kuching o Ing chanting chanting Chu fang, chu fang su su Ku fang, Kuang, Chu fang, chu fang fan Shu bang Shuang Angulo gloss, true? True. Continue. Trung su. Trung shuang fang, Yang, Gang fang. You sure you love? Sure you love sure. Fang Cheng, Fang fang, Lui. Luigi. 34. Vocabulary: Toiltrey : Yago, Yago, Yasha, Yasha, Shu kosh, Kosha. See me a night. See me a night. Lulus Fang, Zozo tissue, tissue, tissue, tissue. Johan Johan, Yasin, Yasin, molting, Melting, drop, drop, show year, show year, tre fun, tre funct in an holy holy shy Shane. 35. Vocabulary: Common verbs in Chinese: Ting ting an Z, Z. Sure. Sure, Sure, sure. A A win, win A Z, Z P Z, Z John. John. Do more more and, and to do Lee, I H, H, sh, sh. Sure. Sure. Sing, sing, see, see such an a la la toy toy to shoot, shoot my my my my. Z, Z A A Juan, Juan Song, song, show, show song, song, song, song. Na na fung fung. 36. Vocabulary: Antonyms/ Common Adjectives: So how Door? Door, Shaw, Shaw, Shu, shu, Sha, share, Yo yo che Che Ho Ho, long, long. Jur go go. Aye. Aye. Hey. Hey, bye bye. None. None Neat. Neat, Lee Lee, Why, why lie, lie, Ch, Ch may, may. Tal Tal None. None. Jan E. Ron. Done? Done. Foods are foods are E PA E how? Non non. 37. Every Day Scenario 1: Fast Food Restaurant 快餐店: Hello everyone. Today we're going to learn about common conversations that often happen in a fast food restaurant. A fast food restaurant in Chinese, we call it a fast is a meal. It's a store or restaurant. Quad's a fast food restaurant. Firstly, when you get to a fast food restaurant, you have to line up and wait to order pie. That's line up. Pi is the verb. Line is a noun. It's actually is a verb object structure. It's a ing or line up pie. Lot of times I say I don't like to line up and wait online, so I can say be P. Next one can look at the menu. It can mean the dishes, Vegetables, food. All you can use is thi or cuisines. Here is more for dishes, a list of dishes, a menu. So look at the menu at the fast food counter. She ordered a burger and a drink, High gumball. Be Leo. Fast food means the counter. A lot of times by itself it means cabinets, means the platform together, it means the counter. Qi is the fast food counter. Here means order. We learned before, DN have so many different other meanings. You can use it for our what time is it? Dn can also means a little bit. Here we use as a verb, order is the measure word. Humba burger can use cup or glass. In li is beverages. Drinks one more time, quite hungry. Pa Gamba, French fries. We say shot by itself means potato. We really don't use it by itself. Normally we use in a word, we don't really use the character by itself. So this character by itself, it means potato, is a long shaped things, so that's french fries, shoot to. Chicken nuggets is the chicken pieces. Chicken pieces. So chicken nuggets tissue, soda, or soft drink tea by itself, a lot of times means gas vapor or gasoline. That's why we say that's the same tea from the car. When we say chu, by tissue it means soda tissue catch up or tomato sauce. In Chinese, the same thing, fun is tomato ing sauce. Fang catch up. Is egg, is yellow, Chang is the sauce. Huang changes literally as a means do go nice is milk shake nice. Sometimes you also hear people saying, but the same thing translated from the sound is a phonetic word is borrowed from a Foreign word is both for ice cream. Another borrowed word from foreign language, sha, salad, shag. This one is funny, means you actually means a Foreign. If you say something Foreign abroad, you say young sung as onion because in the years and years ago, there wasn't any onion in China. It's actually imported from other countries to China. It's a foreign. Scallions is actually onion chan, a circle or rings. Onion rings to pan is a tray. Hold your hand is a plate, got a big plate like you hold with your hands a tray. Next one, Napkinal paper napkin utensils. San meal is tools, so the tools for your meal. Next one, sandwich. It sounds like a sandwich. Sun, sun mean sandwich. My is take out. Why is outside My is to sell ly. Outside cells take out. Man is normally a combo meal because it means a package. A set is a meal. It means a packaged or a set meals. A combo meal to a lot of times we say, oh, he ordered the combo meal, the number three in Chinese, we say he ordered number three, combo meal. Okay, can I have a cheeseburger and a medium fries? Please? Please go. Hub cheese. Humbal burger. Hub cheeseburger is for portion serve, that's the measure word, medium size. If you say small size, you can say shuhu or hu, large size, and then shot here is a medium size, huh? Humbfan. So she could I get some catch up, and I want get song times You can use in front of a noun to make a plural catch up mustard. One more time, the cashier placed the food on the tray and the customers paid. The money means like a shop clerk in general shu food put inside. That's a structure. Let's quickly mention the usage of ba. Basically, a lot of times we use the structure subject verb, that object in a sentence. The regular sentence structure should be the subject, funk is the verb put, The object is, so then the location proposition inside the side. That's the regular structure, funk. So but because of the bar structure, we move the object in front of the verb. The structure is subject, object, verb. This structure we used to emphasizing objects saying what we put in the train, we put the food in the tray or on the trays went put drinks or other stuff on the tray. A lot of times we move the object in front of verb to emphasizing the object because the Chinese the sentence order matters. The whatever you think is important, you put more towards the beginning. You put the objects towards the beginning. To emphasizing the object here is emphasizing food. The person put food on the tray because you move the food in front of the verb. Next one, can I get this to go? Budget, uzoma double is to pack. A lot of times it can mean wrap. You can use a verb, or you can use now means back. That is to take or bring. Here means away. A lot of times it means walk. But here is, we call it a directional complement. Means away, pack, and take away, get. Pacuma, Next one, Naguaning, Na, take, get, grab. I took a sigan, that's a straw, I sat beside. Dining table and started eating my lunch. Ponzu, Sit is dining table, a table for food. Ponet to always put the prepositions afterwards. If you say next to the table in Chinese, we say table next K, start kian. You see between these two verb like sit and begin, you don't even need a conjunction. A lot of times there are two verbs like happens right next to each other. You just can put two verbs next to each other. It means you do one thing after another. After I sit down, I start eating right away. You don't need any conjunctions between these verbs. Tribal, fall, bowl four, bowl chau, cha means other customers pack shoe food, do take away chao. Other customers pack to go. An pare means finish what we call the result. Complement means you finish this action, you completed. Basically, finish eating is the same with sometimes you can omit. It means after, after finish eating is garbage th fun. She can put the garbage inside the trash bin. F Okay. Now let's check out more sentences. Ten chlo of times you use chin to start a question. Excuse me. As we mentioned, the combo meals is recommended. We say ten woman to San Handball shut O, can. It's a good try. Give a try. A special featured, you can try our special meal inside has burger bo, french fries and a drink. A lot of times people will ask you, hi Shulan N is more formal, respectful term for you. Normally you can use at the workplace or for addressing an older person. You can use in a separate order. Want to order one single item. You don't order something from a meal shut or a combo order separately. Not from not ordering a meal combo. Or just order combo meal. And huan shining here, dan is a noun, order is number, shining. This is your order number. 38. Every Day Scenario 2: Buy Clothes 买衣服: Okay, so today we're going to learn about the everyday conversations that you're going to use when you buy things, buy stuff. It sung plus adjective is the sentence structure more and more, the weather getting colder and colder. My, I want to buy is the measure word for clothes. Jacket literally means outside is something cover. Outside's jacket give or give someone as a present an as a birthday present. Show the salesperson, say hello, may ask a lot of times, a little bit. But here is used to soft the tone. It's make it more polite. What do you want to buy? The white chu, fall or autumn wear. That's the adjective to modify the coat. The jacket, you use it in front of a. No, I want to buy a jacket to wear in the fall. His high or something high is something. Or are you going to wear it? Or songs a give it to people given as a gift. Shiga al times you can just use a song as a gift to someone, is a gift. A lot of times you can use it together, give it to someone. Anunga Shah, the Fuhu is two size number she wears. Like what size of clothes? We can also use it for a phone numbers like code, et cetera. Hu, medium sized. U is big size is a small size. What size a person is using? Tianshan, sh. She wears middle size, his relative relatively. You can also use as a means compare. Here is omit clothes. The whole complete sentences shen here is omitted fu because we already know we are talking about clothes. But you still have to keep the to referring the casual ones j formal. She doesn't like to formal clothes. Here, key vocabulary is B. You can use the verb compare, but you can also use the add means relatively casual junhumalng something. How about this one? How does this one look like? Run hold Khan style is quite this like a piece of clothing. It looks okay. But Y color, the color is not that good and humain feel. A lot of times you use this one to express your personal subjective opinions. We either you want to, an also means you are logically thinking about something. It's more objective, suitable, fit, and it's a b. If you flip the orders, when you use, you can't use anything afterwards because it's additive. But here you can as a transitive verb, like you can add another object directly afterwards. It means be suitable for or fit someone. I think this one will be suitable for your mom. You can say Shang Toni is agree. If you look at this word, character by character, tone is a thoughts or opinion. You have the same, you have the same opinion. I Kostle bit too Chan. You add ED after the adjective, emphasizing the difference. A lot of time used to compare it instead of a little bit long, but here it means a little bit longer. You use ED after the adjective emphasizing the difference. Changed means a little bit longer. But if you say dong, then it means a little bit long. That's the difference between D and D. D, you use it in front of the adjective. It means a little bit long, A little bit tall, a little bit, something. It's used to describe the degree, but D normally you use it either in front of it now a little bit water, food. But you use it after the adjective to emphasize the difference a little bit longer. If it's a little bit better, help look for one size bigger. I will help you find the clothes that is one size bigger. Ban y fui shala. But is not bad. Boy is wrong or mistake, but but its not bad. It doesn't mean correct, but we say that's right. Has to emphasizing. It is shallow is discount. Has discounts, also has discount. But if you say is 30% of in Chinese, it's the opposite. It means the current price is 70% of the original price. It means 70% of. For example, if you say bu then is 20% off, et cetera, then it's 80% of. Because if you say the current price is 20% of the original price, that is 80% of. Yeah, 75, we just say 75 is actually the current price is 75% of the original price. That means 25% of 65. We just say digit by digit, we say 65, It means the current price is 65% of original price, then is 35% of, yeah, 30% of jewel. How much is this piece of clothing? I also want to buy that pair of pants we use to for the measure word pentoses pens in Chinese, we don't say one pair of pants. We consider the pens is one object and it's a long shaped, something is a long shaped like a strip, shaped like a streets rope river. We use the measure word to, even for shorts, we also use the measure word to qui nail. This piece of clothing is 50. It means bucks or dollars or R and B. It depends on which country you are. So it can means US Dollars, R and B. But quite is more clo way to the dollar, more like 50 bucks. Mile is one dimes. $0.10 mile is actually $0.90 here is $0.90 Nine, we can also use F means for cent, but here we drop it because it's very clo, most people already know. After the dimes drop the, the unit, the complete way to say it is Squire 50 bucks, nine dimes, $0.90 Then F is $0.09 Mopingether is $0.99 Here is it should be $0.99 without the drop the dos, $0.99 And then nu 20 bucks Chi money. You can keep it or you can drop it. Either way it works. Squ here should be 70 bucks, $0.99 quit doesn't necessarily always mean the UN. It depends on where you are. It can also mean the US Dollars bag. Can you give me a bag? Okay. Schwa schwer, do you want to use card or you want to use cash? It means cash current in gold, literally means the current gold, gold for nowadays, it's cachin schwa we used to soft the tone. Let's say swipe the card, one may die, die a bring, I didn't bring cash. Then the person will say, oh, credit or debit card. Credit card. His or a debit card. Credit card or debit card. Hash credit card, please. Then the person say Chu, Show you how this is a long sentence, let's take a break. It down please. A lot of times we will use in front of a demand or request it make it more polite to sign is character. But here it means sign the signature bond, I help you bow. How you see here we use as a verb means wrap it up. Ball can also use as a noun and means back. A lot of people will say what's the difference between ball and then this one dies we just mentioned is normally you use for school bag, purse or wallet that has a zipper or button you can seal up. It's not open, it's disposable is normally disposable. You only use on like the glossary bag, plastic bag, paper bag. Then we use ball. You can use in two situations. You can use a verb pack up, but you can also use a noun for school bags, or purse, or wallet, et cetera. It's not open, it's seed. You can't see what's inside. You use Ball. Show you a receipt. Show me receive liter, proof that you have received something. It's a receipt. Show how. Show a receive how we receive oil. Keep it safe somewhere, safe. One hope this one is the same side from goodbye again, time, another time is an light is this one is a very polite way to say someone pay a visit. But this one you only say about other people because literally means when you come to our place, you bring light to our place. You make the whole place shine. It's a respectful way to say, oh, we feel honored to have you come to our place. You wouldn't say it to yourself. You want to humble yourself down, but you want to say that about other people. Normally an welcome to come. If you go to a store, you'll hear a lot. Welcome, welcome to come. But here is hope you come again. Like I will see you again hopefully, Huang. 39. Every Day Scenario 3 : Do Groceries 超市: Today we're going to learn about vocabularies and daily conversation sentences that we're going to use when we go to the grocery store. Choshu child. This word is very interesting because it's borrowed from a foreign word. Chi means short, liters is a supermarket. But nowadays we use childsh for everything. A supermarket, Glocery store, even convenience store like a deli. Basically all the stores that sell food or stuff like we will call the chows like Walmart, Whole Foods, Walgreens like 711, we all call it chow in Chinese, chows go to the grocery store. That's a shopping cart. It means by things, go a lot of times means go shopping. If you say shopping mall, shopping center, normally you will use the word, it can mean a car, but here we can use it for a car, A shopping cart. You will also see for online shopping as well, like you put something in a shopping cart. We also use this word, true, go and pushing a shopping cart. The verb, it means this usage of a after verbs turned into ING. In English, it's looking, sleeping at the moment. Or you do continuously. It's like the verb. Then you use ING afterwards. It's doing something at the moment. Teach line, that's the basket line. Here is the same line for the basketball because line chill basket ball line means the basket, the shopping basket. A lot of times we say lands and it's a fuller word. A lot of times we say lands a basket, but go shopping basket, you can use pick something. If you say pick something up or carrying something, we can use Aja, carrying a shopping basket as the products or stock. Yeah, full shelf as the shelves at a supermarket or Glocery store for put products on is soda, Soda is on the next shelf. This one is interesting in the States, normally on a sign, people will buy mark the L1l2. But in Chinese, normally we say the shelf one, shelf two. Instead of saying is the actual Ailey shelf. Yeah. Shopping list by itself also means a sheet, like a piece of paper or a list. Chin is clear, literally. Um, a check, like a list like you can use to check things out. A list for you to clear up a shopping list. Sometimes you can also say go shopping list either it works and every time go to a supermarket or grocery store before I will write is a measure word for something like a photo, a piece of paper, a ticket or a list. Something is a sheet or a paper like things. You will use this measure word. Juan is a choose or select Schuman. Na, which by which one really hard to choose. Henan shoes, shoes. Hier shoes. Hi choose. I need to choose or I want to choose Y means need, want would like to. Shuan choose is the Shug fruits he shoots high vegetables. Shug he shoots high. Pong is pound. A lot of times we say, but how much does a pound of potatoes cost? You can use Bun in front of now, but you can also say, you can put the subject first. But either way it works, it means exactly the same thing. Maybe just sometimes you want to emphasizing or how many potatoes you want to buy, how many pounds then you can put B first. But sometimes if you want to emphasizing, or you want to buy apples or you want to buy tomatoes, you want to emphasize what you are buying. Then you can put the things first and then put one pound later. But basically means the same thing. Sometimes you just want to emphasize how much are you buying. Sometimes you want to emphasizing what you're buying. Whatever you want to emphasize, you can put it in the front. Buchen is the same with bunch it. Just if you put B first is emphasizing the weight. You are buying one pound or you're not buying two pounds of potatoes. You want to figure out one pound, how does one pound cost? But if you put the potato first, it is emphasizing, oh, you're buying potatoes. But it means the same thing basically bunch, answer it. You say bun bun. One pound of potatoes to do buck. It's more colloquial way to say dollar or R and B, but it depends on where you're at. It can means US dollars or R and B is a dime. It's $0.10 $0.99 with gomgioqomogio. In China, the unit of weight we actually use is like a kilogram. Kilogram is a kilogram, but two is 1 kilogram every day. Normally we use it is a half of a kilogram. Here you see, we say in 1 kilogram. Sure. In to the measure word were the units of weight in China? In the P, I want to buy two apples, basically one is 500 grams. It's a half of the kilogram. Like almost the same with a pound is a little bit over a pound. A lot of times we use like in everyday conversation. My sh, she had Shy Chung is a when when you buy fruits and vegetables, need or here is a need to use Chung. That's it. Now it means the scale. Chung is the verb way need to use the scale to weigh it. Yes, a lot of times we use it after the verb. It means you do something really quick or you try to attempt to do something soft. The tongue make it more polite. It depends on the context. Chong here is like you weigh it really quick or you're trying to weigh it. My shoes, she chung fun from the shelf. Na is take or grab nil fun. Enter the go. Shopping cart is inside, put something inside. Nature chuan this verb. Normally it's a stroll, walk, check things out. A lot of times we use Guang if you go shopping or gang placid location, it means you walk that place. I like to walk around, check things out in the grocery store or supermarket Pi line up or pin pig. Many people line up and then ie. Jan is to check out separately in here means is the bill. A lot of times when we say oh you tap out at restaurant you can also use for asking for the bill. You can say water. It's like oh. Water, Bill, please. You see here we don't need any conjunctions in the middle. It's Line up to check out, Line up and check out at least two verbs. We didn't really use any conjunctions in the middle because a lot of times if one action is the reason why you do something, you don't need any conjunctions in the middle, you line up. The reason why you line up is to check out, you can just say line up and check out Jj. Next one customer or Shopper K. You can use this one for a customer to a store or to a restaurant. You can all customers, Shang stores, all kinds of stores you can use for san, department store, bookstore, coffee shop or all kinds of store can use and du there a lot of customers uh, clerk or a shop assistant as a short and from store and N by itself also means store. En means employee or staff. A shop clerk help me fund. Let's use as an adjective to modify the stuff. Stuff is the stuff I want to buy and you put it in front of. Now do show the cashier counter or the cashier register show. It means receive. Yin is silver because in the old times, people like in China, use silver as money, as currency. Ti is a platform counter. Show is the cashier counter. Lei show in Tian is a leave k before leaving please. It means arrived two. Here's a go to Nd over there showing cashier or cashier register Fuqua fees or the money Fuqua showing Show Yuan is the cashier, the person show receive Y ser yuan. The staff, the staff like you receive the money, collect money. So the cashier, Nathan Cashier is attitude not much means friendly. Breaking up the word is a friend is needed together is a friendly adjective. That friendly, not very friendly. Ng show than show gay. Show you gave the cashier give me. Show me the receipt. Show the proof that you receive something. A receipt showing a show showing gay. Join here. Gay actually is not the verb here in Chinese is the preposition, even though a lot of times it can translate it to give. But here the sentence, the verb look, it means give back the change. A means zero. But here means the change, give back the change here is actually the preposition means four. It's like give back the change. For me to me is the preposition to someone. Or for someone to do something, you use gay somebody, the cashier gave me back the change will say, showing gay Jo. Next one, die. Shopping bags. Go shopping bags. Paper bag, paper bag, su die, su plastic plastic bag. We can say, big I help. The stuff you bought is to use dies. Use the bags ball here is used as a verb, means a wrap, wrap up, pack, chills up, pack, pack things up. You can say buchi. 40. Every Day Scenario 4: Daily Items 日用品: Today we're going to learn about every day items in products or things object. That's the products that you use every day. Pin she is a is hair, she is water. But here is referring to a liquid fashi, shampoos. If she shampoo is wash hair wife hair conditioner who it means to protect Fa is hair, Su is material fu hair conditioner, go fast soup, I like to use it means a brand. A lot of times a pie means a sign, sign, a billboard. But here it means a brand uva conditioner. I like the conditioner of this brand, one, Chuck pie. The Uva Su. Yeah, it means take a shower or take a bath. Yeah, it's a liquid for body wash. A lot of times we say yeah, way down. Way down means taste like when you eat something, something like taste. You can use way down, but you can also use way down for smell or scent. Here it means the scent, I like the scent of this body wash or shower gel. Same thing in Chinese, we say way down. Way down phase phase is normally we use the bar of soap phase phase. The soap water is a blow bubbles phase, molding the towel. A lot of times it means fur or hair. By means a lot of times we say is referring to to that Chinese we like even numbered word, make the rhythm rhyme better times. Some words, a lot of times it doesn't necessary but we still like to use even numbered word even though by itself already means to. But when we refrain or address to the tow, we still like to say. Gun show. I use molding towel you can use for clean, for wipe gowns, but you can also use gun. Here is what we call the result complement. You dry, you are like wipe your hands and it's dry. As the result, it's dry hands. Show is the verb is the result, madinhow. So year. Hand soap is wash, show, hand. Yes, the liquid hand soap show is to, we finished. It's done. Hand soap has run out. We say show toilet paper. We say why shun together. It means clean or sanitary. It's paper, toilet paper. When that's bathroom H. That's a sentence structure like we just mentioned before. The hand soap has run out here, the toilet paper has run out. See, the facial cleanser see is to wash is a face Ni. A lot of times it means milk but here also it means liquid. See face wash here we use the structure high, it means not but also him or this type of face wash is to clean up. For skin is to clean up the skin. Who is to protect here is like a nourishes. Also good for your skin of children. Semi. And I. A d means make up. To make up is products. A drop cosmetics. That's a very common structure plus verb. Every day I use cosmetics to put on make up every day. Okay, next one A show. What do you use to wash your hands? That's a quick review. How to say hand soap again. Sea Show. Yeah. She when you use the bathroom, what do you hang? Is go to the toilet or use the bathroom. How does the toilet paper again? What does she use to take a shower. So is is a shower. Take a shower. So what does she use? Okay. Tahisha muy Huasu him night a Shanghai is a shelf. What's on the shelf? Give you a second to think about all the words we just learned. A shango, ivashe, uva su fe zo yasha, yago, her shoes. 41. Every Day Scenario 5:Coffee shop 咖啡店: Learn about all the vocabules related with when you go into a coffee shop, go to a coffee shop. Cafe, coffee is a good place. You can also use the word store for it. You can also say coffee shop is cafe. Cafe. Okay, so Americano Cafe. Cafe is short from America. May go sure means style. American style coffee basically means American cafe. Late is a long word. It's borrow words translated by a phonetic sound like a word. Same for capccinoooo, moca more car espresso cafe. Cafe is very thick, like a condensed is very condensed. Then cafe is coffee cafe, black coffee. Hey is black cafe. Cafe to coffee bean is ice. Be cafe, be cafe. More here more tongue is a caramel tongue. Machado tongue or in is Beverages in general is another way to say drink is the products, beverages. Sometimes people also hear the word, let me write it down. Also means let go beverages as well. So the same meaning pin or in, it means the same thing. Beverages, dessert ten is sweet or tip. Both means dessert P. Or NDN. Both means dessert is the same from song sweet song liters, dessert, sweet products, dessert both means dessert. N the boba tea n means milk, chea ni cha boba n. Okay, so the store clerk said nha, The formal way to say hello one. May I ask you here means order, it's a verb. What do you want to order in? And Shama, then the customer said ten is a recommend. Tan is menus, dishes, vegetables or cuisine. But here means is a sheet. So there is a sheet of all the dishes. Is a menu shun, what do you recommend on the menu tech? Then the person say woman hot, very. It's similar with, in terms of degrees more popular. Receive means welcome, it means gets a lot of welcomes. Popular fun, our late is very popular Fig. The person also say rug means Juan shall Twin cafe. Then then something, age means it's a center structure. Ch is chocolate. If you like chocolate, a lot of times you can drop or omit. The means the same thing because rug by itself it means if already, but a lot of times we use rug, then something is the words. When you say it's like that, we say Ruth Ruch if you like chocolate, I recommend woman our Moca coffee. It's if you like chocolate. I recommend our Moca Ruana Twi woman in Shu. Means you try, give it try. A lot of times you will repeat the twice. Means you try to do something or you tempt to do something or you use to soft the tone. It's oh, would you like to try it? Nian he cafe here. It means without or don't have. It's similar with Mao written normally when you spoken Chinese you wouldn't use it. It's written formal Chinese Wang without sugar, sugar, sugar free, they cafe black coffee. We then the shop clerk said is at the store, they ask you this question all the time. For here or to go here means for the future. Sure is to drink. But you can also say, will you eat here? Or high means or tie is to to carry. A lot of times means walk, but here means leave. It means z. Together means ticket to go. Zuo. Are you going to drink here? High? Ticket to go you. Hi. Then the person zed, be first. Sorry for the mistake. This character has two pronunciations. If you as a noun, it means availability. For example, if I say I'm free, I can say it means I have availability means I'm free. Here means availability now, and then you use the fourth tone. But when you as adjectives empty, normally we use the first tone. If you say the room is empty, the school is empty, it means empty. Nobody there is turning to ING, indicate the status it's being empty. The table, An empty tables. Any tables available? Well, yes, I want to drink here. Duma woman low. High wage low. Second floor low. This word can mean building. If you say in New York has a lot of buildings you can use low. Building also means stairs upstairs. Downstairs, you can use so. Go upstairs. So low stairs, shallow go downstairs. But low here means the floor, you can just put number in front of a low. And it means what floor? If you say low, first floor, second floor here. Macon floor also, a lot of times means seeds, space. Locations here is referring to tables. We have more tables on the second floor, we say wage, then the customer as Hi tend, we just mentioned dessert. What dessert do you have? Oh, then the present or this one has a lot of new vocabulary. Let's go over one word by word. Our, that's blueberry. That's blue. May, it means berry. For example, if you say that's strawberry, it means grass berry. Li means like a grass berry, but it means the strawberry normally grow in the bushes. Lit means grassberry, strawberry, then blackberry. We say hey, black may berry, blackberry. Let's go over all these berries. Strawberry, blackberry, blueberry. Then song is a song. Blueberry is the texture is. Molly, how you feel in your mouth? Sun Ra is soft being sung. Next one is today, you guys, what time is close the door? What time do you close the door today? What time do you close today? We may every day, evening, 08:00 Close the door. You see one thing, we have to pay attention. Subject. One mistake. A lot of my students in English, they will put at the very end of the sentence. But we don't do that in Chinese. We either put time at the very beginning of the sentence or we put the time they got the subject before the verb. We do woman. We then the time every evening at 08:00 P.M. Then you use the verb close also when you say every evening at 08:00 P.M. we will say every evening first, then 08:00 P.M. Most of the time in Chinese follow the logic. We normally put big categories first and then smaller categories. What does it mean? For example, every day is big categories. It's a day. In a day, we have different parts of the day, night, then we put night there, but during the night they have different times. 08:00 that's the smallest unit we do, day, evening. And then 08:00 math body and then sang in the morning, 09:00 A.M. we say Shang, Julian. Basically we will say for example, what day? If you say today, 09:00 A.M. You say today, then you say, then you say the time. We always put different parts of the day. First evening, morning, afternoon, then exactly time, then open open door. Okay. Then the customer asked, when May I ask me really quick? A lot of times we use verb quick. Look at something real quick. You a basically you use the verb means you do something real quick. Here means it's like, oh, I'm sorry to bothering. Let me ask Quicken's. The bathroom rest room by itself means the sedentary clean is the room. There is the room. You get yourself cleaned, brush up. It's the rest room. We also say when she was so hand is a room, so lys place, you wash your hands. So it is a subtle way to say like the bathroom, the toilet lyrics. Instead of saying, oh, you go there to the bathroom, you will say, oh, I go there to wash my hands. But it actually means like the toilet, the bathroom. But we say in another way to say bathroom is more like the toilet. A lot of times like people like to say, oh or when it's more subtle way to say the toilet toilet. Then the person say walk ahead means normally you will use Wang plus a direction, then walks ahead. Then a, the left. Show the hand side, how left hand side, it's on your left. Ndidi sign marked. The writing here is a writing is the restroom, pi is a sign, is that's the adjective to modify. Basically, is a sign, sign or board also means a brand. Times we'll say, oh, what brand of do you like? You can also use P here, means a sign. Um, so you will see a sign, but what kind of a sign? Egoisenda, a sign that has a writing of Wisen on it or Wiens written, something you can use lays the writing of restroom on the sign. So and n be able to you tell me here really quick. A lot of times we use has really quick but sometimes we mean to make a Plt, to soft the tone Wi, we say Wifi secret my code. A secret code, so it's a password. Could you tell me the wid, please wish. Then the person say wish the Wifi passwords, receipts, the proof that you receive receipt. 42. Every Day Scenario 6: Get a taxi or Uber 打车/打滴滴: Ah, true. Ow, true. True, tu. True, true. Dee Dee Dee Dee Soti Seti Sho tu. Shon true, true, true. Shun, to de dear. Shuntu de dear. Moo de De Mo, de dee. Dow, d shot in. Dow, d shot in. Faun. Faun. To pie ho To pie ho. Lou han Lou hia Pinto pincho Shun funct Shun functuunt un tu. Shang, ha, Bang go, pong Shang, ha, Bang go, pong how tong sir. Jo ton do, sir. He how thing, done he how ding dong. How guy. Hang dear. Show guy hangt, dear. Liens Siti Liens, Sitihinb, how, ion. To, tu in bound, how, yang. To, tu. Who cheap. Who cheap. Do. Yo, Dojio. Do. Yo, do io. Ching swa, out, trigger teacher. Ching swa out, trigger teacher. Hin dngunjn Ching dngunjnKKi qui, diamKoKi qui dim Chino, he tiao. Chino, he tiao. Non boo, chin I ja Noon bounun hing jar. Wong, so the Wong, so the for. Do chin. Dos chin. Warm son, $2. Warm, son, to dollar. We true Ma fun hemi W you true Mfan mi Water, he year. Water, he year. Ching teh, tun, die. Thing tee how ten die. Coy waiting. Trifle bow, fu koi. Co waiting. Trifle bow. Fu Qua. 43. Every Day Scenario 7: Travel 旅游: Ing Dee. Lo Ting Dia. Min hung, Cty. Min hung Cote. Boo, gen. Boo, an. Yo yuan. Yo, yuan. Don. Doyen True Yen. True Yuan. Um, Shui Suga ShuugaOanOan. Smo Smo Come in. Come in. C. C in Shan Shan Who D. D. Hi tang. Hi tang. Tombow. Tombow. Jio, tong. Jio tang. Go, Jonson. Go, Jonson. Wanting Tai. Wanting Tai. Yeah, sure. Man Po. Man Po. Mean f. Mean fe. Do, yo. Do, yo. G twin yo Gun twin yo yo. Yo. Losing so. Losing shop. Go true GG true. Yin Dola Yin Doula Guan Gong Guan Gong Pai job. Pi job. Passion. Passion. Tans Tan SO. Ni Tiziansa JindiaNTwizia, Nasa, Luo Jindia. Beijing, Yoas Yo mean, Luo hindia. Beijing, Yo Nasa, yo mean the Luo hindia. TokohindiaJ and Cayman. Trigger hindiaGi&Kmen. D2d2. Pi, do it. Pi, do it. Tinian pin. Ten pin. To cha. To a Tinto call. Tino call. Tin true call. Tint call. 44. Every Day Scenario 8: Hotel 酒店: D. D. Ooh, ding. Ooh, ding. Roo, true. Oo, true. Too, pong. Two, pong. FuntonFunton. Tow pong. Tow, pong Ding intrenching. Shun en Jen Shonin Jen Manka Manka hentai hentai Datong da tong. Sure, sure. Sure, sure. When, Wong, O Sing, Wong, Co fun Co, fun. T f. Tune in f. Con fung Con fung. True. E True. Hoo, dara. Chino, dara. Miniba Miniba No, D foo. No, D foo. Ty, C, both Ti Co bot io, Dan Dong, done. Jew, Dan on, done. Wen funtion Wien funtion. Jiu, Dan Bantu Jiu Dim Bantu Ji Dian ping fen. U Dan Ping fun. Hing Tetun hingittun Yo on ir. Yo stir. Ja, hon Jiang Ya tin. Ya tin. 45. Learn Characters：一 to 十: Okay, hello everybody. Today we're going to learn about how to write Chinese characters. We will start learning how to write all the numbers 1-10 in Chinese characters. The first one is, as we can see it, just a straight horizontal line. The graphics here is representing in the oracle bone times why the one is written in this way. This is how the character evolve over the times. As we can see, it doesn't change that much. But yeah, this is how we write. Maybe you can see like y is not the same the width, but just a type face of font looks like this. But when we actually learn Chinese olographies, we actually make this one thicker. In the middle is a little bit thinner. It just, it looks better. Here is how many strokes and how it's written. Later we can see the order of strokes in Chinese, the order of strokes matters. Normally we write from top to bottom, left to right. Sometimes the order of strokes matters because it's like when you start writing very complicated characters, help remind you like maybe some strokes you forget if you follow the right order to write the Chinese characters, it really helps, okay? Is 11 stroke present the number one. Next one is two, R basically is two horizontal lines and we put on top of each other. But when we write it, the top one is shorter, the bottom one is longer. In the old times, I don't know if you guys have seen it Chinese, especially in some temples, Normally people will do fortune telling. There's a cup in the cup, there are a lot of sticks. You shake the cup and we'll drop like a stick stick on the ground, on the floor. And then each stick has a number on it. Then each number has matching readings. Maybe you can ask how your marriage going to be like your study going to be like based off the numbers, it's actually readings. You can go to a book and all the books read like, oh, how your life is going to like normally two, it's 26 for fortune telling. A lot of times in the old times, two, there are two options or two results is indecisive or unloyal. Right? Now, if you look at some words or idioms, it still have two in it. It keep the meaning of like, maybe have multiple results, or indecisive, not loyal, et cetera. This is two strokes, you see there are two strokes, and then we will write from top to the bottom. This is the first stroke and then the second stroke, always the bottom one is a little bit longer. Okay, now let's go to three. Same thing. In the old times people use the fortune, the sticks to do fortune telling. I don't know if you guys have heard of the book called Gene. On Gene there 64 types of graphics. 64 graphics can describe everything in the world. For example, you see this originally has nothing to do with number three at the very beginning, actually, during oracle bone times, this character actually means air. You see this one? The top line, it means sky. The bottom line it means ground. Then the shorter middle one line is actually representing something between the sky and land. It means air. Yeah, a lot of times the meaning of the character changes over time, but nowadays it means three. The shortest one, the stroke is the one in the middle. The longest one is the one on the bottom. But when we write it will start from top and then to the bottom. The stroke, the first stroke is like the one on the top. And then the shortest strokes in the middle, and then the longest strokes on the bottom. Okay, Sun, Okay, Next one is a four. Next one is a little bit complicated. You see at the very beginning is actually four strokes on top of each other. But over the years it's like changes over time. Until the spring and autumn period and the warring period of time. This character, it has nothing to do with number four, but it borrow the sound of someone crying and then you see it looks like some mucus comes from the nose. It's someone crying. Or the sound like the nose. This character is actually borrowing the sound of this character. You see no means crying because when you're crying you have a running nose and the mucus comes out. It actually has to do with crying, but over the years the meaning changes and then into number four. Then the stroke is a little bit confusing, like we mentioned from left to right, top to bottom. But when we actually have a square structure like this, normally we'll draw the square first. You see we draw the vertical line first. This is actually one stroke, it's horizontal. And then you turn, goes down, this called fall, this is a hook. And then close it. Every time if there is a square, you will draw whatever in the middle and then close the square. Let's do the stroke order one more time. Goes and then go like this. Then F looks like hook and then close it. You see the looks slightly different. This one is more handwritten because of the type face the font. This one is more full print. That's one thing about learning Chinese characters. It's very difficult because sometimes depends on the font, the character looks slightly different. Choose the right font. Like when you learn Chinese, character is very important as well. You can see we're trying to make it prettier. It's normally the top part a little bit wider, the bottom part is a little bit narrower. This part, it just trying to make it look beautiful. It doesn't necessarily have angle or corner here. It just more look like this, like a square. Okay. Next one is number five. You see it's really funny. In the old times, the number five, it just looks like a cross because later on we're going to learn like ten looks like a cross to people don't want to, people get confused. Actually they changed the writing of four as the write five together. On top is a horizontal line anomaly is a little bit angled, it's not really a vertical line, goes right down, give a little bit angled slightly to the left. Then this is also the same one stroke horizontal line and then goes down. The last stroke is line on the bottom. And same thing. The bottom line, a lot of times is longer than the one on the top. There is a saying in Chinese. The top part of the character is like the head of the character. Like the foot of the character. Normally the foot is bigger than the head, that's why you see a lot of character. The bottom part is actually more wider than the top one. Next one is the six L. This one is very interesting. Again, this character originally has nothing to do with the numbers. As we can see, it's actually trying to depicts the shape of the side of a little house. You see it's look like the house, the top part is a two eve covering the left and the right. Then these two part looks like pupillars that support the eaves. This character is actually borrowing the sound of the temporary shed, which is pronounced, it's L U. And the second tone, it actually means a small shed normally, this is, a shed is like where people stay or it's like people resting on the side of the road. It's but nowadays, borrow the sound of the shed, it's like now it means the number six. Next one is seven. In old times, again 10.7 look exactly the same. In order to differentiate these two, people add one shoke to the character. For example, you see at the very beginning it looks like a cross, the calves or the scars made by the knife. That's why a lot of times like it sounds like the cuts cheer This character is actually, it's a Q, E and the first to see even on the right part has knife to it. This is the original meaning of the seven. It's a cut made by the knife, but nowadays it means number seven. Okay. Next one is number eight. B be original, it means separate from each other. Or tell the difference. It actually means two pieces of melons and got separate by two pieces. You're trying to tell the difference between these two parts is actually coming from the word means difference or separate. But over the years, the character eight is actually being falsely used as a number means eight. This one is very interesting, the meaning changes over time. This one, writing this character is very important because if you write it wrong, then it can look very similar to another character. Number one, you have to write the left stroke on the bottom, the right stroke on the top, and you have to leave some space between the stroke. Yeah, you go left, then a little bit slightly up, then do the right stroke on time, left and the right. You got it? Okay. Now let's do number nine. Number nine again, original meaning has nothing to do with the numbers. It actually see, this means the hand originally, it looks like this. Every time you see this means representing the right hand. Representing the fingers. These strokes is representing the fingers. This is the elbow actually means you put your elbow inside something and trying to figure out what's inside. That's means explore or trying to figure out what is it. But nowadays is also a mistake used as the number nine, even though it looks complicated the character. But it's actually only two strokes. The first one is the one from the top to the left. It's the left falling, go down and then left falling. This is, the rest is actually one stroke. It's a goal horizontal and then goes down. And then one hook one more time, left falling the horizontal, then goes down, then hook. That's nine. Last one is ten. In the old times you see it just one line like this, but over the years across it means ten. In Chinese culture, ten means complete and perfect. So a lot of times, like in Chinese New Year, like some families, they like to make ten dishes. So it means complete happiness and perfect. Okay, so that wraps up all the ten kind of like characters for numbers. Do you have any questions? Feel free to leave a comment or reach out to me if you need any help or have any questions. Okay. I will see you guys next time. 46. Learn Characters: 人入大天小多少: Today we're going to learn about more characters. The first one is it means a person. You see this is originally how looked like in thousands of years ago. Basically means a sideway of a person and reaching out his hand. This is his hand and this is actually the side of a person. But nowadays look like this is more like a person walking. And then this is like a two feet. This is the first stroke, and this is the second stroke. One thing we need to pay attention is that when we write the actern, we should put the left stroke on the top. Then the right stroke start like halfway, then goes down, go like this. Even though the print looks like this is separate, look like this, but this one is more like how would we, when we do the handwriting, let's do it one more time. The left part and then the right part. Surgeon and make sure that these two part is connected. If you watch my previous video and you'll learn how to write eight, it looks really similar, but when you write eight, left stroke is at the bottom, the right stroke is on the top. And you have to leave some space in between this, and this is the person. Let's do it one more time. This is, this is the person. Okay. Now let's do the next one. Next one is enter or go inside. If you go somewhere, go inside. So we use this character you see represent a very sharp, a sharp objects go inside into something, insert or get into something. Sharp object like a knife or something like that. It's is enter. It looks like very similar with Gen is like this. R is like this. You see the left part is on the top, the right part is on the bottom, but the left part is on the bottom, the right part is on the top. And it looks like 88 is separate on the top, but u is connected. Let's do the writing for rule one more time. Normally the Chinese character is from bottom from top to bottom. From left to right. You go this stroke first, then the right part later 12 enter go inside is big. Basically, original time is trying to present a person stretching arms and legs, standing because in Chinese culture is very important. Basically it means the biggest in the universe and is in charge. That's why it's a person stretch arms and legs. Human being is the most important thing in the whole world. Basically, it just, you see, this is the character. You add one stroke on the top. But when we actually write it, we don't write the first. Then the stroke later we normally from the top to bottom, left to right, we will do a horizontal line. And then left, right, you can, the stroke here goes down. But most time go from here looks prettier. 12 you can do here from here or we can just do here, three is big. Next one is N. It's basically is the character A. And you add one more strokes on the top. It means something big. And it is on top of everything is representing the person stretching arms and legs and something above the person above his head. Also N is big and above everything. When we write it, the top horizontal line is shorter. The one on the bottom is a little bit longer. Then let's go left, right N. Let's do it one more time. The top one, the top stroke is shorter then the bottom line is longer. Make sure you pay attention to the length of the strokes because otherwise you turn into another character. The bottom line is a little bit longer then let can mean the sky here, original sky. And then also means the day because how you count like one day depends on the day gets dark or the day gets bright out. How the sky changes during one day N can also mean day. If you say one day, you can say ETN, two days, et cetera. You just put numbers in front of the day. Then it just like how many days TN actually means day, next one is a small. It's the opposite of a, an means small or little. You see originally it's just three dots because it's representing the shape of a small things like a rice or something. Just a small dots. Then later on it's a hook on the bottom. When we write it, normally we will write the middle part first from top to bottom and add the hook like in the end look like a fishing hook, but it doesn't ride around like this or like this. So these ones are not right. Draw vertical line and just go up a little bit on the bottom. Then draw two long dots left and right. The direction of the dots matters to mistakes like my student made. They draw like this or like all different kinds of the dots for directions. It's all right, it should be go away from the middle part, from top to bottom and then going away. That's a shall small. That's a draw at one time. From top to the bottom and then left, right, top to the bottom. Go up left and right. Very similar with shall. Let me draw the shell side by side so you can see the difference. Actually, this character is involved from the character Shall. At the very beginning, it's just 43 stop small dots, but Shall is actually four small dots. Come from that in order to. Confused with the character shell. Shell is actually a, what we call the left falling characters stroke stroke. This one called the left falling. Normally we can get rid of the small hook here. It's just a vertical line. Goes down the left, right, then you start from the right side of this character, then goes down to the left. Let's do it one more time. Goes down. Yeah, you see here, if you draw the hook left or right, then this is show this one doesn't have the hook anymore. And then go right, then goes, shall, shall, shall. In terms of amount, like a little or few, you can use for countable nouns or noun, you cannot count shaw. The opposite of a shell is du is many. You see this one is funny. Originally it means two big chunks of meat on top of each other because in the old times the food is very rare. Big piece of meat is a lot for people in the oracle bone times people live in the caves, Du is a lot you see basically is two identical part on top of each other. Later on we're going to learn a part is also another character means it means the sunset. Basically the dots is the sun and this is the mountain it goes down here. Two of them is D, two pieces of meat. This is where it's come from, but it has another meaning. Means sunset. Just one of them. Is she? Now there's a jaw together. Do this. This is actually one stroke. You can do it like a horizontal, but normally we give a little bit angle. It looks a little bit better. Go down like this, then be careful about the dot. The direction is normally from left to right. And it go like this. You can connect it all and you can also leave some space. Either way. Works. Next one, when you draw the second part, people a lot of times they draw it side to side. No, that's wrong, that's actually another character you have to draw it on the bottom. It's a vertical top and bottom structure is not left and right structure. Then you go like this. The one on the bottom is a little bit longer and a little bit bigger. Make prettier. In Chinese, we say this is the head, this is the bottom. Normally the bottom is bigger than the head. It looks prettier and more balanced. Same thing. You can leave some space between the dot and then the structure. And then you can also connect it like this. Let's draw it together one more time. So go like this, The dot, okay. What do you think? It just keep practicing. And then feel free to upload the projects to the site and I will help you review it. I will see you guys in another video. 47. Learn Characters: 上 and 下: Okay, let's learn about the character shun. Shun has so many different meanings. The first one can means up above, on, over. It's all shun in Chinese. Technically we use the character, we have no idea where the object is. If it's something on top of something, over something, or above something, we have no idea in Chinese, all we use a shun can also use the verb means at ten if you attend a class or if you go to work. You can also use the character shown as a verb as well. Now there's a learn about sun, like how to write this character. Originals. Only two line in the old times. The bottom line, it means the ground. Then a little bit shorter stroke on the top is representing something above the ground. But it looks really similar with the character two In order to differentiate from the character two. Now it looks like more like arrow points up. It looks like an arrow goes up like this. Now let's write how to write the character shown. Normally we will draw the vertical line first and then horizontal line on the right side of the line. Then bottom line is a little bit longer then this a small strokes over here. Let's do it one more time. Goes down, then right, then the line on the bottom shun 123 shun opposite Sha. Sha means below, means underneath. A can also use as a verb, means finish. If you say you finish work, finish class, we use a. See is actually also a two line. Originally the line on the top is longer, the one on the bottom is shorter. This is also representing the ground. Something underneath the ground or undergroundsas arrow points down. Basically it's the sh, you flip it then flip it upside down, then turn into character. Yeah, that's write it together. The horizontal line. Then we draw the vertical line. This stroke is very interesting. Basically it's just a dot and then go away from this line like this. Then you don't draw horizontal line like this, actually it's angled, goes down like this. A. 50. Translation practice:Lesson 3: In. 51. Translation practice: Lesson 6: Okay, now let's go over some vocabularies we're going to use when we make phone calls or a schedule appointment with someone. Okay, now let's go over all the vocabularies one by one. The first one is gay. We mentioned before gay. We can use as a verb give here gay we use as a preposition means two or four. Next one is this means hit someone or smack something. Or play something we can use in front of a sports means to play certain sports. But because the left part is the hand radical, normally that's the sports you can play with your hand, like a basketball, ping pong tennis, but you wouldn't use for soccer. The left part is the hand radical something or make something here it means DN is electronic, means the words. It can means the actual object, the telephone. But can also means the phone call. Here, it means make a phone call. Now, you can use this proposition. Someone, it means call someone, gay. Someone one more time is telephone. Next one is a way, is hello over the phone. Normally, when we call someone, we don't really say how over the phone, but we say way. All right. You can use as a verb, it be located at certain places. You can use in front of a location, means be located somewhere. But you can also use as a preposition, means in or at. Or as a location phrase, you can use in front of location, it means in or at somewhere. You can say Beijing, it means in Beijing. You can also use a location phrase, but you can also use in front of a time. For example, you can use the schindayhinchi Monday. You can say plus a time phrase on like that day or at a certain time. Okay? Next one is it can means precisely exactly or only. A lot of times we can use it in front of a number. If I say he is only five years old, you can use the structure that you can say is him or her. Here we use the hymns only for precisely exactly five years old times. We can also use a sentence structure. At times we say if, then as long as something then chi, we actually use conjunction a part of the sentence structure. Okay, next one, Na, Na normally has two meaning. It can mean which or where. One means which. A lot of times we use either in front of a measure word or in front of a noun, normally uses it together with the. Give you an example. Nahla. Which one? Because the third tone. And then using in front of a measure word, which is cool. It means which, which one? You can say n, which person, or et cetera, That's used either in front of a measure word or in front of a noun. Why? It means a lot of times it's associated with the verb means be. Located at a time is something. If you say near, where are you? Okay, next one, That's measure word for people. A lot of times when you're trying to show respect, you can use the measure word way. For example, if you say a teacher, instead of using you want to show respect for the teacher, you can say is one way. That's the measure word teacher, way low. So a teacher, that's why a lot of times when you go to a restaurant, they will say how many people they instead of using good, they actually use a way. They say is how many way does the measure work? Means how many people in here, I didn't use the person, Jen. Only for people. So you don't have to redundant and add a afterwards like a no, you don't have to do it. And you just say way like how many people Mm hm. At the door, the waiter at the restaurant will ask oh, how many? It will say way, way, Okay. Next one has afternoon. A, a lot of times means down, but here it means before. Like a kind of a below or after. It's a no, it's afternoon. A lot of times we say good afternoon, we say Shaw. Shaw, how good we say show, that's good afternoon. Show A times, we say the time. If we say 03:00 P.M. what we do is we say Shaw first, then 03:00 If I say 03:00 P.M. that I will say Shaun's, that's 03:00 because Chinese always follow the logic. If you put bigger categories first, then put smaller categories for example. So that's bigger categories. During the afternoon, there are so many times and 03:00 is under afternoon period of time, that's why we say 03:00 P.M. we put show first. We say Sam, the period time of showtime. We will say after 12:00 down to maybe 06:00 P.M. After that we will say evening or at night. We say one is evening or at night. And a lot of times, one by itself you can also use as adjective means late. If you say, oh, I'm late for school, or oh, right now it's very late, I need to go home. So you can use one also as an adjective. One. Okay, next one, Sen's time. Later on, we're going to learn more about how we use the shen. Okay. Next one has so many different meanings. We can mean question but can also means problem or issues. A lot of times we say, do you have a question We say, do you get a question Maybe like the teacher asks the students. Okay, let me move it here is a has one, that's a question or issues. No one, Tim, do you have a question or do you have an issue, Tim? A lot of times you can also use one as a problem. If you say no problem, you can say May 2. No problem, no issues. We say May we Now, next one, Yo. Yo has multiple meanings. Means need, want something. You can use y in front of either a verb or you can use it in front of no. Y also means for the future tense means you will do something in the future. We can also use y if you want to say tomorrow it is going to rain or something like that. For the future tense, you can use yell in front of verb indicate for the future tense. Okay, next one. It means a meeting kai by itself, a lot of times means open something. You open the door or something. We use the kai, but kai can also means turn on, he is meeting. It means a meeting a. So that's a lot of times means late morning, shun here means up or before again means no, means before. A lot of times, maybe ten to 12, we'll say earlier than that, we will use the phrases in the morning. A by itself, it can also use as adjective means early. Next one, we use as a measure word for class periods. For example, one class or one lesson you use as a class, et cetera. If I say today I have three classes, three classes, or three lessons, I will say okay, next one is a grade in school, second grade, third grade, et cetera. But you can also use for college, for high school, if you say first year, second year. You can also use and N by itself means level. For example, if I say first year, you can say first, but you can also use it for freshman year. We can also use and for either Um, high school or college. But second grade we say R. We don't use, we say R because once all the n numbers, you put the number in the order we use R, it's a second grade. Or. The sophomore year, we use R and G. Next one, K means use as a verb. It means a test. Can also use as a noun, means exam, or test. So, so if I say tomorrow I have a exam, then you'll use a su y. You can also use k as a verb. You can just say tomorrow. Either way it works, you say call means give someone test or have a test like yourself. If you try to test someone, you can say call someone, call someone. If you are the person taking the exam, you can say the subject plus the subject, like Math English, it depends on what you use afterwards. If you use after the call, a person means you are trying to test someone. You have a test on someone. You use call someone. But if you are the person having the test, you will use plus the subject like what you are getting something. All right. Now that's why, that's what we see as a view test view view structure. So that's a view structure. So all right, next one, it means from now on if you say after 02:00 you will have to say 02:00 first and then you use afterwards whatever you have to use it. Afterwards means the free time. A lot of times when you available or you're afraid you say literacy, the availability you have the free time. Next one. If something you say you, if tomorrow you are, I will ask you out. So you use you, You. Okay. Next one. F B is convenient. Fun is convenient. If you say, oh, the public transportation in China is very convenient. You can use the fun ben, but you can also use a Pongan in terms of if the times works for you or you are available. You can also use fun later means the time is convenient for you. Then we can also use next one, that's the verb means arrive or get to. You can down in front of a location means you arrived at somewhere. But if a lot of times you can use it combined with ch, ch means go to. If you use do together, normally we use the sentence structure. Do plus a location plus plus verb. Later means you arrive at certain place and go to do something down. Location plus plus B nets. Handle here means work work. A lot of times it's like a paperwork, office work. Su room is office. Next one means okay or al, right, we say. A lot of times we use the sing to give someone permission or say something is allowed. Using next one, wait, wait. Or you can use someone means wait for someone, et cetera. A lot of times we use in front of verb means ask someone, don't do something. Don't watch TV, don't. You can use don't look or watch a times. Yeah, don't read something or something. We can use a plus a. B means give someone order to do something. Next one means that's the adjective. If someone do something very nice, something for you, you can use, for example, a lot of times we say you don't have to be chi, you're welcome. But you can also use the form in terms of order. That's the magic word. It means neta, Okay? Like we mentioned before, a means below or next. All n, that's the Chinese language by itself is come from China. This is the Chinese language. Okay? It means the text or language. When next one bans help, at times we use someone plus verb means help. Someone to do something. Okay. Next one, it means prepare. A say. We say rumbles, we say, we say prepare. How is good or well? Did you prepare? Well, Are you ready A drum to answer it, you can say rumba. I'm ready. I prepare well, um. Next one you can use as a noun. It means exercise. A lot of times you do exercise at school. For homework you can use, but you can also use as a verb, means a practice you can use in front of something like you practice with. For example, you can say practice Chinese, sure means speak or you can use so in front of the language like you speak, for example, Jen speak Chinese. But you can also so in front of A, the content actually, you talk about sure. Now you can say practice, speak Chinese. You can say lien. Sure, Jen can say sure is say or talk. And you see the left part is what we call the speech radical. Every time you see the character with this part, it has to do with language or speech, et cetera. Sure. If you say don't speak something. Don't say something. You can say be, sure, sure, et cetera. Next one, A. By itself, it's only used as a tone particle. It doesn't really mean anything. But we put at end of the sentences indicator indicate exclamation or interrogation only for tones. A lot of times we say a great good. Whereas if you say, wow, how beautiful something is, you used to exaggerate it as a exclamation mark. Next one, that's conjunction means, but. However, you can use in front of a sentence to connecting a phrase. But next one means have to. This character has multiple pronunciations. It's pronounced DE, and soft tone is indicator for complement. Later on we're going to more explain that. But when it's pronounced a day, it means have to or must. You are forced doing something like you're not willing to do. You will use a day in front of a verb. It means to do something, must do something, day, next one. That's a proposition, means width, or you can also use as a conjunction. Means a lot of times we use a gun plus somebody plus a verb. It means do something with someone you use. The next one is to meet. It means to meet or see. It means face. A lot of times is you use to meet someone in person and meet someone's face to face. We will use Mm. Mm. Okay. Next one, let's come back. It means return is, It means come back. Okay, So go back, return. All right. Now let's do practice exercise about all these vocabulares we just used. Same thing, I'm going to ask you in English and you guys have to tell me how to say the sentence in Chinese. Okay? I often call my friends, call someone. We normally use the structure gay someone that I often call my friends. I will give you some time to think gay someone and then make sure that's the ad verb. Normally you use it after the subject in front of the verb. Hm. Okay. Tongan, that's often or u, that's the words for frequency. Gay is users proposition to friend. Make a phone call. Chang, Chang, gay often call my friends. Next one, Hello. Who is this? It seems like that's a conversation over the phone when you say hello and then who is it? Okay. Now. Yeah, it's saying way or either way works. Who is this more formal plight way to say a way is the major word for persons. Who is it? Naa. Who is it? All right, next one. I don't have time this afternoon. The thing you have to pay attention to is this afternoon. This afternoon. That's the time phrase. You can use either at the very beginning of the sentence or you can use it after the subject in front of the verb. This afternoon, this afternoon, okay, so is, is this afternoon, may shoot, don't have time. So this afternoon I don't have time, is may shoot. I kind of like free, kind of very busy Mao. Next one the teacher asks, do you have any questions or do you have questions, vocabulary trying to test you on is win, win, T means questions or issues, okay? So it will say, oh the teacher asks no Tim, do you have any questions? We questions or like a problem or issues. Either way it works here, do you have any questions? A lot of times we say no problem. You can say how you say. A lot of times you say or thank you. And to respond, you can say no problem. You can also say May 1. May 1 can either say, I don't have any questions, but can also mean no problem or issues. May 1. All right, Next one, I will have a meeting next week. I will have a meeting next week, again, next week and meeting, that's the vocabulary we're trying to say is kiki. Next week is a shin chi, Okay? So you can use y for the future tense, but make sure you put again chi after the subject. I will say agchiyhuI. Next week I will have a meeting. All right, next one. I have two lessons this morning. The vocabulary you're trying to focus on as the measure word for this morning. You can either at the very beginning of a sentence like this or you can use it after the subject. You say ten shang. I have two lessons or two class. Uh huh. All right. Next one. When will you be free? Free. That's kind of the Vocabulares we're going to be tested on, Okay? Shamash. Shamash is availability. It's like you have time. Shh. Will you have time? Shamash. Next one, I will go to office to have a meeting. We already got to practice. Have a meeting, that's y, right? But office, office, that's the vocabulary so we're going to try to test on. Now you can use the structure location plus two plus verb. So you can say, I arrived at the office, then is to have a meeting, I want to go to the office to have a meeting, Right. Next one. Do you want a glass of water or a bottle of Coke? Here is or we can use high shoe. A glass of water and a bottle of Coke. That's be tested on the measure word. Okay. Next one he is. Do you want a glass of water? High or L? Is Coke, bottle of Coke? H. One more time. Niche. Do you want one glass of water high or a bottle of Coke? All. Next one. If you times, if we learned you you have time, have time, or availability you can either or you can use either way. Works. Where do you want to go hang out? Let's see how to say hang out to see if you guys remember, okay. Next one. Ohio You see en have time. If you have time Yohanan, do you want to go hang out and you ni next one I want to go to Shall buys place to watch TV. You can use either or do either way works watch TV, that's you see I want to go to hobby is a little by home. Cando is called watch movies Albian watch movies normally use the structure plus location plus verb. Okay, Next one. If a student wanted to invite you to eat, what do you want to eat? So here is a team is invite, right? All right, I will give you guys time sometimes to go over phrases and to think about is yah, yah pong is a friend. Yohan would like to want to an is invite if your friends wants to invite you to eat someone. Plus B means you invite someone to do something. Nisha, what do you want to eat? What do you like to eat? Next one is as long as you like, I'm fine with it. As long as that's like our phrases we are trying to test you guys, on you, you. It means if as long as ni you like it is the add verb like all okay or fine, I will think everything is fine. Next one, if it's convenient for you, I will go look for you. Here is convenient for you. It means if the time works for you or you are available for that time, we can use the vocabulary fun N I will look for it, I will go find, I will ask you out, we can schedule something together here, the vocabulary will look for here. Shu fang bian if the time works for you. And then ji ji, I will go look for you, I will ask you out and then we can schedule something together and we can use the Jo yahu fang Benji. Here is like a three grammar points. It's like you need to pay attention. One is su if or as long as the fang ben is convenient. But if it's the person fang bian, it means the time works perfect where the person is available and the next one is a jo. Jo is normally ask someone out or kind of like a go after, like ask someone out, schedule appointment with someone a job, or look for someone. If you look for something, search for something, you can also use a Joe as well. All right. Next one. Don't come in. It's not a good time. It's not a good time. We can use the fun as well. It's not convenient, it's not right time. You can use the adjective fun. Been a verb like give someone demand like don't do something. You can use the phrase. Now we have the general structure of the sentence. It's like don't come in, but fun. Right now, it's not good time. You can also use a fun Been here is pi. It means not too convenient. It's used to soft the tone. Right now, that's not a good time. It's soft, the tone fun. Next one, the restaurants, coffee doesn't taste good, don't drink it. This restaurant we can use as adjective in front of the, coffee doesn't taste good. We can use the phrase, it tastes good. A lot of times we use in front of verb means good to do something. But it's actually turned into A. Adjectives tastes very good, B doesn't taste good to drink. A lot of times we use a plus a verb and you actually turn it into a dive we learn Means to look at literally means good to look at. It means like beautiful or pretty. Here, the major word for the restaurant or a small business, we use a U, this restaurant. Make it possessive. This restaurant. Cafe, it should be. Cafe doesn't taste good. Don't drink it. Don't drink it. Yeah, here's a typo coffee. All right. Next one, I want to go to my classmates home to practice Chinese. The classmate we learned practice, that's the verb Chinese. Practice Chinese. Okay. I would say I would like to. It's a classmates home. Let's practice practice Chinese. I want to go to classmates to practice Chinese. Okay. Next one, I need to prepare for my Chinese exam. Here is the vocabulary is prepare. We say rub, prepare. And then Chinese exam exam is k need to do something? You can use yo, yo me, we need to or you can use y for the future tense. Will do something in the future. I need to prepare. That's the Chinese as I need to prepare for my Chinese exam. Okay, next one. This weekend I will introduce you to a girlfriend, a female friend, or girlfriend. Or introduce you to a girlfriend. Introduce you to a girlfriend. Introduce a girlfriend to you needs culture. We like to set up blind dates for our friends, family members. Intro. That's the vocabulary we are trying to be test on. Shall normally introduce someone to someone. We will use the preposition gay, it's two. As a preposition, Joe, more. This weekend we gas for you to you. As introduce, I will introduce a girlfriend to you. Hm. Normally we use the structure. Someone introduce someone to another person. We'll use the structure someone. Hm. Okay, next one. Can you help me practice Chinese or English? All the languages you can, but help someone to do something. We use someone plus verb. You use the verbs in Chinese. Okay, In Chinese, n can be able to, no, help me practice. Can you help me practice English? Next one, I can't hang out at your place. I have to practice Chinese. Hang out, we use at your place. That's location phrase. The location phrase is same with the time phrase. Either go at the very beginning of the sentence, or we can use it after the subject in front of the verb. Let's see how would we put this sentence together. You can use your home, your place. One, it means play, or hang out, or have a great time, have fun, ba. I cannot go to your place and hang out. What it means to le, let's practice J. That's Chinese. It's like I have to practice Chinese. Okay. Next one, I like to meet friends on the weekend. Again, on the weekend, that's the time phrase is, same thing. Go at the very beginning of the sentence or after the subject in front of the verb meet friends. You can use the verb or you see meet friends. You can use the structure is a face to face. We can use the phrase like someone means meet with someone. Meet someone more on the weekends. Men, I like to meet with my friends. Men, if you don't want to use, you can just use plus p and you don't even need. You can also say that's it, the reason why. Because is a transitive verb. You can add an object afterwards. It friends directly. Just ten is already a verb. Then object structure. Men is a phase, it's an object. You have to add another prepositions with friends, med phase, it's like then you have to use a gun. Someone don't use. You can just use by itself. You can just say meet friends. That's it. Okay, next one. I don't like having meetings because it's not interest. That's the phrases we want to work on together. Start means a meeting. Meeting me, start meeting. Okay. The phrase will be, I don't like meetings. It means because mas interesting. That's interesting, but put it into negative. We don't use the book. All right, Next one. I don't have time to call you. Call someone. Remember we use the phrase gay someone. Gay someone. Time, you can use either or. Availability. Okay. I don't have time. Gay, Gay knee he gay doesn't mean gay anymore. Two to you, make the phone call is gay. Should I don't have time. Gay. Call you. All right, next one. He is a very polite. With me here the adjective plight is could. And then with me you can also use the preposition someone with me in Chinese, you have to put it in front of a very plate. Here is used as a modifier. You applied in which way or how? It's pled with me, it's modifying how you are being applied. That's why you put it in front Chinese. Normally you put a modifier in front of something's being modified. Okay. You see is with me. Plt he is a very pot with me. He's very polite with me. This is teacher office. Here is the office we say, then we put in front of teacher. We say oh, then the possessive is make it possessive or adjective. And then we use the pronoun, uh, this is teacher, les offices. That's office B. Okay, next one. I like to work in the office. Again, if it's a, work is the verb, but in the office, that's the location, we use it in front of the verb. Okay, so now you got it is an I like us in the office. Let's work, Juan. I like to work in the office. Okay. Next one over the meetings. During the meeting. Please don't call during the meetings. During the meeting, we will say during something or when we use something during the meeting, we say when there is a meeting, a phone call. Don't make a phone call during the meeting, like at certain time or certain moment, you will use something, something. Uh, next one. I haven't gone to office for a long time. For a long time. There are multiple ways to say it, you can say, but you can also say Chang Shu for a long time. So you say for a long time is a long time. Didn't go somewhere, Mach didn't gosh. Office love is to emphasize there is a change in the situation. I used to go to the office, but not anymore. I will. Next one is, where is Dr. Wang's office? I can't find it where we use n. Then the adjective like sorry, the verb we use is a sign. So I will use a sine. So I will say Wang hung. Dr. Wang. Wang shun office. Bang shu in Na. Na is where si is be located at. Is, just to make it more casual, where is Dr. Wang's office? That's it means look for, or search is what we say is result, complement indicate the result of the action, the result of the verb. It means find. That's why a lot of times we use b in front of the resultatve complement. Indicate didn't reach the result, couldn't I will say put down. Yeah. Because I didn't get the result of like be able to find it. Will say down is optional. You don't have to use it. It just people from the North like to put in the end to make it more casual. Do I cannot find next one who that person. The question word here is who we use or this person or that person. It depends on the pronoun, that is n. But more like a way to say, you can also say this. Who is this person? A shush. Next one. What grade are you in? What grade are you in? The the verbal we use is a Shang. Ni Is grades second, third grade. What grade you are in. That's the question word we use. We say is what grade you are in. In order to answer it, you can just use the question word. Replace the question word with number. The number to replace the question word. If I say the first grade, I will say it's first grade. The next one in the second grade, I will say we R in the second grade. Not only you can use it for school, but you can also use it for college. High school, It's not necessary only elementary school or middle school, but you can also use it for college and high school. For example, in here I will say Shah, that's a university, is literally the third year of the college, I'm a junior in college. Next one, the office is too small, it's not convenient here, means it doesn't really work for meetings. It won't fit, won't be suitable for meetings. So you can use the adjective fun, fun, N. You say tag his office to small. That's the phrase, adjective law we used to emphasize in the tone is convenient at all, Huang, It's not suitable for meetings, doesn't work available. You can all use the phone N next one. If it's not convenient for you to go to his home, then come to mine. Okay. So I will give you some time to see if you can figure this sentence out. This one is you, if you go to his place, not convenient or doesn't work. It's not suitable as conjunctions. Or. In that case, come to my place, Come to my home. We use at the end of the sentence to solve the tone you tata. Buffon. If it doesn't work for you, then come to my place. All right. Next one. I didn't get to school until, not until you can use high adverb. High noon is okay. So not until you will use high Hi Dow. Here means arrive. I didn't arrive at school until noon, so it's later than I expected. We say it's high. Okay, next one, it's too late. Don't wait for him. You use adjective, late is one. Don't wait for him. Don't do something you use, okay. So the person say, tan is too late. Tala, wait. L is emphasize, there's a change in the situation. Don't wait for him anymore. Tala. Mm hmm. Tan. Tala. Don't wait, wait. Don't wait for him anymore. Be Tala. Okay. Next one. He is my Chinese teacher. I need to ask him questions. Ask someone questions. You say when someone then we question. Okay? So now you say Tasha, oh, he is Chinese teacher, Tahuchu. He is my Chinese teacher. You I want Tai ask him questions. I want to go to ask him questions. When someone something, ask someone something, went is no question. Next on my birthday. Fall on the fifth. Two months ago. It's two month ago, but it's the fifth day of that month. How would we say that? This one is complicated. Two month, we'll later. That's the month before last month. Shanghw. That's the fifth. When you talk about the date, Shang, two months ago, the fifth or nine months, my birthday. Next one I have to go to a meeting. Right now. I don't have time to talk to you. Okay. So right now you say, I have a meeting with don't have time. We mentioned before. Okay. So you say right now, right now I have to go to a meeting, is availability or free time? That's the same thing. And just make it more casual is optional. It's a to chat, chat with you, so I don't have time to chat with you right now is 08:00 P.M. Right now it's a 08:00 P.M. We say we put the period of day first, then the time or you can use A is afternoon. But technically it's a little bit late for Shaw. You can also use the phrase we sat night or even so you can say sha afternoon, evening at night. Right now it's 08:00 P.M. You can say shen and right now it is 08:00 P.M. send. Okay. Next one I don't have time to chat with you. Chat with someone again we mentioned is someone it's chat with you is Gen. And we already know how to say don't have time now you just put everything together. I don't have time, chat with you, sit, I don't have time to chat with you. Next one. When is the meeting? Tomorrow? As in terms of the questions of when tomorrow is. So again, you put time in front of the verb. You say a sham or you can say shame, either tomorrow have a meeting, or you can say tomorrow when the meeting Ten shamash. Next one. This lesson is a Chinese lesson. Here we use as the measure word for a lesson. Okay, every time you use a in front of a noun, normally you have to put the measure word in front of a noun. This lesson is a Chinese lesson lesson. It's a Chinese lesson. Next one, I want to go back home after the exam. After the exam, we have to say exam, which is K. Then after we use the phrase, we say shuo. You say, that's after the exam. Always put the preposition afterwards. So huya, a means return, a home. It ya means return home. I want to return home is ya. Mm hm. Okay, next one I will go to wait for you in the office. Okay, so wait for someone. We use the verb, and then in the office we use the phrase again. The location will use it in front of a verb. Okay, so now we have it asking for permission or it is something, Okay, we use Sam's, Okay? Okay, next one. Wait a second or wait a little bit. Let's say the phrase Normally we use, the use means really quick. I'm not going to ask you to wait forever, it's only for a second quick. That's why a lot of times we use to actually to solve the tone an ha Shima. Okay, next one. I can't speak Chinese. Can you help me learn it please? Sure, that's the verb, so speak So sure Jen's Chinese, So sure Jon, Hope is I can't speak Chinese. Learn word study. Someone verb is help someone to do something. I cannot speak Chinese. Can you help me learn learn word study? Okay. Next one. This weekend I will meet my family. Family is met. You can say again, same thing. If you use, then you can use, but if you by itself you can just either way works. This weekend I will meet with my family. Okay? So this is all from the chapter for chapter of six about like you meet someone or go visit someone at somewhere. And if you have any questions, feel free to message me and I will be always here to help. I will see you in next chapter. Thank you, Jen. 69. Listening Practice 1: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. Our womank Hb A, Ha, Wain Busan, C, Joker and R. D was went Yuan H A, B, bad. Can he D, Jun beta Zamana A, W you the answer, how can? B Hanta M C, Shangdi JdanGman D, Wutai eat your cos A, Wye Bantu S Bian Zia. C. You just hunting Han gui. D, Han tenia. Okay. Min Mayan. A U Bintan C Nits an R D, Tai Dan A DunanHu Busan go Chao D Nika Mayan. Kani thuma. A, Waka Mo sounds YodianTn Bi Doma, C, Win Shang Ban, D, Wangausin. A, we Gia tu B, we Bush. C, Nihao Shima DiPalma. A, Danish Malaysian the shu B was B, C, it DubuH Kan Nuban A, was Tushan Hsing, B C was hao Shu my Donsla D, Loo hu. A, and inhala meant, Big, C, buh Khan, D, we made Dan Dong. Neither Hani, Tuam. A, hula. What kind butt? B, Home. C, Wginta hkenden. D, JujiaandH Ni Gen cycle, um. Ad Walinen BN Jinan Yo chin Ai. C W one tiny Dugu hnanNJinHdan. A, W B origin Kabo Dan, Tubi, how come. C, romano Coma, D, Dan Yanda. It's A, in fan Bank C, NiuiHangan D, what goo you C. A, B, hunting Han Yuan. Como your Coman Ding Gong Yuan hang. A, ton hang Zhao Shanti huang, B, yoyo Cothasla Datini Tu Jama. A, um, B, suiting hypos in Manda, Cbinda, D, oh chad Jinan watching Sam A, Taha, B, Nisi Hang Kan Shuma, C, he Tia lu Hhang, D, E for how Kang. So Smali Bija Apo B, SobunUOE. C, Nijinenankm, D, Tenanh you will listen to several listening sections. Each section will be played either once or twice. You may take notes. After each section, you will have 12 seconds to read the question and choose the most appropriate response. A, B, C, and D in English from the answer sheets. Hi the guy Whim Weijia Not what does say to Tangguh a Rama Tsoni the fontin to be me. Sure, an TeniTgajoba Winding GPO Juden. Ni ha Henan, eventually, Yoshima twist in the ti. Woman, the ja high, Sh hung hung Neuro, Gubin Hindu curan D ShihuanHda Noya fan Guba hiding Sala Iba MF. Han hoomawba she. Ni hao Men Mayan. No, that Hingha. So he got he want Shar too. So he did he want Shou too. Ni hao, human Doha hen. JJ Yuan Jian should sb quit. Since ta Bajo So should bhquiOTaNu yet, no. She is a male. I should sb qui. How do WujianF We you got Eaton. **** hosanhosenha Wu your Sandi and CthmaK Shih h. A es NhaendaHon Don Soda Joao eno DetaoTa Shu fenom y 70. Listening Practice 2: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. K enhance them. Drizzle, you write down. A, B, Whang, C, Nitin ma, D, hangs and Raf Neuromian A, dosha chien, B Zaeben C neuroma, Dobu yam jan Shanghai, the pa. Shahan pad and the Krim. A, Buchla, BHT Sha tian, C, Nishanhi D, on good here. Pasa A, Badian DTH Zn, B passion Catama Neha. Watch and win, don't you call say Ali. NiHub should wash out. A put B should CA, ERs, C, Nahuna D, Whale A W is Bali D, what put you down. We mama. Hi, Yoshima A, rifaba B, Hama, Cogen D, Bj Da. A, Yao dais B, C, two D, how Ni hao be Cafe. A tab, Busi hang Cafe, C D, TshaTen What's ancho Nina? A, what is onlanjo Bobanjo C Nita Dahmer, D, Busi well ihHada Santova A, Tagodjio B, Egntia mama, C, Trofi Djo chien, D, Huda. Managua A, gender Kan Bu Cama D, bian. A, B, C, tr Pingo D push typing. Section one, Part A, listening comprehension. You will listen to several listening sections. Each section will be played either once or twice. You may take notes. After each section, you will have 12 seconds to read the conversation. You will have 12 seconds to read the conversation and choose the most appropriate response, A, B, C, or D in English form from the answer sheet. Nihao Wasting Ego fountain? Inning fang Shoenan Shang Tu san Van. How do what make you con fan Min tier one Shang I ma. Beijing, Done called an Beijing Hong Banu Sandyhio should. How does she set? H. He was head head. In an cheese Mam. Inthintenh takes. Mini Mintiainten. Chip Bintien Show did. Haha. H. Ni Jiao ikorakhoren B. Mama Nina. Wojo ukoranHgt 71. Listening Practice 3: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. Habit. A, to shout, BrightTa hi Wen's in the DT AalizoH one. A, Hee hee. B, Neu dam. C D here, dosha chair. D Nian D T M. Nihao Yoda. Yoda ha AH hear. B, D shot he CEF, how co Diihha, sir. Neha, what's your thing? You got fang Jen? No Dian Fang has won fang. A ten fungi. Bien. C, D Wp. Joos Empire. What passion? A W is Coyo B on passion Noisi passion, Do Buh. What among Jah. B, doh out ha, C, Nib Jima, D push a NH. Watch. A, gaining, B, TreenK Chuma, D, Emancdan woman. And A, B, CR, ER, son. C, Nitina D Nia a Bentham. A, B, C, D, E G. M A, B, Mint two D Ni hatch it. A change M B Nihuna C was a uncle. Nishi Hanau is a curtain. What's your Latin is you know? A. What's your u? B German Canis hunting disu D Niche um curtain. No? What Tangang? A tan But D. Why is ana teaching. O What A a Bai D Db. Neha. What's your Man Shanghai HP. You got here should put on. A, you got here, Bhanu Shanghai M D Shanghai with Go CAR Hang van Manu Donte hunt un B, Donte pi hoja. A woman Donte M B, Donte call NR. C, Han Bann Shir Tae Bo howler. D, Her Am Baja. Chen, D, Wian Phygia A, B, C, Sam, DH. Kebab. A, traded B. Well, so Coma DK Burdon E. Nikon switch A, Ni how come Bhanu, Ciman D, what is one D. Nicht ones you TagunJ dollar. O. No. Organ tissue or by not quite. So What tong HayotFaso? I facial Sache Badu Busan taiko swizimoga Mo. SudZtankoBt. How long you tong? Konosuka Mo organic caen you to shi, to rosie. Nihon Mina. No. What you at y got function? Tiao Yoda MabaFhand out hand. Hoda while you're eating she. That Chef. Why hija? How do Cinti and Chun ta. Tayo, Tayo. Tayndro Lushan Co YodantHd ye. Tij he. What Nina? What beha among Faga Italy, Jing polo a Nia, you eat tissue a lot Maker What's your su li, Homan thin tissue, cut hongtantsu tang hu. What's your love we c. We should talk out here. Well I think here. Nian henhomanH D Beijing So do go to Zichag ChinuY Yuhan Suninhif CAR, SunHonban Yin ten Yuan, Yen hu do, Shad. Chino, cN Xintong Dan, D Taiyo Janac Xindo Fotison hi hen gas. A a 72. Listening Practice 4: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. Mini is about H Dong. Huayang tajahtanja. Aquiui Byma B, Taihu weeding che, C, basi one, two sug H Dong. No. Aging Bang. C, we push hounan. Cheng A Boga. C, we put you downhe Beijing MintanY Tai Chi been huia. A, Aa. Did I sound B, Mintian Tai hang H. C, gina Hale. More Huanan. A, Taibang or Jinhu Bayo tin CPH Shang ju. Gow hang kuh Won Shanghai Hong Banyan la. A, A won he Tai ju, B, psi Pio Cbs Hunhin Water hamboPuji. A, No Mo fu, Taiwan, B, hamboen soda Hojo. A tantaion Come Da Chen. Hogar Pingua Midian ba. A, Tinsia Bush, one Manger. B, WhintanPhan h fan. C, Pinguahng soda. In Bout. A $3 His Shandan B Nish Guan Canta Shungu Huan. Chi or push intron all I need a tu. A, hi how. May I show Shang Joh B show me yen, so the true C or push hon cat hub. AHT Buena C or push hoandin. No. A, B, C, to hypol Alaba Chang A Nainali B Tank, C or Brann Shao eat Hondo Jun yang hang hui. A, Taha inch BT C, we push Hondo Yun. Nihao Jia tong. A, Banton DK. B, Natan Chong Ayan fang B C Obiang Juden. A hung. B, what Indian Hale Chung hanging cheer. Sushi. A soda. B, we put. C Hoda Was sushi. COVID situation Banjo Bian hunch. Ha Daeshun hundred Bango boom. We going on. Minti Beijing, ten chinch so sandwich. Show and then into shut down Shenan Chen Liang. Tricia woman, don't tell that. She Well you been Git been has here. She okapi inside Hong jian hinaasong body su did nothing to her hung chu he indaug you drink bn tea you swionu. Ni Tamala. What Hao Di and facoaa. Niko camo. WageniKayo Hojit a sushi, too hose. TJ pony. Tu Guan Jianghai Banjo Zhao Liang, Juba Hang Hino Fabo Hue Huang Tai Tania, Tong hin Dasia about Shang Jing Biao xi, to Shu Guan Ta Shun Xiao tan We Shi NjomoYkmaa Tini Bao. Ta habian Tangen. Curve yoka or Hanan, the Bogan the leash hentin Chien hongo Dan d leash. Sintsa we are too more Jampin being about hentin he S Bosh hon H. She soon the Hani. Phase hold on. To go to. Hu intrusion in the Shin fen Jong. Sure, Jong fungenFung has a jar. She COVID Curtin TE. Can Mong Shanghai CA ENR hob Kai Donte, Chin hung Curtin quien DXi Ko, B, ER, S inch Bonin in dot to, swish da upen, put the choc Lant in. Zhang Ban Jiang sa Sandy and Jun Shi Ti fe, hin and Dota Dong Xi ko, menu, Xinhong Junin utu qui. Conti hundred Chevan, Hui, Tuman Tinuu Ho ten, Chianina boa. Nin ha, HG in Wahiawa Nuro Mia. Ta Ib. How that Neuro Miawbmten Min vala take ho shouninhodun, Go Huan Banguan huh entenujanan hud mean Ting should see the shofaHh spin. Tjon Btu mean the Shu fa, the gen ti, says Hanuihinta hen tin, Byung Shu more amping bhut Genu hupin. Janani do Di Huan Da says ganging No, NH W conta every year to show to show got. What time you go show Jo meti Yancheng Wianja I 73. Listening Practice 5: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. A, t E for B, Blon or tsu, C, or Hsiten D, Nicanoan hugenPoa A, Bama Wuhan chain. B, Hi, goon Yodian man. C, Tanh. Djuna. Mia, how M. A, Wahi juan Yun Dong Bobi chan, C, Tigula Wobuma Doom called Shih nine. A, Xia W is the Blon? Biao Shi Hu hen hao. C, What is Hong kind D, and cheese io. A, ganamGita B, Omo, C, Tatuna, D A, young, B, was un Gang tin, C, sugar how tin, D, woman canteen, but A, Women Shanghai, Bhanu la Mahan To Do, Chano, Dan. A W Beijing Tu Sania B or Busi han had, C, Nizian Shu Jiao, D, Mija Jikoran Ajanta ancho Bhanu, Cana, Dama A i, B, C, sha tenth Mang. A B. Wha canteen. C Whintanmong, D, took hating. A, Wukorn B, HypodN A, C, Witten A, Jandama B. O W whatchu Cat D, Ntsani what am I? A. Wow, Gong the Bb A soda What major son But Cite han hang, yo Yom. A, June Sambo Bohanan Dian Ci Zia, bian Shea A, what did here, Brad. C, Watan M T Shank AJunsan BT Shanghai. C, Wace beijing, Dishman, C Yok Tinu Tian Mong Guang jodGYolGauti, Jiang Xinjiang, hin Pio hung Ku, JiahhanTai Pai De Shang hu, tu henhung Xia Liang Xiao San Fen jog Chinunin Bin ZihuhunhuGu Junin Luu Qui a We Sally indian Whang, Yo coach. Data Yodian Minton. Watchung Hsien salad. Min ha Huan Guan Lin, Tim Bantu. What shall you think you got stronger Chuan? Had Omo Con fonio Hans Hama she said. A near Salt Juice. Ni hao Waka go sind Hong Jong Ho. Donen on Shen fen Jung Juno here. Truly sure, Shen fan Jong. Chin Banga door shot here. Bunny Jong home Bunny sure shot B so should swing q. Ni hao Huang houihenequ hung va. Ni hao Waddinen Baojun Shenujuhimin jung Homa W on way. Shen funjunHma SuHoda China Wang Bi. O. Hishon jot jicoHfasoko Kamlo Wakanda, you Toshi. Iota Phi. Trio Kaila. Minh San ten mucho UI ten Matan Yang but quite Hub. Nihao Chu Shan got here to dN benefactor Posh A Sabi went Ed went. I 74. Listening Practice 6: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. No. A, Shia Kin ihn ho. Ha Whang H C, Bth Shang Wang, D, we show hula. Shank A hampin Bohanon Mancur. C, Kintjm D, tachy. A, pushing one B Waha no C, what the pongo Yahu, D, WaginaPusuF A, Madiha B, Tina. C. Why is an fan? The Woman quite D A, junio B Wang hensoHtuaGama, The Kucha cry out your Helle, Samala? A, Shia was what a yella B was there now, how young? C. Was that Dangun Jiao tu D Wminanson A, C one, Chang, B, Momi Z, C, Waah D, what ZodiahuG A, C, su mama, Banana, B, we push one shoe C, soda one maiden to alien D, Woo go A, was that Mojang. B was a fellow. Chung Domo Minton. Hun Behn? A, Hi me WingX B, hu WyaanTen C dup cafe, D, Woman Guan Can hu. A B, What inan chu, how hu, C, mama, on Yyung Did Watch what fan love. What you? A, Wala B. What's hug ding C W go one D, Bush on N A, Wa and Tim pongo e chifan B an humble, C, inten made Cuban, D should than go. Tinian hai long. He's a Mutron drum marshal. A Truman tai Wong Tanita, B, hia Guandong ten. C, was a hutong when, D, WoganzaH cafe? You told me your Mo cone. What met that you about? A, Yo conga. We Jung Xiang Yin Da, B or the B Butea C or choose a shell Y. DO ganganib main han i chuang. You buy Shoshone and bad. Chili hole chillin' fry. You hole chikunany shi. Wow, gentian kong to chung do huang. Chunchung quite do tai chi la. No, no, ya, we all shun sod he hung. You pam. So We hole shot. A Jungen ton and Jung chu i. Wow, not usual Bs What are songs where equal PPT. How would you be alan Pong and Pin chang? Tai Bonn shows you female Mama, fun iolaJaiHihe Shima Wuuihosima. Chiari hia Hnonaamola. I want my, Hi yo, Shubenan Shih Mo, Shinhan Bingo. Huh No my one Hui Jia What SoningTua fun in Hitu I metro Basmati Kumi Hsia Tage Joba Shulan fung so. N some macho once. High down. Hi. Be What you call Junot. Now, what's? Him. ToPotontHd Jung. Okay. 75. Listening Practice 7: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. A A, or Zt in chila B Y No Shama Empire. C Yao ting, the Buona or trigo A, shall B Mantua means intpaa Nio PanjamE Mo. What's the Bud Bansal C Tami an into Megan Oman Busari. We A, Memon tea, omganKa B oh cafe Hacha, Cohan AdienzoTHdmz and C. A, MT, what that you should be sure. What is in such want pasha Jinan. A Shaan Sison hu hu. But and Tamanside of Beijing Capta Hong Kai hue, Ku in Kao hezaenhh A i he show mama Jia Bid Ken hang h. C, Buona, D Dephiwa Minoan call need to Mama. A, Him. What is that food share uf? B, a one to one, C, Bon will u D makeuan or Ian A Ta Ba Ta pantalla Clad Dent A Soyoba D Herman hi What? A, Megan, chose B Siddienshi Can Manali Dinh A, Haig B Banza, Cai Megan Nisa ham or Thugua A, B ten, hangt Kida, Bhanu, C, Thu gua Jinan Phi Man, D Mintan was at Mu. You cyborg. A, Manta, what hot you like. B, paten ingenuo for Cub Go Menta one. On A, in Hep B, a, you sure C, Menten tau Shu Mi Jomo Pima Woman dau pasen, Hi daugh Gaiman his Noah, woman bad and function a Nina malada. What Keisha, pink shoes, what did he tiiala Sweeting yo chia, yeianPusha Shima pusho YojaanKan W he called ke hula? Who go Shang Hai you did to What kind of hi shoes, what did he have? Go chin hu YYandina Sandin, Tong Beijing, Taiwan, Guang ho, Kit Yoan found Chiba Jiang Langa Tunc ho ho nine in Dang Dai, Gonzo Hui Da ja Gong Yung Shue, Manbo Ru Xiao Xin Xiang Food Shu in Mangum. Sure. What's a woman, Hiana he hydrogen, Tin Pinaan What you need is go hound BT how the how Was within the country. No Manga. 76. Listening Practice 8: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. Pantalla A, Shamash Banda, B, Jandama Shia ban mama, C. She ban on Halla, D, Ban Shama, Water Adama Bit Coma, D, Huang. Woman Ayo C. B, fan lab. Cobi apa D Genichi Pasha. A, B, C, D, mats Banda Camera. Oh. In hangar Han. A, Tin ong la. B, soda or Huang Shi how. C, Tiana pudding, how come D was within that she so fun. Tanh hu. A, Soga Loom or shot. B, intent jut CH, show me answer D, we are tripping tilling. La. At Bim, C. Rifa D Taha Goneni A, B, W Honcha don't she? Cima intent theater and Dodo what Indians had. Aim, I should go. Bohai won. C, W hhh D, hi, fashion wash. No Mohan. A Y WojanHhan TiaojaioZ B Zuo ten DangoHH C Woman Yao that's a Fontan, Duiinum Well, Babaak you are yo. Who you make? A, Miho Lanza H hansa, B, you dojo. C. Young a Deja Cafe Dan What you or dollar, you got change akon so? A Tai Bong social model, B, tiin an Nikon oma, C, Tinian Yangon henhTNHanhan Goma. A, B, C, what show D, odia E for Himach A, B, What should you C, india Washani Dhaka. Ungual. A, O, Tashagtungun, B, ia jo, chikayami, C, Nila go ot Sima, D, so on the beside engla Well, makes you hear your kind equal Tung what? A, Wooton in Bandon tian. C. Haha Hun Dona, D, MintanG and Shanku Jinan Juan Tini BH nan. A, sa you suit be choir or do tinting B, or Gina Medesa C, Hong can do man. D, Why Shang y'all be a chi Guan Jia A, Ti Bangla Hydenen B, new Uftriloma C, WhothanglTangsa, D, Tintin tin Chichen Ba. 77. Listening Practice 9: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. Washing hi Yos Hana, or Jungun be alone beside. A pun HanhanGom B ti hello in Jun Bahma, C, so 15 Dogongon d one to ten push in ka Mola. A, hint and Yang gang Jen ha. B, Jina ya Bo hikenden. C, Michik Shon lama, T or Google to Beijing to hai. Miri Doma Beijing he Banjanga A, Wa kong XiniNd Han Gao iba, Bi HuntTanTama, C or miss joy co Shia. D, Zotian Wahhao Shimi Shug A, B, teach me and Camila. A, B, C, Miao a Boba. A, Hadi Omi china, Bhanu, Cuenta ita ha. D cash Cola often N mama gender A, B, and, C, No Cango Nabuin Djomos Culo Well, consent you got initially young. A, we pong pushing now. B C. What is ambaan Woman Chuba Dentin Dentaxia an Kuba A W. Is Hanan. B, Winton, Cheong Honda. Gary Aim Bij honsaHktroma. 100 Bay. In Atanga hind, B, Taibang hand, C, or Ganga huan China fahinT Jinhua woman go about what a Sina. A, how bad Hong. B, Ht in C. Initial GDN Hyo dosha, D, intenc Yo Mok bound water B Junko. A, if B was what kind like bupiN C, or gog ya Hojala D, High. What was the Jung ha? A Chua B, Waxintia Mata. C, Hali has Duct Washington and buchungs. A, Tina. So Mini Shama, Baa, C inth D, intian Watch and Tufa. What tufa. A, B Namima Diaman yo, yeah. A Mishna Goo. Bam C Tindan Dao Bi Won tai san. What? A, enama B two morpa C W ShuhansuTintan Win flo. Watching haiku Akama B C Nibammain what are A, obama Cilla Bar indian pizza. Dana Aponoi B, C, tau sugar. What's in an cita? La show Jimbo. A, one Watch Katie Villa. B, Nikan Waxington Shimin C. JintenbT TahinenaJin unhinge W dollar month. A, W one? Show or C. B, Watch fla, C, JandamNs a maton better. Di wants home Hi Shang Xiao 78. Listening Practice 10: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. Mama. Are means. B, mama, ui fama CT Taishan require low. You drink badly, am D or maintain your sure. Well, C Cohan Beijing dot. A W inst put B tidy halo, Ned weight Ct one faim. D, Mig Beijing M. Minton Shadi. A, Ganzen f Shiba highlight G, B, B, C, inaraT was 101 Yuan. Won Soong. A, Jianhua Bota yun Dong, C, Hobon naban Shu Dian hook German What uns I call Yo Botanja Shark HSK. A, Booming but jun be the hab Da, B, Who Dan C, Tin Tin Tin humbua D Nayan Chang hui and Kash. Want in A, Shama, B, Ganja Man, Tang Bama C, WohinPuh Shan ku. D, Naanahadan kai Man. Wa china and Shilah hung an call you. Agha gongs. B. Wiamuno C Wanda so yell DutanT and hue. Watonga means Shia Wah Da. A, yoyoma Bama intense, Chin. D not eating your tube Wun A, Ginam, B was a DGuntunhoma, D, Nian Shu and fan. Jinan Shao Shu yo. You don't. A, Ninan trunk Hong summer B, Stan Woman, C, Tai ho, Nathania Shama MT, Tin chen Citi and Shu. Toma. A, on Shuba, B, Him Dina. No Shaman E. C, Niao GT, Nienten id shall. Hand you you are howler. A, B, C, D, A, B, imagen. A, B, C, Bauer Da mind how you cub A, inkenonHana B, NimmfaHtma Cuban Cb Nam, D, *****. Mintia woman, Jovan call you Koh A, YoinjanubHm B, on my ShinkaaoZem D, as her nature Wan San jaa? So shall Yan Jiang beside. A, Bioang B. Winantua don't share. C. Wh W D means a fans M. What you shape called Tonga? A Mintenpaha man B, Tai Hkongin Chitu, D, chose an R. Side A, intent Chenango CinagHdri Aha, Baniun Chanom inara, D han Yoyo. What's your name Mongo. Ahjima B, Mintanhun C. What kind You Dian A Bian Yohan. Chu cafe Dothan Sohu A, B, have Bama C, HabanJonE sugar. D, what I. A, B, C, in ten D, hug *** Panama Jada Sisi fusinenetin, then Yang Mjm. I Go in y. Going to ten about intan Ben Jiang Xiang Xiang Yu. Both in this fashion, do hue, change when en Jiaotong Guan tu. The choosing Bantu zio ten, wean with Huai Huo Dong, the Xia HuienXu Bian Dong, hing Guan hu Guan Fang Tung hu, So Woman antagonist tate Susi habian Jin Ju Yi, Banjo Hojo ionGuanJan hin in Nei So Genting Kaifeng, so tension, Lang ho Mao ho Shang Di. Tension Fang Hu Y, sea oh Hanhanin huh Jen, use that at Bob and in Jin Yang Xi. You can do in Xi Jin Liansheng food, Jin Xing, Giant Hong tong, Hauten Faso. Yo Milk. Yo EDR 101 Shanghai hun. Unham waken you hutong a father. Yeah, go to bad. Nous the Go Tong chin hue WG hou Song hia ho kTuuKifunJen, Jiang Tiao Jian Wei, metian Zhao Shang hi Dan, Ban Dao Wan Shang Jiu Dian, Ji Shu Du Tong Ji oben Shu Ji Ti Wei Santen, Chitung human and Sigue Huan to Shu Bi Mian far Kwan, uh tiin Jianghu Guan Yuan Xin King Shani bombing Tanjala Bsat Sanya house sevens How hunk Pony in u did Show Han Shu Bi Xinjian Wi hang Juden huang Genting Yin in, hinaza ThinPiTzin, Rugo Xi Huan hung Chita Lucien, because I did here Jang Gong and the boundary share holder inching start Bobi Tin Jiang Ji. Hanging Pio M. Fobian UPN Yoyo Hui. Whom do pahununonan Gun, TaheGinTHbns, no pin Tai M. You more yeoyo Changi. 79. Listening Practice 11: Section one, Part one, listening comprehension. Conversations one through 20 time approximately 25 minutes. You will hear several short conversations. Each conversation will be played once along with the four choices of response, A, B, C, and D. You will have 5 seconds to choose a response that completes the conversation in a logical and culturally appropriate way. What A, in the Thu beside in Jing hai B, Taihu and Tina Bush, Nil and Dojila C, u fanumul Duhon hang dj M A, un Bem, tainan. B. W you Chana Dio hung. Wong Abu B. So then C. No Moana D, Bohami Shamu huaa A, NagahodaC B, Nigh trama Cinti Jen Long, D, NjomoPaan. What toman tio Quan. A Tinian Neuromian B, a BitwNigoi Timmy the Won Jan. C, Ni Zoa G and Shu D, No Mo Bziban Whangantin Bill C or hue D, check out he's a mazu. Noun. Aimee zu, B, ginia Mo Disa C, Hajan on, D, Naja haga man. What you A Thai food B Timon one, Dom canteen, hang Dong De sub oma hung zu B should pin A, Johan Kanji, B, does Jio hu C, WojaPombea Kalia fungua. D, Han hang Tia, what a Shia To human io. A, Junzi Jiao Yao BN bow and Alma C O, um, D holy father. What hung hung, he cla. A Notouma B, Taibang, is a Mayan Cedar, C. China Lao median mean Di Huan Donta Hiatan Min tian Wyounanan pizza. A, Wow. Holy ha. Ni jun Behma Butch. C Nachos da jom, D, Nia chu ti. What anon. A Jian huan fuma B, Cafetkb Cui B, so water, D. Wow. Nani hianginaghung he Jibala you got yank. A Wamsi, BHP harmer Nginan Dillon A. Wow. Nania Chunga high. B, Nzoana C by Shoah Naja d and the slow Woman A Nian Mh go, Boazobgama C, him Duco uen, B TujunFing D, kanafen Waton tune was HantaJu A, No Modsan B, Tai Bangla, Huo Shimada Dothue Hang ton. A, WHO Bhan Cid ten B, Huma Doha A, B, how do, how pima. You mentioned that What don't move Tina, M. What he Won you can T and too far? Woman Judith Saudi and edit. How shut down. Yay. Woman he now Bands hunting tree tuna. Go to in Tin chen junio 10 is Yanian Dw Ebo Hey soda shot shot Chan soda. Shame and teg humun W Tino tin qui Duhon fu Jung in in Bin tai Hao yo ho Jung Xian. Ruha Santen Lin. She Xiao Jiang guiding truly. What you Yao Yao Huan Jong ish in Shuman Jinyang Wang you are not hard to Jiang tauntuan No Tinia, B, Bogo hang Chuan call ku. Tiga would be and. Hung tum. Yoda Bogota Jian band. Juan hundred CY Tong Ueno. Hi Tong hun hi hia Xiang Yu Xia ho Xia Sandin that Hao hang Ju buy Ian, do the one a Zi hold on. Shh Jiang your Gogo hi Shang Jun Beta me hTang e Tun tong Fu jong Jianghu Zi Tai Bo Yan. Huang da Zhang Yu Huang Jia chang, E Tong Jian Lai. Shang your booming Jansia won a Tong hu say Banjo Ji Tian Dao Jia chu Don Ti. Nu Shiman hen human, Huan Lai Dao Shou Du go Jichang. JinhuY Wen Ding Yu Jin Wan hide and Shuen Yo Beijing Feon Shanghai, CAR San hang Ban, I ten he weaning, Jiang Yan Lang Xiao Shi Yu Ji Fei Jian Wei Wang, Shang Zu Dian Shu Woman waits di Bobi and Shen Bio Chen Ye hung Ko Pan Yo Man Loy, Dzeko hushing ton ju, pink pin, Donkey pie, Do Donte ko foot in the hi, in chien San chen. Ganzen in Indonesia, you pay. Y. GK TinE Taiwan, Guang Juda, T Tu, but at Jiang Kai Shi Jian Piao, Hinch B iauPio Liquor, in Qua hang Wang, HH Tin Tin in Xian Piao. Lathan zi Shu, fun jong h f to, in Baja, Di Hou Swish pin, Chu Ancien, that's teaching in Yan Jin cia Di Ian, Ibadun Wei sin Pin hang tu, is zu. Hi K pan Yoman Hui Guan Yang Guang Go, Junin hint Shao Sandia, Wojanza lo, Jong tin, Ji Xin hin Yin, ho Jiang Hu Dong. Jiang Ping, Boko, Go Jan, Jia Yung Dent pin Pai HfuPin. Fan Jin Tian hai, Ban Shang chang hof Man San Bai and Goku, Jinko Pin, go, shou Pio tan Yu ho Jiang. Xin Dasia juntan tan Junin go qui in Yin Lian Lian. 81. Story Narration Practice 1: We're going to do exercise about looking at the pictures, and then let's do a story narration exercise. I will give you some time to look at those pictures, and then that's going to say, tell a story in Chinese. Okay. Are you ready? So let's go over some vocabularies you might need to use. So, for example, Chong Yi bench. So there is like a long chair. Yo shou Amusement facilities. So you can say in the park, there are some amusement facilities. You can say, Gong Gen Y Hondo, huh. And the next one is fountain Panchen. So yes, Panchen Zai Gong yen. Or tongue like lie down. So the person lying down on the ground can say tong and then who drew ambulance. So all these hard vocabularies. But other vocabularies, you can say, I first give a person a name. Like a Sha Wang, et cetera. And then the park GongyanR? And then what he's doing TazePaobu right? And then he saw a person lying on the ground Ta Kan Jian Kantian, I see also gun tong, si, dish. Tong, Tong, si, dish, dish on the ground. And then he make a phone call, right? Ta Dian Hua. If you don't know how to say call ambulance, you can just say, Oh, call the hospital. You can say, Tayana Hua or you can say Tage shun Dadi Hua. And then ambulance is Hutu, but if you don't know how to say the ambulance, you can say, Oh, Ishan Lila, the doctors came. And then Tam and Bangla righih. So they helped the girl. And then you can say, Jan h, later on, righiHdaR? Hoda much better. Hadla ah, TamanihiPau Bu. They run together. Okay, so then let's go over a sample. Yo Eitan, so it's one day. So you can say also one morning, you can say, Yo tenso, sham or tenso, sha. Or you can say on the weekend Tom Shh. All these you can say, Xia wang, you just take a person's name. Shaan Sai so hang in the morning. Tai Jia Fu Jin fjinNarby home Zai Jia Fu Jin. The Gong yen park pab run. In the morning Shaan run in the park near home. Yeah. Yo Tian Xia Wang, SiaosanTJa Jai ha Fujin. Maybe like word Fujin you kind of don't know, like, near home. But Gong Yuan is a very important park. Gong Yuan Park. Pao Bu is run jog. Tuten, so this day, Ju ten. Tiene h. So the weather is really good. Tien hi is the weather. Gali. So in the park Hana. So it's a very pretty Yohand there are Hondo Hua, flowers, shoe trees. Change bench, Yolo show sir in amusements, facilities. Hi yo Panchan also fountains. Turan, like I suddenly. Taza Lu hang Lujan is on the way on the road. Candle saw a person Tongues Ida. You see tongues lie lie down. Tongues Disha. And then Shia Wang. So it's a little Wong Jud taping Jude thinks Taping he is sick. Being sick sick, he feels like the person on the ground is sick. Shaan Jose. Jodi is panic, worrying. So Shawan feels feels so Shaan is very worried. And then Tahan Ma Shang is sick right away. Da Dian Hua. So make a phone call. Jiao Ji Hu Tu io Ji Hu Tu also called the ambulance. A lot of times they call ambulance. You can say, Jiao huh tu. Huh. So then ioh tu Ben Songhan Song is give someone ride to the hospital. So then the ambulance send the person to the hospital. No gon how H. So after that person got better, Fei Chang is very much gh, thank Haan. So thank Shaan a lot. Tim and JH, so later they hung so become hang had upon you become very good friends. Jeh later Tam and M he ends all day every day, eat together, Gong Yuan, Pao Bu, go to the park to run. So in order to tell, you know, all these story, correct, it's very important to know Gong Yuan, right? Park and then Pao Bu to run. And maybe describe a little bit about the park. There are a lot of shoe, there are a lot of trees. Uh huh. And then tongue is very important. If you don't know Tang, you can just say, You in Zatsia. So there is a person on the ground. So ground very important. And he is sick being drowsy, very panic. Uh huh. And then to the went to the hospital. Yeah. Okay. 82. Story Narration Practice 2: Look at the se four pictures and see if you how to tell the whole story. So same, I will give you some time to look at the pictures. Yeah, so basically he runs into a dog in the street, and then the dog is lost. And then the owner is trying to find a dog. And then, like the tree like counts where the dog's home is. And then they came to, you know, trying to return the dog to the owner, and then it's very sad. And then the owner is very happy when got back the dog. Okay. So now let's go over all these phrases. So the first one he is a street. He. So in the street, you can say he hung. We don't say, but yeeha in the street. And then bus go go he tus the bus. Go go, he to. You can also say Go Tiao to for bus. Ride a bike tus right sent is bike. Test Get lost. You can say M M Poster or flyer. You can say hi bow. Hi, bow. The owner of the dog. You can say tun Tru Panic, worry. Choui Chouti cry or weep. C. Thank someone. You can say or or you can say Ghana. Now let's look at this one. You can say Yo EN, there's one day. Ten and then Egan an hai, a boy. Ikonahi so Sacha walk the streets. JanhTasaKandala, Eta, a dog, tiao or Ijigo the magic word either works. And then Iji Milula is Gallos. But you can also say, Job without Yalla, couldn't find his home. Job without ya or Mulla. Mm hm an hoh Shana hi, Yaobang how Bongo Ji go Jiao Da, Jo look for. Jiao Du is fine. HTamanz on a tree. You can say Shuang. The Shoshan kind of go like high bow. Like flier or poster, high bow. An h, Shanna hai, Bong, Trig go, Jada Tada turanoner or Jada, Tadia hi song Shak hoja. So you can use a song as the verb like give someone ride or send back home. So you can say Ta Song Shak hoy a Duran oner uranKanda shall go ho kanda see Hangasin and then ishela Shanna hi. Okay, now let's go over. Yo Tien. So one day. Shang, si, he, hang, so ong kind of in the street. So a song, so Lou, so walking the streets. Yo Tien haangTT hang, so in the streets so Lou. True, Tiao, hi, so this street. Tiao is the magic word for something along. Human Lou. Very busy. So this street is very busy. Li, hi, so it's back and forth. Lie is his return. So, hi hi is coming back and forth. Yo hand to, there are a lot of cars. Your Gongon teacher, there are buses. Run, so there is a person. Hits Shinto ride a bike. Tau Shang in the street. Yo there is one d, very cute. Shall go. So there is a very cute, adorable dog in the street. So yes, cute, adorable. Tam Lula, he gets lost. Milula Jobuda Jabuda couldn't find Jobuda Huizi Du couldn't find the way back home. Shao wang, Tai. So that bring, take Shaan, die. Shall go like bring or take shag. Jo Tadia so trying to look for his dog. Sorry, look for his home. So Joo Tada tia. Look for it. His home. Zai Lu Shang. So in the street, the E ko Shuang. So there is a tree. Yo Jong hi hi Bo is a flier post. So there is a flyer on the tree. Zai Lu Shang, the Ku Shu Ku is the measure word for tree. Yo, there is Jung Jong is the measure word for paper, flier. So there is a flier on the tree. Shall go the Juran Juran is the owner. So the owner of the dog say Jiao shall go. So it's looking for the little dog. Yeah, J Jo is ING, so on a flyer kind of writes Tadia the teacher. Teacher is address. Shao Wong so little Wong Tanja looks at Hi Bao Shan Dij look at the address on the poster flyer. Jiao Du Jiao Da find Jiao Du shall go Duran Duran is like the owner, find the owner's home. Duran. So the owner each each is always continuously for this whole time. Such is looking for its own dog, her own dog. Ta rousi, so she's very panicked, very worried. A ti. So so panicking, who crying, so start crying. See hope in the end,'ll go little go, how Da, let's i the Jia so find its own home. Turan Gao China, so the owner is so happy. Shall go to Juran, so the owner hang gun. So really thank, be thankful. Be thankful. Xiao Wang, the Bantu, be thankful for Xia Wang's help. So all these vocabulary important. So, for example, he shag in the street, hi hang walk so Lou have lot of cars Hondo tr. And then little dog shall go. And I get lost. Mu and then find so Jo or look for jo and then Soha on a tree. Jan Hiba Hiba is a flyer. And then on the churn and look for Jo look for her. And then you can use Digi like address. If you can't, like, a remember Dij you can just say, Oh, Jia si Alli where the home is. Jia Alli. And then drowsy, panic, worry. And then cool as a cry. Cool chill, start crying. And then Gan he or he be thankful. 83. Story Narration Practice 3: Okay, so next one, let's go over. Let's look at the pictures first. Then let's come up a story together. So this story is kind of like a very straightforward. So this girl kind of like will have a Chinese exam tomorrow, and she study until very late because she kind of went to sleep very late and she got up late and then but there is a traffic in the morning. And when she got to the school, the exam already is over. So this is the whole story. Also, I will give you some time to go over and then see how well do you do? Then let's go over some vocabularies first. So the first one, stay up late. Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. And the next one classroom. Teo, sure Teo sure. Now, Drone. Now, Drone alarm clock. Now, drone to tree is stuck. Te is car to tore a traffic jam. To to. Wake up. Theo hing Chiao ing get up from the bed. He chang he huang. So he is get up hung is bed. So get up from the bed. He chang be prepared. Get ready. We say drone Bay. Drouin Bay. And a lot of times the teacher will say, You ready? Trombi hom. So Drouin Bay. Exam more test. Cow. Sure. Cow. Sure. Okay, so let's go over. So you can say make up a story, like and then you have to make up a name like Sha home. Shall Home. DR ten, your culture. So you can't say in ten. The Midian tomorrow, things didn't happen yet. So it's better when you tell a story, you say DRTN so the next day. So it's ya Hong DR ten, Yoga culture. So has exam. So you can say Yoga Jouan culture has a Chinese exam. So, tao yet, you can use for A y stay up late. Or you can say hi hi to ho w. So study until very late. She hit ho w. So. So therefore, So, D R ten on the next day. S home Tehan hon won. So hiongG up how very late. Chichon ho. Or you can say Han an Ti hua. Like, wake up very late. Mm hmm. And then Tai shianyouho Shah when she wants to go to school. Tehan Yo Hondo tr, you can say there are a lot of cars in the streets. Tihan yo Hondo trou. Or you can say, Do to have a traffic jam. Do truck. But if you don't know how to say have traffic jam, then you can say hang Hondo tr. And then for a ride, you can say Dow. You say, Xiao hog Do shu Xia do shh. So when she arrives to school Tata ho ho CosejinT Shu Ejin already, tea Shu finish. So the exam already finished. Or you can use like Kowal right? Kosh is exam. Why is it finish? TajaEjin already Kowal So it's just a different way to phrase it. Okay. Then let's go look at this example. So Shia Hong. So that's her name. Wan shop at night. Oh, yeah. Oh, yes, stay up late Tao han Wa until very late. So Shao hung, Wan, shop. Oh, yeah, Tao Hunan, so stay up like, very late. D ten in invest because dartin the next day, J culture, there is a Chinese exam. So Hong Han Jen Jong Little Hong is very nervous. Ich is continuously S study Dahmba until very late. The art and Zhao Shan. So the next day, next morning. No, drone is alarm clock. Now, this word can means noisy, lively. Uh huh. No, Dronedrone' clock, so alarm clock. No, drone Jiao hin hashing like wakes up, Shahn. So little ho. So alarm clock wakes Shia hung up. Kush is but Shia home Jetta, so but Shah feels very tired. He lay. Bohanghhuan doesn't want to get up. She home. So she Yo hu yehor. So Yo again, hu sleep Yeh for a while. So she hog slept for a little bit longer. Ah, then fashion Fahien can means discover, find out, realize Citron WG up late. He has a later he he Shia. So goes to school Dusan Lujan Lue the Road. So the way goes to school. Yohan DoTur there are a lot of cars to the traffic jam to troll to Lohan town, Shen so had the traffic jam kind of stuck in traffic for very long time to troll to Lohan how ****. Hang hangs very long. Chu Jen is time. Hang hung h Tien. Ran h is then. Ran h is your Hong. Hypo Hypa scared of h dough Du is going to be late. So therefore, Pao Dao she also runs back to school Ta Pao Dao Tiao uh when she runs to the classroom. Tiao Shu classroom. Jun Wang Cao. Sure. So the Chinese exam, the Chinese test. Y Jing Ji Shu Yi Jing is already Ji Shu is finished. It's already finished. Xia Hong. Hang hung i the cheese or Shang Ti is get mad. Shunzhi the cheese get mad with herself. Hang hung Tiz the tea. You didn't decide ho ho later on. Edin definitely N TN in advance Tron Bs prepare cul sure. So decide later on, Edin definitely for sure. We'll teach N Ts Ns in advance room B prepare exam. Okay. So all these phrases, important phrases, let's go over one more time. Oh, yeah, stay up late. Oh, yeah. Okay then a su exam. Co Shu Jin Jung, nervous. Hin Jung. And then, no, one is alarm. No, June Jiao hin is wakes up. Jio hin Ji feels very tired. He huang, get up. Rho is then Fa hen is realized. Hehang Chihuan get up while very late. Tho so Jehos later on a Lohan in the street. Yo Hondur the Tro, so there are a lot of car. To Tru is a traffic jam. To Tro is a traffic jam. To a Han hang, hi Jen is time. Hai Pa is I feel scared of. She Dao is be late. Ten already Jia Shula already finished. So Shung Ti get mad, but Songs Zi did get mad with herself. Juden decide TTN in advance. Dr B. Get ready, prepare. 84. Story Narration Practice 4: At these four pictures. This one is that's her birthday and at office, her co workers help her celebrate her birthday. The vocabulary maybe for a cake, tango, or tong, co workers, then Kuo Shungu celebrate birthday, et cetera. Then she ate a lot of stuff. And then you can say a Hondo, how Dh something good to eat. And then she got sick stomach sick. You can say Dos tong, stomach sick and then or go to the bathroom, Shantz then she has to see a doctor KanihunO you can say Kan bin. Either way works. Okay, so now I will give you guys some time to look at these pictures. And if you guys feel time is not enough, feel free to pause the video anytime. Now let's go over some key vocabulary. The first one Chicho balloon. The hi air, ho is ball, Chicho is a balloon. Chi Cho. The next one L present gives Li Liu. And then tienen hen doughnut. Ten is sweet. Lu sweet, sweet circle is doughnut. TN TNhen 1010 hen. And then in i is a surprise. Pi, do it is party. Xin pi, do it is surprise party. Tini Pai te. Hm Bao is like a hamburger. So it's all the stuff she was eating. And then hotioFrench fries. Shoo tio. So Shu by itself means potato. Tiao is something long. So Shute Bathroom. So sore. So sore. And then Cha Tien ha is a check. Inspect a physical checkup or exam. Beverage. Lo ino. Drinks. Luan Dong hi. Luan is randomly. She is eat. Don i is things. So eat things randomly or eat junk food. Eat no healthy food is an Dong Xi. Okay, so now let's go over together. So you can make up a name again. So I will use Shia hung again. So hia hung in ten Kua Shun j. So Kua is a celebrate, so she celebrate her birthday. Or you can say in ten ha Hong, the Shung j. So today is Xia Hong's birthday. Zai Bang shirt in the office. Si Bong goon shirt. Tata ton shirt, ton shirt, cower. Tong shirt, colleague, co worker. Ta tone, shirt. Gei Ta song. So the preposition gay So Geta, gua shonga celebrate birthday. Geta. Guhonir Gela ta Honda Lu is present. So give a lot of presents. Gela ta Honda Lu. Tamai tango, so eat cake together. Tang. And then Shahn HangGo ing very happy. HangGoin Okay. Tala Honda, hour Don so eat a lot of like things good to eat. Hula Hondo how chi done. And then your tango, so cake, or shoo, french fries. Tintin chen doughnut. Mm hmm. Then should touch a Thai door don't hi. So she ate too much stuff. Thai door the dong hi. Ta Hui dos so upset her stomach. He hi, don't she Shang handou went to the bathroom a lot of times. Shang hands Dosh tong, stomach hurts a lot. Dosh tong. So taka hung went to see the doctor. Okay. Then let's go over the example. Jin ten Leo today is Leo's birthday. Shon shu co worker. Geta, Gei means give but here is prevision for her prepare Tuba Ting si pai do is prepare the surprise party. He cower can prepare the surprise party for her. And then Pi dosha, like in the party. Mm hm. TonTong Shuman, the co worker colleagues Juba prepared Hondo. A lot Liu prepared a lot of gifts. Chichi Chihio is like balloons, tango and a cake. Leo. So Leo Kachi hi. So it's extremely happy. Extremely happy. Jill extremely. TaTaja here is everybody. Okay. Leo so for eo Juba prepared prepared Hand hot DonchePrepared a lot of, like, something that is just to eat. Tua is besides Thong Tanga iwis. Ta something something y. It means besides. So Tula Shonangaowi so besides the birthday cake. Hao also has Hub banana, Tintin chen doughnut, hutoFrench fries in Liao beverage. Hao also has itada Shu also has other food. Leo tao, taco, taco, taco, big bite, big bite. The children. So keep eating. Tu the hanksin so eat very happily. Kosher, but Leo till the Tai del Leo eats too much. But do Chihula so upset her stomach. Why is bad, so Chihula Tasha in the afternoon I continuously his go to the bathroom. Do the tonsil. The stomach is very like it hurts so much. Ah then ah Leo Chikana wants to go see a doctor. And then on Keto iencha. So Tien hai is a physical checkup. Did the physical checkout for him. Kia is prescribed medicine. Leo Hoda is much better. Yoho is literadonsla. Won't eat food anymore. Okay, so then let's go over the vocabulary one more time. Shungu birthday. Tong co worker. T B, prepare. Tini Pai Due is surprise party. Dumb prepare again presents. Chichew balloon, tango, cake. HangaohinV happy. And then all these food like Han Baob, burger, Tintin hen, doughnut, Shot is French fries. I Lo beverage. Chita other food or you can just say heads. And then do stomach Chihua, so upset the stomach. Mm hmm. So sores bathroom. So sore. And then the stomach ache, TungillaTs tungilla Chichon doctor, and then Tian ha, physical checkup. Kiyo prescribe the medicine. So an plus where you do things randomly, doesn't have rule you can say an Dons eat random things. 85. Story Narration Practice 5: Those four pictures. So I will give you guys some times to kind of, like, think about the story line in your mind. And so, so we can say this boy, he find a wallet, like in the maybe the corridor at school. And then he returned the wallet to the lost and found at school. And at the same time, another student just found out he lost his wallet in the classroom. And he, kind of, like, went to the lost and found and then found his wallet and he's very happy. Okay, so let's go over some key vocabularies. So the first one io, sure. Classroom. A lot of times Tio is teaching. Sure, it's room. So io, sure. There's a teaching room, so it's a classroom. Tio, sure. Next one, so long is corridor or hallway. So long. Okay, him Bo is a wallet. Lisa has money. Ball is back, so him Bo Chimbo And then Tang Tuong is to pack, load, contain, have something inside. You can use a huang. Jan. And then lost and found, we call the Shh, Join, tu. So so is lost. Ooh, is the things. So's things that is lost. Jalin Jalin is kind of like, to get True place. So us Shuo Jolin tus lost and found. And then Kong sun Yuan is a staff. Gonso is work. Yen Yuan is a person, so onsuen Yuan is a worker or a staff. Okay, so then we can go over together. And we can say his name maybe homin. So you can say, Yo ten Shamil say hi ha at school. Faien so find out faienEg shamble has, like, a wallet. Or we can say, Shang Shi Shou do so long, so long as cordle say hi ho does so long. So in the corridor at school, fai and a you go shamble so find a wallet. Ah, Taba him Bo, Nacho so Natick bring Nacho, Joling Troup lost and found. Uh huh. So true drowning, Tula is found. And then yoga tons, so the classmate. Facien you can also use facien to find out. FacienTaibo Diula Diula is lost. But you can also say Buzzea Luz you couldn't see it. So it's like a lost or, you couldn't see Butiela. An h, Ta chi Jolin to Jiao Du, Ta him Bao, then go to the Lost and Found and found his wallet. Okay, so now let's go over together. Yo eat in one day. Yo tin. Shall shell, S shall school. She shall so long, so long is a corridor. So long, T shanti hangs on the ground. So that round than fashion, fashion is find. You go Shamba found a wallet. Hab Chimbo inside the wallet. Truong Chen Truong is hold. Mine full of chen inside the wallet is full of money. So Truong is hold contains mines full chins money. So inside the wallets full of money. So. So that's his name. JenhenPi So Jen his pickup. So Jeni Chimbo picked up the wallet. Unh is then Run h. Tab hambon dollar. Nah dollar takes two. Show, Join, true. So then he took the wallet to the lost and found. So how ooh, Jolin, true lost and found. Taba Tambo, Tioge is handed to Tiogeali the sur soring staff. So he handed the wallet to the staff. And then Joko Shihoso at this time. Shang ku Shihoso during the class. Shao won so Shia wan fashion and find out Taha Bo Bojiana so his wallet is gone. So you say BienaPujiana is kind of gone. As you couldn't see it, so it's gone. Taun Jiaoti Gaozi is a panic, worry. Hang Nang is very sad. It's also very sad. Ta Jo Jo is look for looked. So he looked Hondur Divan, like, a lot of places. Devan's place, so he looks a lot of places. Hash Hesh is still Hai Shi Mo Jiao Da Jia Da is fine, but still couldn't find it. So therefore, soy Shau ho, Shao finish class H after. So after finish class. Ta chi, so he went to how Jolin o went to the lost and found. Che Jo, the Chimbo, go find his wallet. Che Jo, the Chimbo. Ta Joo hula. Jo hula is kind of like, got back. Ta the Chimbo, so he got back his wallet. Ta Gao sin Ji so it's really happy. Okay, now let's go over some key vocabularies. So the first one, huh Shia School. She Shia. Next one. So long. So long corridor hallway Dishan on the ground. DishanFahen. Fahien is fun. Fun shien Shamble wallet Shamble Duan contains holes. Duong mine is a for mine. The Jen has a lot for love for money. Jen is pickup. Jen. Now, n, nos take grab. Show, joling, true. Lost and found. Show, joling, true. And then Tioga is Hindu. Tioga Naida Csanan staff worker. And fan hen, again, find out this cover. Hn Joos Jose is panic. Nanua is sad. Josie panic, Nanu sad. But Joo Joos look for Hindu defang defansPlaces. Places difa. Mao Jiao Do couldn't find Jiao D. 86. Story Narration Practice 6: For pictures. So I will give you guys some time to look at these pictures and then trying to figure out what's going on in those pictures. Okay. And if you guys wants to pause the video, feel free to do so. Okay. So basically is maybe during rush hour or Monday, or just busy day. There are a lot of people on the bus and there are no seats left. And at one stop, an old grandma kind of get on the bus, but nobody is kind of willing to give out their seats to her. But she's really old. And at this time, this boy kind of stood up and gave his seat to the grandma, and she's really happy and then thanked him for it. Okay, so this is kind of like the whole story. Now, let's go over some important vocabularies. So the first one Gong gong, te chu is the bus. Gong Gong is public. T. A lot of times you're referring to gasoline because all these kind of, like, cars, vehicles run on gasoline. So Gong gong, techo, so it's bus. And then so down is aisle. So Dow. So so literally means walk. Dow is a way or path. So so dow aisle. And then e away is set. You can also just say ways seaway or ways like a set. Rong. Run is give away. So is a seat. So rung u is kind of like a give out the person's seat, give up someone's seat. Rong Wage. Wage means position, C means place, C means seat here. Wage wage. Okay, so now let's kind of talk about here. So let's say Yo Tian Gong Gong Tito Shan. So on the bus, Yohandoan so there are a lot of people. Mayo Zu There are no seat or Mo wag hog shh. At this time, Tug Shuh Yo Eigo Lona. Old grandma. Shang Tua get on the bus. Then she may run, Sangeeta tan Zu away. But nobody want to give her the seat. Yk Shauna, hi. Jana t. Gentil. I stood up. Okay, Luna, I ta the weights. So give the grandma his seat. Loan go hin. Grandma very happy. Ta Suaala. Sit down. Nahi nah Say thank you to the boy. Okay, so now let's go over the sample. So Yohitan there is one day. Wang Pong. So that's the boy's name. So Gong Gong e tu. So it's like a take the bus. Chu Shang Shu go to school. And then sing Tinting ShhinTi. So today is Monday. Tu Shang Yohan Doran, there are a lot of people on the bus. Won Pong, so Won Pong is the boy's name. Won pong Shang hu Shang the zu. So Shanhu Shang sou is get on the bus early. So therefore, so sit on C. So Dow the wage hang, so Co is next to close to. So Dow is AO. The wagon which here is referring to seat. So sit on a seat next to the Aio Teacher Tao Jan, the show. So teacher is the bus. Tao Jan is kind of arrive, the stop. Um, Teach Daojan show. Shanga Ego Luna e. So Loan, grandpa. Sorry, grandma. So Shang Ego Loan. So grandma got on the bus. Loan N grandma, Nani is age Hun tan. So it's kind of very old. You can just say Loan, hello, if you don't know how to say an Tian tag. So you can say Laoana hello. ShentiKanta Bush hang h. So shinty, the body, Kantia look like Bushhanh, so it doesn't seem like in good shape or it's not like seem healthy. If you don't want to say shinty push hang ha you can also say, Oh, Pian kang. It doesn't look healthy. Kosher. But MRN, nobody Geta, run, run so give out the seed. But if you don't want to say, give out the seed, you can say, May ran, Geta, throw away. Like set or weights. One pong. So one pong GanjenGanten. Hurry up. Gentil. Hurry up and stand up. Gangtans hurry up, ancilla. So hang Lona eh. So it's like walks towards the grandma. But the Zoe his own seat is self own So Sos kind of like seat. Run. Ron Geta, on ge let's give it away. Rungun on kind means let make u. So here is give away the seat. LaunaHanGan Dong. So the grandma is very touched. Gang dong is touched, moved. She he Wang pong. Thank Wang pong. Mm hm. So all these vocabulary. So let's go over one more time. So Gong gong, each. Goon on, teacher. That's buzz. ChohanghG to school. And then cow so down. So it's next to the aisle. Wage wage is kind of a seat. You can also si se away or wait either way it works. Tao Dao chang the Shao means kind of like arrive the stop, Arrive the station. Do Jan Shah. Nan ti is age, so it's kind of like the age. So it's very old Nanjianta Like a rung give out the seat. Chant, stand up, and then Gan Dong is touched. She she, like I think. 87. Story Narration Practice 7: Look at those four pictures. So they are racing, and this girl fall and injured herself, and then the doctor helped her, even though she was last, but she still want to finish the race and then kind of, like, goes to the finish line. Okay. So now let's go over some Ki vocabularies first, then let's come back. So yeah, so firstly, um Jihin is hold So hold event, hold something or host something. Jihing Yun Dong hue. There is a kind of sports meeting, so it's kind of like a competition and the tournament. You can say racing. You can say Yun Dong hue. And then Tanzia is participate or take part in or join. You say Tanja. And then Jin Si means race competition. Jing Si. Shui Du is for Shui Du. And then Shou Shang get injured. Shou Shang get injured. Boo ja Bo is wrap wrap up. Ja is too tight, so Bao Jia a lot of times means dress or wound. Bao Jia Shang ko is cut wound wound. Tong Dian is a finish line. So Tong is ending. Dan is a spot. So Tong Dian, that's a finishing line. To is proud proud of someone. Okay, so now let's go over. So you can say haha, Pao Bu run like Jingzi competition or race. You can say, Kai should should ho at beginning Kai should ho. Tasha Ding. So she was the first. Taj Di Lah ta, Shri DF Shri do Ishan Li Ban ta. Doctor came and help. Ban ta, can say dress the wound. Bo Ja Shan ko Pooja, dress the Shan ko, cut. Bao ja Shan ko. An h, ta, hi hi continue. Hi hi, pao, hang, run towards Pao Shang, Jong Dan hen. Jong Din Chen is the finish line. Okay. So now let's go over example. So Shele Shale is, like, her name. Gaudun is high school. In an today, Jing Ji hen's host hold chang Yun Dong hue. You like a sports meeting or a race competition. J hing Y hang, Yin Dong hue. So literally Yun Dong is a sports. Hue a lot of times means event meeting. So Yun Dong hue. So I can only hold a sports meeting today. Honduran. So a lot of people Tania Tanya participate, join, just in Dor hue. So this sports meeting. Ta Han jalaTanjala Positipate so TaanjalaPab is kind of race running the inside inside competition racing. Kai h. So at the very beginning, tapa honki. So she runs very fast. S the email so comes the first. Kosh but to run all of a sudden. Boho in Boho sin is kind of a by accident. Shri do fall. So by accident, they fall. Run ho is then Shou Shang Shou Shang les get injured. Mm hmm. Ishan Ian's doctor like Ban ta. So come and help her. Bao Bao Ja is kind of like wrapped up. Shanko is a wound. So Bao Jia Shanko dress the wound. Sun is even though Suan Ta Shanko the cut, the injury, the wound. HashanTnHs is here still. Tong is hurt, but still hurts a lot. Shai so Shale he Din decide Shu continue T beside, so continue her race. Pao Shang Pao Shang, like a run towards hung D is the finish line. Tao Wanung Wanhung is finished. T B side, the competition. So finished. He competition. Wit so for herself. Gang Dow is a feel. Jia also feel proud of herself. Okay. So all these phrases, let's go one more time. So Jing is hold Jin Yin Don Hui Sports meeting. Tanja PasipatePa Bo Run dog Jinci competition, as De Min Temko comes first. To raun of a sudden. Shri D falls. Shri D then Shou Shang get hurt. Bao Ja Shanko dress wound. Tongue hurts. Do you think, decide Tsu continue Bsi competition. DN, finish line. And then your pride or proud you can use as a noun, and you can also use as adjective. 88. Story Narration Practice 8: Okay, so now let's look at those four pictures. So the pictures is kind of in the backyard. This guy is cooking and maybe his girlfriend or wife is looking at him cooking and eating ice cream when he's cooking barbecue. But he's really bad at cooking barbecue and burned food. And has a lot of smoke coming out. And then the neighbor next door saw the smoke from next door, and also they are cooking in the backyard. So what they do is they invite the neighbor and they eat together. Okay. So now let's go over some key vocabularies. So for example, Jue Ding decide Jue Ding. And then H Yuen backyard. H is back Yuan is yard, H yen. Shaku Barbecue. Shao kow Bin Ling ice cream. Bench ing. Shao is burned. Jo is burned. So Shao tio is burned something. Shao tio Yen is smoke or a cigarette. Yen. Yo ing is invite. Yooing Okay. So now you can say maybe his name, Tasi Hoyen Shau ka. So Howe and backyard Shaka Barbecue. And then ta Shau to a like burned or something. Shau to a fun. And then Yo Hondo the yen yen is a smoke. There a lot of smoke. Yo Hondo the yen. And then in ju, the neighbor inju kind of the Hondo the yen. There's a lot of smoke. And then tan you chin, yo chin right. Taman you chin, in tamen the whole yen, Ichhofun. Okay. So now let's go over the example. So in Tien Jo M. So today is the weekend. Jin tian today **** is Jo M the weekend, Jo. Tanh to Tien chi is the weather. Ten he Hunh, the weather is really nice. Ten Chi Hunh. And then Xiao Wang He Shelly. So Shaan, and then Shelley So these two people's name. Juden is inside. Ji Din said H yen, H Y in its backyard. Ho, yen. Then Shao k Shao Co is, like, have barbecue. Shao Co Sha Wang. So the little one. Kai Kaisha start Kai she shall cow Titi. So Kish, I start Kaisha cow. So here's a typo so it should be just cow or shall cow, so cow like roast or barbecue. Titi. Chicken Titi Mm hmm. Chicken leg. Wait, dow, wait, dou is taste. Wait, Do Chan chila. So Shang is, like, a can't taste really good. Ida hill is extremely. So, wait, Dao hang cher. So the smell like smells really good. Wait, Dao Shang chila. Shui so it's a little. So, so sit at hos hos is table. Pan Bean is next to. So sits next to the table. Iban is like a well Iban Bin Jilin we eat ice cream. Iban Kania Wang, Shoko. So we'll eat ice cream. Well, look a Shaan to eat barbecue. Kosher, but Xiao Wang Bu Tai hue Shao ko. But little Wang doesn't really know how to barbecue. But he, so it's really soon, really soon. To, but it Titus a chicken leg. Shaoxila then burned the chicken leg. Shao Thio la is burned. Yuan Yuan is in the yard. Men. So inside the yard, Do h yen, so there's smoke all over the yard. Shaan, little one. Shang hintiilla Shang hin is sad. Hi is extremely so Shang hin la extremely sad. The tue chicken leg. May fun so M is don't Fa is a way or method. So MPa, it wouldn't be possible Tua to eat. So there's the chicken legs are ruined so they cannot eat it anymore. So here, a is kind of emphasizing not anymore. Xiao Wang Ling ing is the neighbor. So Little Wang's neighbor. Yeah, that is also Zi Yuan Yuan is in the yard. So Yuan Li Dom Bay, prepare Shah. Shake is barbecue. So Little Wang's neighbor is also in the yard preparing barbecue. Chao Wang Jia, the yen, so little one's house smoke. So yen smoke pawed out runs to Taman Yuenhi so runs to their yard. So so in so the neighbor hiding decide Yao Qing is invite Shaan Sully, so Sha wan, Sally Li comes to Tamanja so cos come to their house to visit. Eat together. Shaka so eat the barbecue together. Shui so little Banging i helps neighbor aura like barbecue. Sha wan Gun inju Mars daughter. So Shaan and the neighbor's daughter Hojio drink Laotian chat. Come and eat, so they together Gu goo. Gua can mean suspend, but you also can use Gua after the verb turned into perfect presentens. Gua is go one Kaisin is happy. Jomo is weekend, so they spend a very happy weekend together. 89. Story Narration Practice 9: Let's look at those four pictures. So it seems kind of two friends or two co workers, they kind of, like, want to have some Chinese food. And then the waiter or the host kind of welcomes them inside the restaurant. And then when they get to the restaurant, they sit down and then they order it seems like some tea, some dumplings, and some fried rice. And it seems like really enjoying the meal and then the restaurant inside is kind of look nice. And then when the time to pay the bill, and then the waiter came, it seems like the guy kind of forgot his wallet. And then the girl said, No worries, I will get the bill. And then the next day or later, the guy kind of, like, give back her the money and say thank you to her. And so, yeah, so this is kind of the story. And then let's go over some vocabularies first. So, for example, Yu hing is very passionate or enthusiastic. So it can, like, Oh, welcome them very give them very warm welcome at the door of the restaurant. And then Huan Ying is welcome. Fu Yen, waiter, waitress hang Dan, the bill. Ham Bo, the wallet, the purse. Food hen. Like a pay. So a lot of times like a food is you pay for something. Food hen. Huanen is like a return of money, pay back. Guys, yeah. Like, be thankful, thank. Okay, so now let's try to come up with the story. So again, so we can make up some names like maybe Shao Hong and Xiao Ming, Taman Ichi together, to go to Jong fan Dien Fan dian restaurant JonguFandien, Chinese restaurant. And then Fu Yuen, the waiter Fu Yan Hui Taman welcomes the Huan Taman. And then Taman so Jin Fan Dian walks into the restaurant. So Jin fan Dian Taman Dian, a Dian order Tamandia a Hondo how chi Dong hi. So they ordered a lot of stuff to eat, Ho chi Dong hi. The Tamanda a hao fan, stir fry rice, Diana jiao dumplings or boos steam dumplings. And then TamHuh they drink tea. And then tameneww h after they finish eating. You see, you can use the word one. Like, finish, but you use one after the verb. Taman chew fan, Tam yo, Maidan, like, pay for the bill, Maidan. So a lot of times we say, Oh, Fu yen, the waiter fu yen, Maidan. So the waiter bill please. Fu ya, Maidan. And then fu yen the waiter fu yen Laila. So the waiter came. And then Taman Dian Lu, um they ordered so many things, and then they were saying Matan. But the guy was saying, Oh, Tao Wang la forgot. Tawana Taihe Bao him Bao, the wallet. So they've got the wallet Wong him Bao. An h, Shahn. Then she hones Shia Honshu, Shia Hong hua MO Mak Oe she don't worry. We Maidan. I will pay for the bill. You can say Maidan or you can say, Fuchen. So I will pay Fuchen and then the next day, the ten shall mean Huan Jen. So Huan hen, give back money, Huan hen, Gai Shia hung. Like a gay, gift, give ha Hong, and then Shia hung Shu. Make sure. So like hah says, M sure. Byung hi, so you can Okay. So then let's go over. So ho sorry. Wang Tang Hu Jong. So just kind of come up name. Wangang and Jungle. Wang Jiang Hu Jong L. Shoot tono toon shoo co worker. Toman, so they, but finish work. Eh. So after finish work, ding decide Itchy, itchy altogether. To che tu fan. So go out to eat Truchet fan. Tamanzo Dao. So they walks to Tamanzo Dao la Ego So there's one Ego Jong Gu fine. Goes to a Chinese restaurant. The Tienen Chien Men is in front. So they goes in front of a Chinese restaurant. F Yen so the waiter Hau. Very passionate. He jute. Huang is welcome. Huang Tamantina so welcome, come inside. Do fun di so this restaurant Cantel look Hambot looks really good. Taman so they giding is decide. So Tamandin so they decide Shure, give it a try. Taman they they ordered Hondur a lot of how true Dong hizo, they ordered a lot of good things to eat. Hang Xiang Shi is, for example, like bows, steambns, chao fun, stir fried rice, Dong Dong, et cetera. Chuan Jeh Chuan, so one is finish. So finish eating. Jeh is later. So after finish eating. Fu yen is the waiter. Fu Yanna Jung Dan Fu yen took the Jung Dan the bill. So the waiter took the bill. Kosher, but Wang Tian Turan, all of a sudden. Fan Chin so find out Wang De Wang T is forget. Die Tian B forgot to bring the wallet. Jane Gantashu then Jane told him, Me Guan Xi. No worries. W Life I come to FJenFuJiaPei. So I will be I will pay. I will take the bill, Futi pay. By a soft to. Wang Tang id feels unduly Han is very duly literally means lose face, it means embarrassed. So Wanghan feels very embarrassed. D ten so the next day. Se Guns also at the company Wang Jiang, but Han, so has money Huang. So here is pronounced Huan means return. So also, this character can also means high. Wh pronounced high, it means also. But Huang Ge Jun Li is kind of give back to Jon Le Bin his and Gan Shi a ta. Like, thank her. Pam and udding so they decide Sha next time. Hi, hi. Hi he's also goes. Now, go find Dan that restaurant. Eat che, eat together. 90. Story Narration Practice 10: Let's look at those four pictures. It seems like a woman cannot come to a potiqu like clothing store. And there are two, either manager or shop clerk welcomed her, like, a really warmly and she came into the store saying, Oh, I want to replace this pair of pens. And then she took out his it was, like, a pair of blue jeans. And then she plays with one pair of black jeans or pants, and then return, give back to the blue jeans, and she's very happy about it. Okay, and then I'm gonna give you guys some time to look at those pictures, too. Okay. So now let's go over those vocabularies. So the first one Shang Tian. The store ShangN Shop. And you can also say Fu Dian. There is a clothing store Fu Dian. Mm hmm. I clothing for the. And then Coss pants. Cos. And if we say i C is the jeans. Us C so a lot of times Nza is funny. Niza is cowboy. C is pens, so Nu sa, cool. Cowboy pens. What is a switch. What exchange switch, W. Te is a return where we found. Two May is content or happy with something. So a lot of times I go happy with something we say, Do something, something M. Yes, the happy with something. So do something, something M. Can his be thankful. Gan Shi. And Ta Yuan is a shop clerk. Tian Yuan Okay. So we can say make up a person's name. So a home. Yo Tian one day hi Shang Dian or hyfuTNG to a kind of clothing store. And then tau Dayan Shu. So talk with the shop clerk. Taker Dian Shu Taya Huan Huan replace or change. Taya Huan, Eta Cos one pair of pens. Uh huh. And then Tana tu Natus takeout Tana chu E tau. So Eta Tao is the magic word for Pans Eta anird blue. AneurdNko. So take out one pair of blue pens, Lan soda, Nzaiku. Tasha she said Tabushi one so she doesn't like Tabusi one drag yen sod, so she doesn't like the color. Tahua TashianoHy soda, Nzaiku. So she want a black pair of pens. Hay soda. Nose. Mm hmm. And then DA Yuan, the shop clerk. Dayan Bang ta, like a helper, Bang ta, Huan a, like a replaced. Huan a Jota use ku, this pair of pans. Huaa JTeoNsku. And then Ta hang Gao hin. So she's kind of like she's very happy. Okay, so now let's go over. Wang Li. So that's her name, like any name we can use. Wang Li. I got Jo Me. So it's a one weekend. Zai Shang Dian. So at the store Zai Shang Dian is in the store. Mila bot. Mila to Tau is the magic word for something long shaped. ETO Nuk. Nu Ik is the jeans. So bought one pair of jeans. ETO Nucko. Tashi Wan. So he or she. So here is she. So Tahi so she really like Jota coots. The Youngs looks. So she really like the looks or how this pair of pants looks. Tashia Tashia is a size. So Tasha, so the Tai is big, is small. So Tashi is the size. So Taisho Hesh be suitable fits. Mm hmm. So the size is also fits Kosh koshis but tapo she h, so she doesn't like dirty cos the yen sir. So it doesn't like the color of this pair of pants. Mm hmm. So Sue is so tai Ding. So she decided, Hui Dao Ji Shang Den, so goes back to this store. Hi Huan Huan is a place IaohinKs so switch to a new pair of pants. Taken Dian Shu. So D is the shop clerk. So she talked to the shop clerk. When Huan, I to hin Kuz. So I wanted to switch to a new pair of pants. D one ta. So the shop clerk asked her. Otaku Yoshi. Went is the issue problem. So what's wrong with this pair of pens? Won knee, sure. So one knee says, shorthair so it's kind of repeat. You can just say Shortha you don't need the second a typo. So ShortaPuh Huan Taku the answer. So she doesn't like the color of the pens. Tashia To so she wants Eta as new as I could. So she wants a pair of black jeans. DN so Di is a shop clerk. Bang ta, like help her. Jo is a fund. Lato Shin K fund a new pair of pants. While do uz pens, Me is content, so she's very happy with the content. So so ttwiTwi is returned Ta twi hen us. So she returned pens from before. NaNa dollar took Na dollar Eta hind Cuz. So took a pair of new pants. WaniGosinjla, so is extremely happy. GansginTk the shop clerk. 91. Story Narration Practice 11: Four pictures. So a guy after he finished work, he goes to the supermarket to do groceries. And he bought a lot of fruits and vegetables. And then he goes to the flower store to buy flowers. And then after he got home, he started cooking dinner. It seems like for his girlfriend or his wife, and then that's their first year anniversary. And then they have dinner together, and then he give her the flowers. And then they have really great evening together, and even the dog enjoys its food. Okay, so let's go over some key vocabulars first, you're gonna probably gonna use. And I'm also going to give you guys some time to look at those pictures. Okay, so let's go over. So the first one how Shuo. Supermarket or grocery. How Shu how si super sheets market. So Chao he supermarket. Shoots high. Vegetables. Shoot high. Vegetables. Shui Qu fruit. Shoko Shang Jiao banana. Shang Jia SinmFresh. Sin Cam. So if you say, Oh, the fruit and vegetables are very fresh, you can say cinam Hua Dien is a flower store. Hua Dien. There is a hua. It's a flower. Dim It's shop store. Hua Dien flower shop. True, fung Kitchen. True, fung. The Quintez. So Huan is married. Get married. The Ninj is anniversary. So Tihentj that's a wedding anniversary. E Joian. So E is one. Jon is kind of a year. So EJoni is like the first anniversary EJonia Okay. So now let's come up our own story. So you can say Sha wang Shah, B ho. So after work. Sab ho. Tai chi how shu. So went to the glocery. Mm hm. Tai chi how she to go to the grocery. Um, Mila So bought Mila Shooti vegetables. He Shri gua, and then fruits. So Shooti her Shrika. So fruit and vegetables. And then Tamila bought Shang Jio, bought banana. Tamila Shang Jio, Okay, and then Talai Hua Dian ho when he get to the flower store. Hua Dian Shh. Tamia ha. Bought flowers. Maia ha. Bought flowers. Tamila Huang sod ha. Bought yellow flowers. And then Dao Jia Doja arrive home. Dao Jia ho. So after he arrived home Dao Jia yi ho. After he arrived home. Ta Kish so fun Kiss start so fun cooking. So start cooking. Kai so fun start cooking. And then had either Nu Pono Nu Pongo girlfriend or here is kind of a wedding anniversary, then it's like, Cheeses wife. Cheese or Laup like wife, so different way to say wife, Laup or his at the hits hotel, e one fun eat dinner. And then ta Songe Songes gift. Ta Songa. Ta da apo, Tamai ha, like, the flower. He bought mis buy his flower, Songeta Tami Hua. The flowers, he bought. And tada go, like his dog. Say Tam and the pong Ban Pong is next to. Say Tam and the pong, Ben, true, W fun. Also eat dinner. Okay. All right. So then let's go over this example together. Go Pong. So that's the person's name. So Go Pong. A, Bang finish work. Go Pong, ha, Ban ho after he finished work. How she had to go to the groceries. Mila bought Mila do a lot of Sincena SinsenFresh. Sincena Shug So bought a lot of fresh fruits, K shu ta, bought a lot of fresh fruits and vegetables. Tom Milo. So he bought Shang Jo, Shanjo banana. Chin hang green vegetables. Dong Dong, Dong dong, et cetera. An H is then an ho, Ta che Hua Dian. Then he went to the flower store. Hua Dian in the flower store, Yoh do pion hen hua so there are a lot of beautiful fresh flowers. So hen is a fresh flower. So there are a lot of beautiful fresh flowers. Tate So he, in the end Ma huang Hua bought yellow flower. In the is because Tai Tai Tai. So his wife. Yeah, this is another way to say wife. You say wife is different. Cheese Lao Po, Tai Tai. And for husband, you can say Lao gong. Hensong so hi hung can means Mr. Or husband henhongO Jong f. Ju Shi Tai is his wife. Suii Tui Xiu is a favorite. Sui Zi one the yens yen's color. So because it's his wife's favorite color. Daojia yh, Dao ya, Dos arrive. Do sia ho after arrive home. Takei should Kash star. Takei Shuai Tu funtufuns kitchen. Tu fung meanan means inside. So one fun. So Uh huh. So he start to make dinner Mm hmm, inside the kitchen. Um, Wan fun Wan fans dinner. Wan fan Cans looks Han fun on very rich. So it's kind of like a dinner. Looks very rich. Ta ta tai tai. So he and his wife eat easy together. Kai shin the happily Chuwa fi, so they eat dinner happily. Taman so they his also hula drink Edento so they also drink a little bit of wine. And then ta Song Ta hua. So he brought her flowers. Ta hang Kasin so she's very happy. Ta Ye Li Jun Bei is prepared. Liu is present. So he also prepared present. Tai Ye Ganti, I'm sure. So he also told his wife Jie Hun Ten YJonan quite L. So Zi huan get married wedding. Tenen anniversary. EJonYs one year quiet happy, so happy one year wedding anniversary. Tam and so they go two goos spent. Iga Igus one hung quiet loud. So very happy the white. So they spent a very happy evening together. Tam and the goal. So their dog, Kaizen the happily. Children one fun Joy I enjoy so eating dinner. 92. Conjunction: Or some common conjunctions that not only you can use in speaking, but also use in speaking. And also going to help you when you do listen in practice. Depends on what kind of conjunctions you hear is going to help you a lot to figure out words as well. Maybe sometimes you have no idea what they're saying, but it depends on what conjunctions they use, you can figure it out. Okay. So the first one is. But one thing you have to pay attention, remember is you cannot connect in long sentences or phrases. Most of time, h you only can connect like now or really short phrases. So it's different from English. And so the example would be Whi Huan Ping Ho hang Jo. So I like Pin voice, Apple, Hood, and Jiang Zo, and you see is kind of like listing two things together. Okay. And the next one Y is also and is adverb. So while you use Ye, you cannot use to start a sentence. You have to use after the subject. So for example, Tas us Woah. He is a teacher. I'm also a teacher. Okay. The next one. This one is moreover, and also that you can use as a conjunction like connecting long sentences or phrases. So. So man. So she is smart. T also is also very hardworking. Tash mean tiHani. So you see, Hanoi is kind of like sn noun in this kind of kind of phrase short phrase. So that's why, you use ti and you cannot use who or here. Okay, so but it's Dan hi sometimes you can also see but Kosh as well. So it's bad however, and it's kind of really common kind of conjunction. So the example is Wuhan hu. So I want to go Danim Shizen, but I don't time. So, um, so a lot of times tension, she, you can use it interchangeable, I just very slight different. So for example, tens is the tone relatively strong and more formal. But koshe is kind of a soft and a lot of times it's kind of more you're trying to state your more subjective opinion. And koshe is more coloqy than Dan Shi as well. So Densh is more written, stronger, koshe is more coloqi and soft. Okay. And Burgo is even softer than kosher. So a lot of times it's kind of like I agree with what you said, but so you add another point. Even though it's however, but it's really soft. Ka. Mm hm. And the next one Jochen how can This piece of clothing looks really nice. Ka but Tagulas too expensive. Let's use the structure tie and then adjetv. You see, I agree with Oh, this piece of clothing is nice, but I still want to add, oh, Hvar is too expensive. Next one, an RAR is very formal. A lot of times if you keep using, then she could Bogle and you can add JR there. So it's kind of like show your vocabulary and also it's more formal, more written than all the but above or like I talked about before. Mm hmm. So this one kind of just give you more options. Like you can choose from what you want to say. But instead of saying, Oh, then she could share all the time. You can also add an. So Ta Li tries really hard. Tau gong so he tries really hard to work. Ra however, Mo hongong didn't succeed. Aur Mao hongon. Okay. The next one way, something, something, soy, something, something. So inve is because so is like so therefore, so inve and then soy. So a lot of times inve plus reason. So plus result. Mm hmm. So inve Shia because it started raining. So is so woman Butch gona, so we are not going to the park anymore. So yeah, in Asia, So woman Buch gonwal. So it's saying, Oh, mentioned the reason. Mm hmm. It rained. And then soy like, so Buch gowala so cannot go anymore. You is due due to something. So it's kind of the same as ine. That's it. Iwa. So Youth because the weather is not good. Uh huh. Beside shell the B side is kind of the game or the like a competition it got canceled. So same plus a reason. Uh huh. And then you will talk about the result. Oh. R is I J is then. So Rug. So if something something, then Ru goni. So if you co Rugiai What so u is a conjunction, make sure you use it after the subject. So, so I will then an I will invite you to eat. Mm hm. Wi is in order too. So in order to do something, we'll use we So you will use kind of in order to achieve something, you use Wa. So wi in order to tongu is pass. Kou Shu is exam. So in order to pass the exam, Woman so I study every day. Woman hi Jiao something something Jiu means as long as something something then. So one example will be Join. As long as you study hard Ju non hon Gong, then you'll be like, successful or succeed. Bhutan chia not only, but also Bhutan cha. So here's Ta Bhutan Hi Hangu, Uh huia. So not only she can sing, but also she can dance. Bhutan cha. Sweden, Dan Shi is although bad. So in Chinese, we kind of use them together. So Sean Dan sum so Swan Wan. So even though I'm very tired, Dan hu, so it's kind of like a but still Dan shui she still emphasize. Still hip I still, went to kind of, run or jog. Guan Hi, sure. So even though still so we kind of use even though something and still in one sentence. So the present say Jing Gua Sha. So even though it rained Woman sure. So so we still he Hai Bian went to the beach. So Jing Guan something, something. Hi she something, something. An h is then or after that. So a lot of times you use, first you do something, then you do something else. So When Tufa. So firstly, I start eating. Ran h is then Chitu ka. Then I go to the library. So a lot of times first you do something, then you do something else. Hen. And then Ran Tij is similar with an h, but Tij is more like kind of like cloaki. T Tangan. So after he finished telling the story, ie ja. Tij is then Taya is everybody Kaisha tun Keisha start Tun is discuss. So after he finish the story, and then everybody start kind of discussing Hoch is or Hojo. Woman she can ding. We can go watch a movie. Ho jo is or Tea at home can at home, watch TV. So it's a lot of times you use in the statement either or either or. Hi su is also means or, but a lot of times it means or, but you use a question. Hutu is normally used a cement. Hisu is normally used in a question, so it's either or. Also Hu can also means steel if you use Hash stamen means rather, I rather to do something. Okay. So then the person say Tam so did here, I should touch. So should we take the subway or a taxi? He exactly. A lot of times you mis emphasize. The su what had upon you. So he is exactly my best friends. Yo hi means especially. So for example, Whihan Suk I like fruits. YoiikuaEspecially Waterman. Pn, pn is while you do something, I'm doing something else. So Tip ting, yeah. So I'm doing listening to music. IPN, so yeah. I'm doing my homework. So pn EBM is well doing something and you doing something else at the same time. So Epi and Ting you are well listening to music. IP yeah. E famiaomiaFamia is aspect side on one hand, And then in is the Ling fun in the other hand. So fung Men was on tru Gu. So on one hand, I want to study abroad. Lin fun Men on the other hand, Shota Shopta I couldn't let go. So means I'm going to miss my family. I fami uk formosa means because of this. It is B is this? So I is because of this. Tach do. So she or like, here is a he he's late. Tach a doll. I Because of this. So kola. So so go miss. So kola hi missed the flight. So I is because this. So is so therefore I'm so hungry. So so chicha fan. So I go to eat is there for or as a result Tame taison. He didn't bring an umbrella. Shu is therefore Biden Shura, so as a result, he got soaked Biden Shura. Shang fan is on the contrary Shang fan. Shang fan literally means the opposite. So a lot of times when you can mention something on the contrary, then you say Xiang fan. Ta Do Shun so the majority of people. So Ta Do Shu is most majority of people. Jen zu is choose Fanche is give up. Hang fan is on the contrary. Ta Gen Dowdy. Hen hu is persisted or hold on to. Dowdy is until the end. So Turan so fancy hang fan tain Dodi t is in conclusion, all in all, Wes Zun chu. A lot of times we can use it to summarize something. A lot of times Yo Yo Tai yo shut down. Yo may so so yeah. So he was late and didn't do his homework. So Yo Yo Song chu. So it's in conclusion in o. Biao Xian is performed. Huncha is badly pouring. So here is also another structure. Yo Yo is both and Yo Yo. So Sutu. Tian ranch is simply put or in short. But ten is simple. R is N Yen is it. So Lz, simply put it or in short. Tian yen J in short. Aging. We need more time. And the next one down something, something the Shah is when. So yeah, you see down, and then you plus, like, you know, when you do something like in the middle and then the Shah. So down will lay the Shah. So one I'm tired. Dong is when. What I W lay the Shh. Whiting. Uh, I would listen to music. Down later Whiting something, something o means as soon as you doing something. So say something, something i. So ta Hi okay so fun. So as soon as he got home, he started cooking. So it's something something io. Mm hmm. He h or after. So it's like, or Eh it means the same thing so kind of after you're doing something. So tue, one, fun eh is after dinner. Cheer, one, fun, eh. Woman he sample. We'll go have a walk. Woman che sample. He Tien hen is kind of like the opposite of Jiho and Yeh. So Jiho and Eh means after later. But hTenYhen means before. So hutohhen Wya Chien it's kind of before sleeping, I need to wash my face. Uh huh. This is all different kinds of way to say if or suppose. You can say Jia Ru Ru go and Yao shu. There is a slightly difference. Yoshi is more colloquial. I if the chance of something really happened is very low, and Ru go is in the middle. But all you can use it if so Jia I tomorrow rains pasa. So then I won't go hiking. Mm hmm. Wi is in case. What if WN Jo Do. Just in case you cannot find me Jia Huan. Then just call. A lot of times you can even use Wan something, something Du together in the pair. So yeah. So an and then o B is used for comparison. So it's kind of then you used to compare things. The structure is A, so something A, B, B, plus additive. A, B, B, plus additive. So tint today be compared with Zoti I think yesterday. Long is cold. So Tinten be Zoti long. So today is colder than yesterday. Is rather than it's better to do something. So it's kind of Ti is kind of rather than something bad. Buru is kind of Buru means not as good as, so it's kind of better to do something. So it's shun ti. So rather than getting angry, Buru is better. Nous a choice Gibans choice changing. UT Shun hi. Buruli Gib. So now it's kind of like you are talking different things. So, for example, Shou Xin is the first, his is then Seth is finally. Also, you can use a shin and then si. And then you can say down hole, then see hole. Mm hmm. Okay. Okay. So Shahan first Shou Xian woman Shang firstly we learning new vocabularies. Shun is kind of new. And then the words Shung then do exercise. See Seth in the end, finally, asi take test. Okay, Putin chin is not only but also Tan Pu tin Dong Jun Wan. So not only he understands Chinese, hi but also HohoFi but also can speak French. So he say Putin Tia. Bien in order to sew that. So here's a ten Titin Wan chung. So ten please TTN is kind of early in advance. Wan chung is finished. So please finish early Pen so that Woman yo gong do ten Fhi so that we have more time to review Fi's review. Man is trying to avoid. So 224. So it's like put on more clothes. I mean. So in order to avoid gums catching a cold. Next one is in io. It's since something then ChianianTin you don't like Jiu is then be Min hiang Min Jian kind of force yourself. So since you don't like it, then don't force yourself. So an something, something Gio. Next one is also for talking about reasons because or something. This is just another way to phrase it. If you don't want to keep saying in, soy, et cetera. True soy is something something. The reason why Shive, it is because something something. So Wan So the reason why I work hard. Shive, it is because Woman is young. I have dreams. Tish something, something. So ish is even if it's still. So is hia. So even though it rains, yeah, you Dong Dongha is hiking. So even if it rains, we still go hiking. Ninkothing something boo. So it means I rather do something than something else. So you kind of prefer something like after Niko instead of something you mentioned after Yebo. Mm hmm. Okay. So in. So I rather stay up late studying. Yeah, so I don't want to culture culture is kind of like, take the exam. PP is kind of like didn't pass so fail the exam. So I rather stay up late studying than fail the exam. Fu means otherwise. Mia Saudi tufa. So Miya Saudi, you need to Trufa can leave early. So No Saudi and tufa, so you need to leave early. FZ is otherwise Huda otherwise you'll be late. Quan he is besides or more overphanu so I don't want to go. Quan ha so also besides that WahoanKons Meso. I still have a lot of work that I didn't finish. You Buran is or else Yo Buran Quidenzo walk faster. Quaienzo Ya BurmOelsGambus, hot you miss the train. Fan ji is similar with Xiang fan on the contrary. So Yao be careful. So si kind of do things. Yo, in, hi hi, you need to be careful. So you need to be careful, Fang otherwise or on the contrary, Hohohu you will make a mistake. T is not only that, So Putin Jans only roots is like that. So means not only that Putin roots. So ta Bang Bania. So he helps me to move. Putin Roots is not only that. Hai Chin was also invite me Trifan to eat. So also he treated me to dinner. So putin roots. This one is a Ting was. So a lot of times we use uses kind of like this. But Ting Wise is even so. Never this. Tenth Long. The weather is very cold. Thing was even so Tama his hilaHsia. So here, hash is still chill went to Hasia skin. But